Report on Fiorina 361 (A Guide For Alien 3) (Writen by Richard B. Sampson Jr.)

Background ======

As the man incharge of Biological Weaponry at Weyland Yutandi, here is the current report on Project Xenomorph:

Operation Fury-361, the current attempt at retrieving one of the creatures that the marines call "Xenomorphs" has failed again. As was predicted, when Lt. Ellen Ripley found out about the company coming, she figured out that we were trying to get hold of the "Xenomorphs." Her involvement in the time before we arrived prevented us from bring back any "Xenomorphs" that were around. (see Security Report) This has been the third attempt that had failed since we found out about the creatures. The first time was when we got the report from the Ashe android on the Nostromo. The second was Operation Acheron. (See Past History)

As requested, here is a detailed listing of the actions that lead to the third failure at capturing a live "Xenomorph".

Security Report. ======

When the pod ship from the Sulaco crashed on the planet, we figured that a "Xenomorph" on board, and from reports, Ellen Ripley had also survived. Since it was an all male prison facilty, we hoped that the warden would make sure that Ripley would be confined to one area. Given Ripley's resourcefulness and the carelessness of the warden, she got out of the infirmary. She searched the infirmary area and found one of the key cards. She returned to a sealed door and opened it to find the base map. Duing this time, the warden did rumor control, from the recording, we could tell that Xenomorphs did appear on the base.

Ripley found her way to a simple vent system. She noticed that the fan blades could pull her to her death or, push her away from the fans. Turning counterclockwise, according to cardinal directions, it pulled from the west and north, while clockwise turning fans pulled from the east and the south. She used the switches to manuver safely through the vents. On the other side of the vent system, she found the prisoner's quarters and armoury. The outer door could be opened with a second key card near the room, but Ripley found out that the inner door was welded shut. She found out that a blow torch was located out at the scrap heap. Just as she picked up the pistol. One of the prisoners talked to Ripley. From what we could gather, the aliens captured the warden. Ripley then took the job of exterminator.

She returned to the infirmary area and searched for a vent to the scrap heap area. As she enter the infirmary area, she discovered it was overflowing with facehuggers (See Xenomorph Lifecycle). She worked her way east and found a vent that lead her to the scrap heap area. She worked her way to the scrap heap, an avoided the largest adult aliens we have ever had reports on (See Xenomorph Lifecycle). She then went outside and found the ship she arrive on. The only thing that could allowed her to find out about the alien was Bishop. She need a tool kit to repair him.

Ripley worked her way back to the armoury. In the area of the armoury, Ripley encountered a younger version of the adult alien she encountered in the scrap area. Ripley then decided it was time to take out some of the egg chambers she found. She returned to the infirmary area and went to every egg chamber that branched off the area. In the process, she destroied 8 Eggs (see Xenomorph Lifecycle). She then returned to the scrap heap area and searched for rooms with eggs in them. She had to crawl through another vent system and torched the eggs in there. She check her map, which gave a listing of every alien in the complex. She had 6 left and she found a third Key Card. She decided it was time to check the vents near the armoury.

This vent system was the most complex yet, but using the knowledge on the fans, she manuvered through the vents. She then though about escape. One of the prisoners informed her that the only vehichle capable of flight was the EEV. Afterword, she found she was in the refinery. It was in this area, she found a tool kit to repair the broken android. She then check two areas of the refinery are and destroied the remaining eggs. The last chamber was at the other end of another network of vents. After toasting the eggs, she used a smart gun to dispatch of all the facehuggers. She decided to return to one of the egg chambers of the infirmary area where face huggers usually entered to destroy them.

She the returned to the scrap area to destroy the Adults and repair the android. She waited in a narrow corridor and waited for the to come to her. After destroing those aliens, she repaired Bishop. Afterwords, she found Bishop could fly the EEV. Ripley then headed for the prisoner's quarters to take care of the aliens in there. Using the same tactics, she destroied her smaller prey. Once all the smaller aliens were gone. The queen was heard through the vents, it was in the refinary. Ripley's only chance was to push it into the furnace. She uses the refinary vehicle to push the Queen in. But Ripley had to stay on the track so that the Queen would stay on the track. At the last second, Ripley got off and the Alien Queen (See Xenomorph Lifecycle) was toasted, much to the company's disappointment. Ripley returned to the EEV and then returned to space.

Past History ======

The past attempts at recovering have been thwarted by Ellen Ripley before. The first time was by lucky. Approximately 57 years ago, the ship Nostromo encountered the Xenomorph on LV-426. The transmissions made by the android Ashe was recieved and

we instituted special order 937. The crew was expendable, the lifeform had to be secured. Ellen Ripley had survived instead. During the 57 years she was in space, the company began terriforming LV-426. It was part of our second attempt to recover the alien for Bio-Weaponry. We had engineered the whole thing. The terraformers were expendable and the marines we sent in were expendable. We figured to send Ripley in because she could give us first hand information on the Xenomorph. Possiblity of her survival, slim.

Xenomorph Life Cycle ======

Eggs: 17 of theses where located on Fury-161. This is the first stage of Xenomorph development. It in these leatherish casings that the facehugger are store.

Facehuggers: Spiderlike creatures that generally jump at the face of the intended victim. It deposits an embryo in the chest cavity of the body.

Warrior: Smaller version of the alien. It is weaker and slightly smaller than the full grown xenomorph. It generally protects the queen.

Adult: This is your average xenomorph. It attempts to capture food and kill any threats to the Queen.

Queen: This has been described as the ultimate alien menace, of this we are not sure. The queen is much tougher than other aliens.

The complex and Vent Systems ======

The prison complex is set up in four areas. The scrap area, infirmary, living and armory area, and refinary. Vents connect the sections, in the following way: Vent to Eggs-Refinary-Vents-Living and Armory Area-Vents-Infirmary-Vents-Scrap Area-Vent to Eggs.

The vents are set up as puzzles. As for difficulty, I rate them 1 for hardest, 5 for easiest. 1. Vents from Living and Armory Area to Refinary 2. Vents from Refinary to Eggs (solve vents from living area and this one is simpler) 3. Vents from Scrap Area to Eggs 4. Vents from Infirmary to Scrap Area 5. Vents from Infirmary to Living and Armory Area

Scoring ======

Your score in this games is based on the follow information.

Facehuggers killed. This number is subject to change. Warriors killed. These are the smaller aliens, also subject to change. Aliens killed. These are the larger aliens, also subject to change. Eggs destroied. This number can range from 0 to 17. Queen Killed. This is a Yes or No answer.

Prisoners Alive. This starts at 25 and decreases with every prisoner killed. EEV liftoff. This is also a Yes or No answer. This might be linked to the time limit on the game of 2 hours and 30 minutes. Tries Remaining. This can range from 3 down to 0. Depending on how many times you get caught be sucked to a fan or how many times and alien nearly kills you.

Hints ======

As mentioned above, the vents are simple. Remember what is mentioned about the turning of the blades.

The vents are puzzles to solve. If I told you the answers to the vents, you would have no fun.

If you die you are returned to the infirmary. Hold onto all Key Cards. And use Med Kits. This can be used to your advantage. With the hardest vents, take care of the egg chambers and then step into a fan. You will be save and returned to the infirmary. It may lower your score, but I also saves times.

Suggested path: Get Key Card 1 and the Map in the Infirmary Area. Go To Living and Armory. Get Key Card 2 and Pistol. Go To Infirmary. Go To Scrap Area. Get Blow Torch and Ammo. Go To Infirmary. Go To Living. Enter Armory and Get Flamethrower. Leave Armory and Drop Blow Torch. Go To Infirmary. Torch Egg Chamber off the Infirmary Area. Go To Scrap Area. Torch Egg Chamber off the Scrap Area. Get Key Card 3.

Go To Refinary. Get Tool Kit in this Area. Torch Egg Chambers and Get Smart Gun. Go To Infirmary. Enter an Egg Chamber where facehugger are seen. Wait and shoot every facehugger. Go To Scrap area. Destroy every Alien. Repair Bishop. Drop Tool Kit. Go To Living Quarters. Destroy every Warrior. Go To Refinary. Activate Cart. Lure Queen onto Cart path. Lead Queen into trap. Kill Queen and Leave.

The Last Savior of Mana. (A Guide for Final Fantasy Adventure) (Written by Richard B. Sampson Jr.) (Characters based on people I know.)

The background ======

The world had come from the tree of mana. The tree was high atop Mount Illusia. From the roots of the tree, water flowed down to the world that got named Mana. Every one knew about the tree. Some believed it was a legend, but most knew it was true. The tree started to live off the feelings of the people. If a majority of the people were good, then the tree provided goodness. But slowly, people started to become corrupt, and tree started to feed the world corruption. Many years ago, the Vandole Empire attempted to steal the power of the great tree of Mana. According to Legend, the Knights of Gemma, with the help of the House of Mana, a family that was born of the tree and were the tree, defeated the evil empire. There are no traces of the Vandole Empire. In recent years, a new empire has formed. It is the Empire Glavie. The Dark Lord, with his servent, Julius, make captives suffer for their amusment and so the tree would get more corrupt. This is the story of how I got tangled up in the quest to protect Mana. My name is Nate.

The recent events ======

I still remember how all this had began. I original planned to find out what the Dark Lord was planning and attempt to defeat him. Every day, I was taken to the arena and forced to fight Jackel. As was usual, it was tedious fighting it because, it was dangerous, but it seemed to be on a magical leash. I defeated with my broad sword. I remember that the Dark Lord had us fight every day. When I returned to the dungeon, my best friend Willy was dying. He was soon going to leave. I went to Willy's side and he then said something about the Mana being in danger and to see Bogard by the falls. The trick was, how am I going to get out. I decided I shall try to break out of the dungeon. As I talk to some people, I found that the monster's entrance lead to the outside. My friend, Amanda, told me that she wanted to go home and see her brother. When I entered the arena, another Jackel attacked me. I defeated it using the same tactics. I then left the castle and traveled west. I overheard a conversation between Julius and the Dark Lord. They were discussing going to the Temple of Mana. I listened as they mentioned a girl that could reverse the Waterfall. As Julius left, the Dark Lord spoted me. He chased me to a ledge above the waterfall. When he caught up to me, he knocked me off the ledge. I fell for what seemed an eternity.

I awoke and looked around. I was in a field. I started to explore the nearby area. I found a town to the east and a little bit south of where I started. I decided to walk

around the area from the field to get some money and experience. When I felt I had enough money, I entered town and got a better helmet at the shop. I talk to some people and found out about where Bogard must be. I then left the town. In the nearby area, I heard a girl scream. I ran to an area southeast of town. There were monsters attacking a girl and man. I came to there rescue. After the last monster was defeated, I went to the girl and the man. The man asked me to take the girl to Wendel and to see Bogard. I didn't know it at the time, but this girl was to be the Last Savior of Mana. I introduced myself to her and she told me her name was MegN. She even healed my wounds. We then headed to the waterfall. It took us a little while to work our way to reach Bogard's house. We had to climb the ivy to reach it. MegN kept healing me when it was needed. She was still nervous and didn't say much. When we reached Bogard's house, we started to talk to him. At first, he didn't say anything until he saw MegN's pendant. It was the Pendant of Mana. The only one who wore that was the daughter of Mana. MegN was the daughter of Mana. MegN's mother had given it to her. Bogard told us that he was a Gemma Knight. He told us a little about what to do next. He gave us a mattock and we traveled to the cave to the east. We used the Mattock to destroy the rocks in the cave and work our way to the exit. We traveled what appeared to be south. Just outside the cave we desided to rest for a bit. It was then that MegN told me more about herself. She told me that her mother had left years ago. She mentioned that her mother had left her a pendent and that one day she would need it. It was after this that we entered the cave. We traveled through the cave, using the Mattock to clear the way. When we left the cave, we headed east. We followed a path until we found a shop. In the shop, I bought a Battle Axe for 150 GP and some neccessary equipment, then continued into the swamp nearby. After travelling to the south and west from the brigde, we arrived at an Inn. Inside, the man directed us to the western room. MegN felt abit uneasy about the man. As we were about to rest for the night, MegN taught me the Cure Spell.

During the night, I overheard a raspy voice speaking. When I awoke, I found that MegN had been kidnapped. I asked the people in the northern room, and the man guarding the door to Mr. Lee's area. I left the place and searched the southern swamp for the Lizardmen's nest. I found it and defeat the lizard's to get the Bronze Key. I then searched the east part of the swamp to find the cave of Marsh. When I found and entered the cave, I met a man who told me of the past of Kett's Place. I had him help me and we worked our way through the cavern. We headed north. We followed the rooms to some stairs, and went to the second floor. We found a weapon, the Sickle. We then returned to the entrence room, and went south. We came to a room with a door to the north. Entering it, lead us to a lower floor with a spring in it. We returned to that room and continues to the west. Evenually, by following that path, we came to a door that lead east. In the room, we found an Iron Shield. We then found a stairway to the next level under a rock. We continued down the steps and we worked our way through the next level. Eventually, we found our way to the lair of the master of that dungeon. It was a Hydra. By splitting our attacks, and by starting with a max attack, we defeated the Hydra. The reward for defeating the Hydra, the Magic Mirror and the Magic Book of Fire. After that, he disappeared. I got more keys and then returned to Kett's Place. I decided to rest up just before I headed in.

When I was rested, I entered the place and showed the mirror to him. He indeed revealed his true colors. He wes a vampire. I destroied the undead vermin and the went to explore the house. Once I defeated him, I headed into the eastern rooms. I searched all of the floor until I found the stairs. I was abit surprised to find that they headed up. I remembered that the man in the Marsh Cave said MegN would be in the basement, and then I thought of something a wise man told me once. "Sometimes to go foward, one must go backwards." I headed up and followed the visible path of rooms. I didn't find a single stairwell. I doubled back and checked the walls. Sure enough, I found a breakable wall in the room south of the stairs I came up on. I broke the eastern wall and followed the rooms until I found a room with a stair way heading up. I followed to a balcony. On the balcony was a post, and over a gap I could not jump, there was another balcony with a post on it. I went back down to see if the switch in the room had something to do with crossing the gap. I broke the vases and stepped on the switch to reveil a stairway down. I went down and followed the trail of rooms to find a room with a lone chest surronded by high blocks. As I approached the chest, two blocks sealed me in the room. In the chest, I found the Chain Frail. I whipped over the blocks at places and it latched onto something. With a tug, I was pulled over the blocks to a post. Now I knew how to cross the gap, but how would I get to them. I searched around and step on a switch that lowered the blocks. I returned to the balcony and crossed the gap. I went back in and traveled the outer edge of the castle. I found a set of steps down, only to find that there were no steps to the basement. The was one room in the main floor I could not reach. I knew there was a room there because of the shape of the building. I returned to the top floor and worked my way to a room with a single open chest, and a switch in it. I put the chest on the switch and a stairway appeared. I started heading down and found the room. I didn't see a stairway down in there, but I decided to check everything. Under a vase, I found stairs to the basement. I move through the room until I found a room full of coffins. I heard a screaming coming from one of them. It had to be MegN. I opened it and sure enough, she jump up and thanked me. We headed back the way I came with no problems, until we reached the balcony. That was when I found out that MegN was abit afraid of heights. At the gap I said, "MegN, hold on. I get us across." I was surprised by the deathgrip she had on me. She didn't want to fall to the ground. I whipped the Chain Frail and gave a tug on it when it wrapped around the post. "Ahhhhhhh!" MegN screamed as we went flying over the gap. Once on the other side, she let go and we ran for the exit. It was nearing nightfall, because as we reached the exit, Mr. Lee, the head vampire, attacked us. Using the Chain Frail, and with MegN using her Cure Magic, I defeated Mr. Lee and learned the magic of Sleep. We left the evil place, and traveled to Wendel. The Sickle came in handy cutting the overgrowth, and the Chain Frail allowed us to cross the river seperating the swamp from the area where Wendel was. When we finally arrived at Wendel, we rested at the Inn for the night.

When we awoke, we talked to the people in the town. I met the man who helped me in the Marsh cave seemed happy that I had rescued MegN, but for some reason, it disturbed me. I got some better armor and weapons and then we went to see Cibba in the temple. When we arrived, MegN receive a vision, of her mother. MegN was part of the

Mana family, the seed of the Mana tree. MegN was a bit upset when her mother's image disappeared. Then the man came in, he said Glaive was attacking us. MegN went with him as he offered to take her to a safe place. I followed and fought the monsters, and when I reached the city gates, the man revealed his true nature. It was Julius. He knocked me out with his magic, and when I came to, hhe had take MegN in his airship. I said I would follow. I had swore to protect her. Cibba gave me the spell of Heal. I left Wendel and worked my way to the west. I use my axe to cut down the trees in my way. The first cave I came across was a Dwarf Cave. I talked with them and found that their leader Watts was in the Silver MIne. I also found out that Gaia pass was a magical cave. I figured I probably had to pas through there. In order to go in, I need silver. I went the the shop to the south and got Oil for the cart. Afterwords, I traveled to the mine. As it was close to nightfall, I decided to rest at the Inn for the night.

When I awoke, I ran for the mine. Every minute counted, for if MegN and the pendant were lost, the world would die. When I entered the mine, I oiled the cart and rode the cart. I used the Sickle to work the switches. I eventualy reached the end of the line as the cart flipped and fell in the pit. On the next level, I met Watts. That dwarf was a walking store. As we move through the rooms, Watts told me to break the east wall of the third room on the second floor. The hole lead to the steps to the next level. We made our way through the mine and found a Megapede guarding the silver. Watching the pattern it moved in and dodging it allowed an easy victory. When we aquired the silver, Watt's led me out and took the silver to the dwarf cave to forge armor. I ran after him and when I reached the cave, he had the silver prepared. I purchase it and then went to Gaia's pass. Wearing the silver armor, I was allowed to pass through. When I exited, I heard someone call my name. It was Bogard. He had came to help me. He told me the airship was refueling at the lake to the north. Bogard helped me in the attempt to rescue MegN. I found out that my destiny was to be a Gemma Knight, since I could use specials attacks of weapons. We found a shop to get some items and then worked our way to the airship. The humans on the airship told us what we wanted to know, without even asking our loyalty. Bogard and I worked our way through the ship. At the first junction we reached, we went south and eventually found MegN's cell, as well as Julius quarters. Bogard stayed with MegN, and we heard the airship take off. I worked my way to outside to try and get her out. When I reached her window, Julius appeared and knocked me off the airship. To his dismay, I had MegN's Pendant. I fell into the roof of a building and went unconscious.

When I awoke, I swore I heard Amanda speaking to me during my sleep. I also discovered that the pendant was missing. I decided to explore the area I was at. I talk with the people and found out I was in Menos. From what I was told, I figured that Amanda had escaped as well and came here to her hometown. Was she the one who took the Pendant? I checked out the shops, purchase a Wind Spear, and then decided to search the area near the town. I went north to see the egg of a Chocobo. The magestic birds used to wander all over the land. Now, they hid from humans. North of the lake where airship refueld, I found the egg. It was a beautiful sight. I went close to examine it, being careful not to bring on the wrath of the mother, were ever she was. As I left the egg, it

hatched. The baby Chocobo looked at me. Another thing about Chocobos that I remember at that time was they are as big as a human. As I walked away, it followed me, thinking I was it's mother. I decided that the Chocobo could help me. They suvived due to the fact they were super fast. The Chocobo was a big help in getting me across the desert to Jadd. When I reached the town, I did not hear a harp, as the people in Menos said there was. I decided to speak to the leader of this large town, a man call Davias. He told me that Amanda went to the cave of Medusa. One of the people in town knew were it was located, but he wanted a bag of Fang for the information. Another person told me that Davias mother was Medusa. I stared to worry for Amanda. I got some stuff in town and then ventured into the desert, searching for a bag of Fang. I took the Chocobo with me, in case I need to get to an Inn in a hurry. I found a shop in the desert, as well as an Inn. After hours of fighting, I found a Bag of Fang, but it was far too late to go back to town. I had the Chocobo rush me back to the Inn in the desert and I rested there for the night.

I awoke fully refreshed and returned to Jadd. When I gave the bag to the boy, he told me a cryptic clue on how to find the cave. I found the oasis easy enough, and the clue turned out to be how to open the cave. To walk around the trees in the pattern the boy said. I did so and found Medusa's cave. I entered it and found Amanda inside, she told me that she gave Davias the pendant, in hopes that he would release her brother, but he transformed him into the parrot that was in his room. We banned together, to get the pendant back and save her brother. I remembered that the magic of Ice was in this cave and we had to find it. We started searching the tunnel and found two statues in one room, pointing to the north wall. I checked the wall. It was fake. I turned to Amanda and said, "This wall must lead to Medusa, but I think we will need the Ice spell first." "Let's check to the west." We followed the path to the west. Behin the first locked door, we found a spring to heal ourselves at. We took anothe western path and found Gold Armor behind the door. We eventually found a trigger to a door. This trigger was in a path of magic ice. After opening the door, we found the Ice Magic in that room. We returned to the statues and broke the wall. The Ice Magic came in handy for creating items to put on switchs. The Ice changed monsters into Magical Snowmen. Eventually we made our way down to Medusa's lair. Legend always said that her gaze turned one to stone, but her bite turned one into a Medusa. When we fought Medusa, she knew why we were there. There was no doubt in my mind that Davias had enformed her of our arrival. Amanda had used her abilities to return me from a stone state. After the battle, Amanda realized she had been bitten. As the process began, she cried and gave me her tears. She had risked her life, made the ultimate sacrifice, to save her brother. I then, as asked, killed her to prevent her from becoming a Medusa. I left the cave in sadness. I got the Chocobo and we headed back to Jadd. I felt I had a score to settle with Davias. When we returned to Jadd, I decided to rest quickly at the Inn.

I awoke in the middle of the night and broke into Davias' Mansion. I went to his room and found the parrot that was Lester. I uncursed him and told him what had happened. With that, he made a stairway appear. It led down. I then noticed somthing about the south wall. We discovered what it was when we returned to this floor. We then

circled around the top floor until we found a circle of triggers and plates around 2 statues. Walking on them revealed a stair way down. We explored the floor, first finding a stairway back up, and then finding the Were Axe. We then returned to the second floor, and found a stairway up to Davias on the roof. He had just given the pendant to Garuda and Garuda was heading back to the castle. After we defeated Davias, Nate cleared the poison fog with his magical music, and gave me the Magic of Mute. I then left the town and got my Chocobo. We then traveled passed the path the fog blocked. We evetually climbed up to a cave behind the waterfall. I also then saw a house at the base of the cliffs. We climbed down to it and found it was a shop. I got some Ether and then entered the cave. I told the Chocobo to wait for me and I travel through the cave. I eventually had to fight the Metal Crab. I watched for a pattern and easily defeated it. When I found my way to the end, I was far away from my Chocobo. I felt sorry for leaving it behind, but I had to get to the castle. I started exploring the area. Far to the south of the cave, I found a spring. I refreshed myself there and then went to Item shop before we took the path just north of the spring area. The path lead to two vines. The right one lead to a weapon shop that I got better armor in. The left one lead me to Mt. Rocks. I went to the cave in the mountain and entered. I remembered the last time I was in this cave. It was a magical maze. One wrong turn sent you back to the begining. I remembered using a Morning star to make a tunnel. The tunnel still existed, and when I reached the middle of the tunnel, there was a Golem waiting. I knew that none of my weapons could destroy that monster, so I went throught the cave to find a Morning Star. From the door to the Golem, I went east twice, then north, west, north again, east three times, south three times, and east until I found stairs that led to a Cyclops. I defeated the creature to get his Morning Star. Once I got the Morning Star, I let the magic of the maze send me to the entrance, and I went straight to fight the Golem. Using the Morning star, and jumping out of the way, I defeated the Golem and earned the magic of Lit. I then remembered the other ability of the Morning Star. It acted like a Mattock. The first shop I found, I would sell them. I reached the bridged that spanned the lake of Mana. Above was Mana Temple at the Tree, and I had to rescue MegN before Glavie and Dark Lord made her give them entrance. I ran over the bridge, and when I reached the other side, the bridge collapsed. I went to the castle and entered the Inner wall, but the Inner gate was locked. I remembered how I broke in last time. I took the sewers, whose entrance was west of the inner gate, and climbed the right tower. That was were the Dark Lord's chambers were. I went up the tower, then went down to the chamber. Guarding the way was a Chimera, which was a small problem since I had the Morning Star. In what was, Dark Lord's chambers, I found MegN. She joined in the quest to reclaim her pendant. At least I knew that she would be safe. We left to the tower, and went to a secret resistance Inn hidden in the casle wall. We decided to rest there for the night.

We left the Inn and headed for the Castle. We entered at the base of the left tower. After we entered, I realized that the castle wouldn't have many wrong turns in it, due to the traps, like the spikes we had to cross. When it came down to it, we realized our mistakes almost instantly. We traveled up and down many steps. At the bottom of the 3rd set, we followed the obvious path to find the Blood Sword. The wall north of

those stairs was fake and we continued until we found Dark Lord's throne room. We found where Dark Lord was hiding and I told MegN to wait out of harms way. I used the Blood Sword to defeat Dark Lord, due to its mystical powers to heal it's user by an equal amount of damage it causes. After I defeated Dark Lord, I found he didn't have the Pendant. When I went to check for MegN she was gone. I rushed out of the Castle and found her heading to the waterfall. When I got there, I found Julius had hypnotized her, even worse, he was the last of the Vandole Empire. Under his control, she made the waterfall flow up. I tried to stop Julius, but he knocked me down the waterfall. When I hit the ground, I went unconscious. I was in an out of it and saw crystals and sand, and then the Chocobo. It picked me up and carried me somewhere.

When I fully awoke, I was in a room with Bogard. He was thrown from the airship. I told him I could continue with this quest, and I left as we were mad at each other. When I left the house, Sarah told me how much faith everyone had in me. I decided to go on, but first, I had to see about my Chocobo. When I arrived at the Dr Bowow's, there was a clanging. I ran in to see my Chocobo, with metal legs. It was now a Chocobot, able to run on water. I went to Bogard and he told me to see Cibba in Wendal. He told me to talk to Dr. Bowow as well. I got some weapons in the shops and talked to Dr. Bowow. I then left Ish for Wendel. At the dock in the crystal desert, I got on the Chocobot. He ran for Wendel as I guided him. When we got there, I found that Bogard when to Lorim. I had the Chocobot take me there. When we arrived, everybody but the King was frozen. He told me that Kary had frozen every one, and imprisoned Cibba. I decided to head for the Snowfield to defeat Kary. I had the Chocobot wait for me at the bridge to the Snowfield. I found a shop North and a bit west of the Snowfield Entrance. I then searched the snowfield to find the entrance to the Ice Cave. The first floor seemed easy to get through, with no diffult problems to solve. I eventually found a stairway to the second floor. It was the second floor that was the trick. A path of magic Ice circled a central region. The was the floor was set up, I figured that the stairs to the next floor were in the center. With patience and timing, I found my way to the center. On the third floor, I opened a door to the north to find a spring, at which I refreshed myself. I then went west to follow the path to an Elixer. I went east from there and found the stairs to the fourth floor. On the fourth floor, I found another area of magic Ice. In the center of this one was a spring. I then found two posts near a western wall. I used the flame frail to get me off the ice, at the right time, and found the path behind the wall. It lead to the fifth floor. I worked my way past the fifth floor and right into Kary's lair. The four-armed fiend put up a good fight, but I defeated her in the end. I retrieved the Ice Sword, and headed back to Lorim. I talked with everybody there and then went to talk to Cibba. He told me what to and gave me the Bone Key. I returned to the Chocobot and we then headed for the wide river. When we reached the dock on the river, I decided to head north first, since I saw a shop on the northern part of the coast. Along the way to the shop, I found a spring. When I reached the shop, I found armor that would help me in the next part of my quest. I then went back to the spring to rest for the night.

Upon waking, I headed down the southern coast to the land of Floatrocks. I searched for shops and got items there before I entered the cave. I noticed that the

Floatrocks could be destroied by the Morning Star, so that help me get through the land. When I found the cave, it was sealed by a bone door. Using the Bone Key, I entered the cave. The cave was fairly simple to go through. In no time at all, I was almost through the cave. It was then that Kraken attacked. The giant squid used its long tentacles to try and pull me to a watery grave, but I defeated him. When I left the cave, I was on the island volcano. I entered the volcano. The first floor was fairly straight foward. I went down to the next floor. On that floor, something in me said there was a weapon here. Crossing deadly lava, I eventually found the Zeus Axe. I then searched out the steps to the next level. I worked my way throught the third floor, finding a spring to heal my wounds. I then found a stairway that lead to choice of three paths. Two of the paths led to each other, as I discovered. The last I tried lead me to the guardian of the volcano, Iflyte. I used the Ice Bland to fight him and was successful in defeating him. As a reward for my effort, I received the Rusty Sword. Under the rust, must be Xcalabur, I thought. I returned to my Chocobot and then we ran to see Cibba. The Dime Tower was buried in the Crystal Desert. Cibba told me to talk to Dr. Bowow. The Chocobot and I returned to Ish, and Dr. Bowow told me I had to reveal the cave with the Magic of Nuke. The only being with that knowledge was the Lich. I had to go to the Lich's cave and fight him to get the Magic of Nuke. It was a dangerous fight, but I defeated him. I returned to Dr. Bowow's place in Ish and he told me what to do with the Magic of Nuke. I found the crystal he refered to and destroied it with the Nuke. I then entered the cave of Ruins. I worked my way throught the cave, finding the most powerful weapon and shield to the legenary ones, the Dragon Sword and Shield. I then seached the cave until I encounted the Mantis Ant. In a room surrounded by spikes, I had to avoid it, as well as the spikes. When he fell, I went to the East and found a trigger. With the Rusty Sword in hand, I thrust it into the trigger and the Dime Tower arose. I rushed back to Ish to tell Dr. Bowow was happening and he told me of his robot, Marcie and how she was exploring the tower. She would help me scale the tower. I decided then to rest at the Inn. Tomorrow would be the final battle.

When I awoke, I ran for the area the tower appeared, without my Chocobot. Before entering the tower, I stopped by a shop near it to get something to refresh Mana. Whenn I reaced Mana Temple, I didn't know if I could get anything. I entered the tower, and met up with Marcie. She helped me make my way up the tower. I discovered many stone slabs that told the story of the Vandole Empire. I also found the Dragon Armor. With that, I was ready to to tackle anything. At the top of the tower, anything appeared as Garuda, the demon pet of Julius. With the Dragon Sword, I was able to defeat the monster. Afterword the tower started to collapse, Marcie helped me reach the path to the waterfall, but she remained to wait for Dr. Bowow. I then headed for the Mana Temple. I went to the waterfall and traveled up to the temple. It is said that time stands still for all in the Temple. As I went through the temple, I found the mystical Samurai Armor was being held by a ninja, and the mystical Samurai Helmet was carried by floating heads. As I worked my way through, I had to fight three dragons. The first was a normal Dragon. The second was a Red Dragon, and the last was a Dragon Zombie. It was confusing to find my way around the temple, with all the teleports. Once past the Dragon Zombie, I followed a path patrolled by elephant creatures, one of which was carring the Aegis

Shield. With that, I was ready to face Julius. After crossing the path, I entered the garden of Mana. As I headed for the tree, an image of MegN's mother appeared. She said I had proven my worth as a Gemma Knight, and that I earned the Xcalabur. With it, I was ready to defeat Julius Vandole. When I approached Julius, he transported me and himself to a platform in the falls. He had created duplicates of himself. I fought of the three Julius' and then he changed, into a powerful man of magic. I watched for patterns and destoried the second form of Julius. I was then returned the tree. MegN was free, but Julius was not defeated. His spirit appeared and took one last attempt at me. I watched his patterns of attack, and with MegN healing me, I was able to defeat Julius, once and for all.

The aftermath ======

With Julius' defeat, the tree of mana disappeared. MegN's mother appeared one last time, for now it was MegN's turn to be the tree of Mana. She is the last in her line, and when she falls, it is over. I have taken the duty of protecting her. The Gemma Knight that protects the tree, lasts forever, accord to legend. I hope that MegN is never destroied, for she is the last hope for our world. Before I took up my duties, I had to set somethings straight. I thanked Bogard, and Dr. Bowow. I said good-bye to Watts. I thanked Cibba for his advice. I returned to Jadd and offered my simpathies to Lester. I returned by Chocobot to his mother. I then returned to MegN as she became the next tree.

Tips and Tactics ======

Almost every room in Final Fantasy Adventure has a puzzle and hidden paths are everywhere. In the world map, you might have to remove an obsticle. The axe can clear trees, the sickle can clear ferns, and the Morning Star, as well as the Mattock can remove rocks from your path. In the dungeons, caves, and buildings, the Mattock and Morning Star can destroy fake walls. Floor switches can be activated in one of the following fashions: You can just walk over it or you might have to put something on it. In the beginning, chests will be provided to allow the switched to be used, but later on, the Ice Spell will help you.

When advancing levels, choose wisely. When you choose to advance in an area, it goes up 2 points, while two others go up 1 point. Whatever you choose, the one item that doesn't advance should be the next one to advance. A good Gemma Knight keeps his abilities balanced.

Patterns, patterns everywere, and not a single chaotic event to find. Every major monster that you fight will have a pattern to its movement. Learn the pattern to survive, for that is the differance between suicide and being a Gemma Knight.

The mystical Chocobo, is an amazing bird. A chocobo can protect you from any harm, except poison in the poisoned pass. The chocobo hates caves. But, the chocobo has the ability to de-moogle anyone that has been Moogled.

Moogles, a magical civilization that arrived in the world of Mana by magic. They returned to there world after their form was the basis for a curse. Moogles use a form of Magic called Dance Magic. This is very powerful, if one knows the Dance Magic. Unfortunately, the Moogle-fied people didn't know the magic and were defenseless to the attack on them, meaning instant death. Some shameless shills have tried selling Moogle Cures, but what they don't tell you is that a Moogle's paws are so awkward that Magic, Weapons, and Items are useless. You can still talk, but when you are Moogle-fied, run. Being a Moogle is temporary, being dead is forever.

Opposites are lethal. Fire and Ice kill each other. A creature that is Ice based is weak to the Flame Flail. A creature of Fire is weak to the Ice Bland.

Mapping is vital, weither it is a small block map, or it is graph paper with one square devoted to one item on screen. Either way is good, but the latter is very time consuming. (It took me about two years to complete a detailed map of Final Fantasy Adventure, do not ask for a copy, because there are over 100 pages of maps.) They will come in handy in the long run.

Protection ======

Protection for a Gemma Knight comes in Three Catagories: Armor, Helmet, and Shield. You should work your way up, getting each item as it becomes available.

Armor: Bronze Armor Iron Armor Silver Armor: Blocks 25% of Magic Attacks. Gold Armor: Free in Medusa's cave Opal Armor Flame Armor: Blocks 25% of Ice Attacks. Ice Armor: Blocks 25% of Fire Attacks. Dragon Armor Samurai Armor

Helmets: Bronze Helmet Iron Helmet Silver Helmet: Blocks 25% of Magic Attacks Gold Helmet Opal Helmet

Samurai Helmet

Shields: Bronze Shield Iron Shield Silver Shield Gold Shield Opal Shield Flame Shield Ice Shield Dragon Shield Aegis Shield

Gemma Knights on the Offensive ======

The weaponry of a Gemma Knight is unique. It is this way because only Gemma Knights can use the Max Power of a weapon. As a Gemma Knight stores his energy, he can activate the Max Attack. A beginning Knight will have to wait to use these powers, but an expert Gemma Knight will be able to use them simultaniously.

Weapons: Swords: MAX: Charge or Whirl Attack Broad Sword Silver Sword Blood Sword Can drain enemies and heal you. Ice Bland Rusty Sword Will raise Dime Tower, Become Xcalabur Dragon Sword Xcalabur Axes: MAX: Throwing Special: Cuts Trees Battle Axe Were Axe Zeus Axe Flail: MAX: Longer Range Special: Crossing Gaps with posts Chain Flail Flame Flail Spears: MAX: Throwing Wind Spear Thunder Spear Others: MAX: Longer Range Special: Clearing paths Sickle Morning Star

Major Monster Trouble

======

The quest of the last Gemma Knight was long and tedious, due to the many monsters that were in his way. As the monsters went, they got stronger, as the knight got stronger. These are the major monsters in the land of Mana.

Jackel: This monster is the choice of the Dark Lord to fight his prisoners. The creatures aren't very bright, because they do not know how to advance. The usually stick to their half of a room. Encountered twice.

Hydra: This multi-headed sea serpent lived in the Marsh Cave. It moved in an up and down motion, occationally advancing at its opponent. It guarded the Magic of Fire and the Magic Mirror

Vampire: The creature of the night, Mr. Lee, is the master of Kett's House. He will kidnap any girl in the house, and drain their life from them. He has a pattern of moving in a diamond path, in the upper part of the room. With his defeat, you get the Magic of Sleep.

Megapede: A large, wormlike insect that is only vulnerable at the head. Moves in an alternating figure eight. For it's defeat you get Silver.

Medusa: Hidden in the cave of Oasis, she is the mother of Davias and her tears uncurse his victims. Can turn you to stone, for a short time. Pattern is hard to figure out.

Davias: Using magic to reveal his squid-like head and arms, he moves back and forth, with a Magic Shield. Have Cure Magic ready, an a throwable weapon, for they will be needed.

Metal Crab: This monster guards the path through the cave. It moves in a diamond-like pattern and can cover the room in this way. In front, behind, and to the sides are the safest at certain times.

Cyclops: This monster of Mt. Rocks has the Morning Star, and moves similar to the hydra. Same tactics will work on him. His defeat will give you the Morning Star.

Golem: This creature of Mt. Rocks moves along the top part of a room, with the occational jump foward and back to attack his advisary. His defeat gives you the Magic of Lightning.

Chimera: The flying creature from Greek and Roman Legends comes to life, by moving side to side and criss-crossing the fighting area. Watch for that attack. This being is the one who guards the girl in the right tower.

Dark Lord: Fighting the Dark Lord is like fighting a smart guardsman. Defeat

him, and you win a fake Pendent.

Kary: This fiend in the Ice Cave holds the city of Lorim in a deadly cold. Defeat her, as she moves in a hydra pattern, and win the Ice Bland.

Kraken: This fiend of water, guards the tunnel exit to Cave of Floating Rocks. His tentacles are immune to weapons, but his head is not. He tries to impale attackers with his tentacles, although.

Iflyte: This fiery fiend can only be hurt when he crawls along the top of his lair, in the Undersea Volcano. He is immune to attack as he rolls like a fireball. His defeat gives you the Rusty Sword.

Lich: Evil spirit that commands the magic of Nuke. He moves in the same pattern as the Megapede. His defeat gives you the Magic of Nuke.

Mantis Ant: A giant bug that lives in a room surrounded by spikes. This limits your fighting area, as you have to defeat this monster. Moves in a diamond-like pattern. His defeat allows you to reach the switch to reveal Dime Tower.

Garuda: This demon bird waits for you at the top of Dime Tower. His swooping attack is easy to avoid. When he is defeated, Dime Tower will fall and you can head for the Mana Temple.

The Dragons: The Dragons are the last guardians of Mana Temple. You must watch for patterns, for Dragons are intellegent. The three dragons you will face are a normal Dragon, a Red Dragon, and a Zombie Dragon. With the defeat of the last, you can head for the tree.

Julius: The ultimate villian is who you must fight to save the world. The first two battles take place at a magic arena. The last is at the base of the Mana Tree. In his first battle, Julius has two copies to help him. It is time for the strategy you used on the Dark Lord. In the second battle, Julius had grown with power. Use the same tactics you used on the Golem. The final battle is with Julius spirit. The only advice I can offer is ask to be cured, and stand where Julius has just disappeared from.

Friends of the Gemma ======

A friend of a Gemma Knight is immune from all attacks, only when with the Gemma Knight. In your quest, you will have a number of allies.

The Girl: She will heal you when you ask. The Man: Yes, the man who is actually Julius, helps you in the beginnig. He fights with fireballs, and can tell you the uses off the Mattock. He is the only

ally you can ignore. Watts: The dwarf can sell you items. He will also attack with the axe. Bogard: The former Gemma Knight, he will tell you about the MAX attack. He uses a sword to fight his battles. Chocobo (Later Chocobot): As your bird friend for a ride to avoid battles. Ask him again to get off. Amanda: Your friend from the castle dungeon call heal the Stone spell when asked. She is an expert with throwing daggers as well. Lester: Amanda's brother is a master musician, and spear chucker. He can even change the music of the game. Marcie: Dr. Bowow's robot fights with a laser beam. She will also restore you MP.

Interviews with the Heroes ======

I was able to head up to the tree of Mana and had the chance to interview the Gemma Knight, and the Tree.

Nate, now that you have saved the world, what are your plans? Sleep for a year.

What is it like to guard a tree, since it was a person you tried to protect? Well, it's like seeing your own sister die, and not being able to do a thing about it.

How did you feel being duped by Julius? I felt like kicking him to the sun an back, and then throwing him into it.

What was it like being Moogle-fied? Like being turned into a purple singing dinosaur.

How did it feel having a six foot bird think that you were its mother? Like staring down a the mouth of a fire breathing dragon.

What was your favorite weapon to use as a Gemma Knight? The Morning Star

Did the death of your friends fuel your quest? Yes!

If another evil comes along like Julius, what do you have to say to us? Trust in your heart, believe in yourself, and eternal vigilance is the price of freedom.

After I got done asking the New Gemma Knight questions, I turned my attention to the tree.

MegN, How does it feel to be a tree? Invulnerable, immortal, realy cool.

What scared you the most when you were being held captive by the Vampire? His wardrobe, very morbid.

And by Julius and DarkLord? The thought that I might never see another person again.

How did you feel when you found out the truth of your mother? I was upset.

Are you still afraid of heights, now that you are a tree so far above the world? No. I may be up in the air, but I'm always firmly anchored in the ground with my roots. Now what scares me is lightning.

MegN, if another like Julius makes their way up here, what would happen to the world? Goodbye civilization as we know it!

The Quest Of The Tower. (A guide for The Final Fantasy Legend) (Written by Richard B. Sampson Jr.)

Background ======

Years before my parent's founded our little kingdom in the mountains of land, a tower was built. According to most, the tower lead to Paradise, but one day, evil monsters and beings came out in great numbers. As evil corupted the land, the tower was sealed off. Many quests were run during the years, to get the mystical orbs and, by many treasure hunters, the vast fortune at the top of the tower. My parents were part of one quest. Fortunately, they were two survivors. They took the money they earned and built a kingdom away from the evils of the world. My father, may he rest in peace, was a kindly king. He always beleived that the orbs would bring peace to the world if united. That was how he raised me and my brother, until that terrible day that my brother killed our father. Since my mother witnessed the event, she handed control of the kingdom to me. My brother raised an army to dethrone me, and my mother tried to find the orbs. She was defeated, and brought back to the castle. We were both imprisoned. My mother, who knew some magic, helped me escape to the tunnels that lead to the castle. My brother has sent out a search for me, but I must save the kingdom, and maybe even the world.

-Princess Mara Kingdom of Ecaep

The Quest ======

I had successfully made it to the Base Town. My mother gave me the magical encampment that she used on her quest. I knew that it could protect us from everything. I didn't understand how it worked, but it could hide in sight. I entered the Base Town and made some inquires. I found out about a town to the southeast, the purpose of the house of life, and the guild in the main town. I then found out, by a gentleman in the Inn that the door to the tower was sealed by the magic of the Black Orb, hidden by Gen-Bu, in the statue of Hero. I then got some people to join me on the quest. The first person I met was a female mutant name Marn. She was hopinng to find something about her past. Then, a monster named Xell offered to join the quest, for the cash. The last to join was a male human named TAS. He said he was an explorer. He needed something to do. Once we got our group formed, we then left the city and moved toward the town in the southeast. On the way, we attacked many monsters and managed to build up some cash to get some descent armor and weapons. We talked with the people in the town and found out about the troubles in this world. We examined the statue and then went to the Inn to sleep for the night. We paid for the nights sleep and entered went to sleep. The next morning, we would check the Castle of King Shield.

We left the Inn in the morning and went to Castle Shield. When we arrived, we told the guards we wanted to see the King, but they tossed us out. We then snuck passed the guards and made our way to the throne room. We told King Shield that we needed the shield and he refused to give it to us. His steward also told us that we could not have it. As we left Marn said to me, "He is plotting something. He should warn the King later." I agreed and we left the castle. As we leftr the castle, Marn then said, "Maybe one of the other kings will be more co-operative." At that, Xell said, "Back in my home town, a girl was in love with King Armor. Maybe he will help us." We followed Xell's suggestion and traveled to Castle Armor. We appeared to be expected as the guards told us to see the King. We went up to the top floor and the King greeted us. "Princess Mara, I welcome you to my kingdom." "How did you know who I am?" "Princess, a day ago, a messenger of our brother told me to have you captured on sight. But, with my perdicament, I felt you are the only one who can help me. My beloved has refused my hand in marrage, and I feel it is not of her own choosing. If you can help me, I shall let you go free. You will have 3 days. If not, I will have my guards hunt down you and your band and send you back to your kingdom as prisoners of your brother." We agreed to the quest and decided to go the town of Hero to get better armor for the quest. We then went to Xell's home town. We worked our way to the town and fought off the monster and troops my brother sent after us. He traveled amounst the Island's until we found the town. We entered the town and talked to everybody. Finally we talked to the girl that the King had mentioned. She mentioned that the evil Bandit it the cave to the west of the town had threatened the village unless she married him. It was evening by the time we finished hearing the story. We had two days left to defeat Bandit and fulfill our quest for King Armor. We rested at the inn for the night.

We awoke and for the morning, we fought monsters to build up gold for items and armor for battle. After we worked up enough gold, we then went over to the cave. We entered the cave and started searching for the bandit. We were careful about bumping into anybody. I figured that my brother also got in touch with the bandit, and he would mind the deaths of all of us. We moved carefully down into the lair of the bandits, until we found Bandit's master chamber. As we entered, Bandit spoke. "I'm surprised you made it this far Princess Mara. I guess I will have the honor of delivering your remains to your brother." "I won't allow the world fall to chaos. I will fight you and free the girl you threatened." He then had his pet, a P-Frog, attack us. After we defeated the poisonous beast, we dispatched with it's master. We then searched the cave for some of his ill gotten loot. We found some useful items in the cave. We then returned to Xell's hometown. It was about midnight when we return and we rested at the Inn until morning.

In the morning, we purchased some useful items and then told the girl about the Bandit's demise. She ran out of town and went to Castle Armor. We let the town and then went to Castle Armor. I couldn't figure out how she dodged the monsters, but then she didn't have a price on her head. As we worked our way to the castle, Marn said to

me, "I'm starting to wonder if all of this is worth it." When we reached the castle, the guards rushed us to the King's room. When we entered, the girl was standing by the King's side. He finally spoke. "Princess Mara, you have made this all possible. I give you my Armor, and I give you my blessing in your quest. Your kingdom, and all of ours, are in peril while your brother is in control." He gave the armor to us and we left. We then went to the city of Hero to get some weapons. We then continued to the western mountains to find the path to Castle Sword. In Xell's hometown, we heard that King Sword was a cruel man. I found that hard to believe. As we found the path and traveled to the castle, we fought many monsters. Before we entered the castle, although, we decide to rest for the night outside the castle. I activated the magical tent we had and we all entered it. It appeared to have four entrances. We each entered one and found that they led to a room in the center. It had a vault in the floor for our inventory. We then entered rooms in each cardinal direction, with a safe in the floor at the top of the steps. To the left was a room that would hold one of the orbs, and to the right was our sleeping quarters. We rested for the morning.

I awoke with a start when TAS ran into the room and said, "Mara, an army of your brother is outside the tent." "What?" I ran to the windows that were in the room I occupied and saw no army. "Don't ever scare me like that." "Excuse me, Mara. I occationally need to pull jokes. It helps me relax. Besides, I noticed this about the tent. It is invisible to the outside. Besides, I noticed a woman leaving the castle just a couple of minutes ago. She was dressed in a grayish outfit." "SeLe. She is my brother's love, and socerress. She must have talked to King Sword. Now, we know that he is an enemy. We must strike quickly before King Sword tries to hunt us down." We all enter the castle and searched for a way to the king. We were attacked my some of the guards. On the second floor, we found two sets of stairs. We went up the southern stairwell and reached the throne of King Sword. He looked at us and said, "Well, it would do good with relations with my new ally if a bring him your head, Princess Mara." With that, he used the King Sword to attack. He prepared for the attack and fought him. The fact that I was wearing the Armor and that he kept attacking me, allow my team to survive, as well as myself. We got the Sword and then returned to the town of Hero, to improve our weapons and armor. Afterwards, we ran over to Castle Shield. We ran to the King's chamber to see the Steward had killed the king. He had his guards attack us as he fled. We fought them back and followed him throw the secret passage. It was a short battle, but we won it in the end. We claimed the shield from his dead form and headed back to Hero. We decided to rest up at the Inn before putting the items on the statue of Hero. For a while, I thought about going out to fight more monsters, and I finally decided that whatever was waiting for us, we need more practice and abilities. We spent the rest of the day exploring and fighting monsters. We returned to town and rested at the Inn.

The next morning, we continued searching out monsters, building up gold and experence for the upcoming battle. I figured it would be a rough battle, and we needed to

be ready. Once I felt we were ready, we breifly rested at the Inn in Hero, and then placed the items on the stature of Hero. Once the items were placed on the statue, we recieved the Black Sphere. This would allow us to enter the tower. As we left the area of the statue, Gen-Bu attacked us. We used our minds and attacked with our most powerful weapons and defeated him with ease. As he left, he said that it was far from over. We then returned to the town at the base of the tower. We got some Armor in the Base town and then opened the town. We started to progress up the tower, opening every treasure chest we found. On the second floor, we found nothing of intrest. We did however earn enough gold to get better weapons. We ran down to the first floor of the tower and purchased items. We then rescaled the tower. When we reached the third floor, we checked the first door we came to. It was a beuatiful world. There were no monsters. We found a healing spring and recovered health. We crossed a shallow pool and found a small town. We discovered we had found paradise. As we went back to the tower, Marn said to me. "This seems to good to be true. If this is paradise, when why is the tower so tall. It was said that paradise was near the top of the tower, and at the very top was Creator. And why would he create all those monsters to tourment us." "I don't know Marn, I honestly don't know." Xell looked at us and said, "Not all monsters torment. I help people. The main reason I'm joined was because I was bored. I also needed the money from the income. Anyhow, we should continue up and find out what's above us. I notice a place for an orb in my room." TAS finally said, "I noticed that too. Maybe the other orbs are hidden in the tower." "But how many could there be?" I asked. Marn then said, "Four. My mother was once told by her sister that there were four orbs." "Then, let's find them." We then traveled to the the fourth floor and found another world. As we walked across the world, we felt our lifeforces being drain. We found that 4 fiends controled this world. We figured we defeated the one, and the rest must be farther up. We then refreshed ourselves in at a spring and went up to the next floor. On the fifth floor, we found another sealed door. This door was sealed by Blue Magic. We also ran into the man that was in Base Town. He told us to look for an old man. We then left the tower. We were in another world. We went to a town just south east of the tower. It was the Port Town. We decide to stay at the Inn there and continue are quest in the morning.

When we woke up, we talked to the people in town and found out that there were two beings of great power in this world. Sei-Ryu, mostlikely the Evil Power in this world, had banished his brother, Ryo-O, the good force, from their palace. I wondered if the power of the Blue Sphere was seperated. We then left the cave to go in search of the floating island, we heard of. Traversing the caves was a very difficult task. When we found the Island, we decided to explore this world. We first traveled all the way west and found a magical barrior around the world. It must define the limits of travel. We explored some more, finding out about the land and eventually traveled to the East Island Village. We talked to the people of the town and found out some very interesting thing. We

decided to improve on our health, abilities and armor. Afterwards, we headed down to the South Island. We found a lone hut on the island. In the hut, we meet an old man who gave us a riddle to find the Airseed. We started searching the world to find the answer. We eventually found the Airseed. We decided then to go to the whirlpool. It was weird, breathing underwater. We started to search the land we had found. We eventually found a town. We found out some information there. Ryu-O was above ground, and thoughts about the split sphere were true. We then rested for the night in the town.

In the morning, we left town and explored a cave to the south. We fought many monster while travelling through the tunnels. We found a large area with nothing on it out of one of the cave exits. We took advantage of this area to build up gold to get weapons for the battle with Sei-Ryu. Once we were ready, we made our way to the Island the Sea Palace was on. When we reached the palace we carefully entered the place, expecting guards to be waiting for us. On the first floor we found a room containing a Bluekey. I figured it would come in handy later on. We then went to the second floor. On the second floor, we found what appeared to be an empty room. We all decided to check it when we defeated Sei-Ryu. We moved on the the third floor. The floor was narrow paths, floating on water. We had to wait for guards to pass the bridges to the next section. We checked a room in the back of the floor to find three chests. We took the items in those chests and then went to the fourth floor. We eventually reached a series of rooms, the first had a row of orbs, the next had a column of orbs, and the final was full of orbs. "Which one is the one we need?" Marn asked. "Just grab one, it probably doesn't matter." Xell said. He grabbed one and we were attacked by an Atom Crab. "Smooth move, Xell. Maybe we should just tell the Sei-Ryu to come out and fry us. If we are going to take the orb, we need to figure out the real one." TAS said to him. I looked at the orbs and then remembered what was said to us in the underwater town. "It's the third from the back, third from the right wall. That is the real orb." Marn looked at me and asked, "How did you figure that out, Mara?" "A person in the town said 'Remember where the lines cross.'" I then grabbed the Red Orb and Sei-Ryu appeared. "I thought I could trick you, Princess Mara. Now, since will try to destroy me and your brother, I shall destroy you." Her brother must have sent mesengers up the tower while they were in one of the other worlds. The fight took its toll, but in the end, they defeat Sei-Ryu and had the orb. We then returned to the room that was empty to find absolutely nothing. We then left the palace annd returned to the Underwater village to rest for the evening.

We woke up and left the town, with a few new weapons and returned to the surface. I figured that the Old Man was Ryu-O. We headed to his island and he gave us a riddle to solve. As we thought about it, TAS said, "Maybe he is refuring to the price of something." I thought about it and we went to a few stores. We found the prices of the items he mentioned in his riddle and added them up. The total came to the price of a Battle Sword. I purchase a Battle Sword and we returned to the island. I showed it to

him. "Princess Mara, you have done me an honor of proving your kind heart. You have banished my brother from this world, but you will battle him again. Take the Blue Orb. Combined with the Red Orb, you now hold will allow you to continue on in the tower." "Thank you, Ryu-O. I must now find the other orbs to save my kingdom as well." "You have to save more than your kingdom," he said as we left. I thought about that for a while and then we headed for the Tower. When we returned to the tower, the man in the funny hat was gone. We refreshed ourselves at a spring on that floor. We then traveled up to the sixth floor, after using the Blue Sphere. On the sixth floor, we searched and found nothing. We traveled to the seventh floor and found a world where there were Fish Statues. Come were monsters, but the others gave us XPotions. We need them in the climb. We used some and then continued to the eighth floor. On the eighth floor, we found a spring. We searched the floor and found a false spring and the door to the next floor. On the ninth floor, we found an Inn. One person in the Inn told us that the four fiends were controlled by an Arch-Fiend. We had to defeat him to be rid of the evil. We talked to others in the Inn, but they were asleep. We decided to rest at the Inn for a while.

I was awoke by being Kicked out of bed. I hit the floor and looked to see SeLe standing over me. "Well, Princess Mara. I guess your quest has ended. Guard's seize her." She had some guards approach to take me prisoner. I rolled out of the way, under the bed and to the other side. "You will not get away, Mara." With that she cast a Para Spell on me. I couldn't move. Just as the guards were about to grab me, my team had awakened. Marn cast a spell from her ever changing mutant abilities and I heard SeLe proclaim, "Find the real one, or else I will fry the lot of you, if the King doesn't kill you first." TAS grabbed me from behind and the team got out of there, carrying me on there shoulders. As we approached the door to the next floor, I heard SeLe yell, "I will catch up with you, Mara, before you can ruin everything." After a while, the spell wore off and I started to move again. Marn looked at me and said, "She is a powerful Magic user. Maybe she was the one behind your father's death. She could have hypotised your brother. She looks familiar to me, but I can't remember where I've seen her before." "I'm not sure. We better be careful, because she has probably informed the next fiend of our arrival." We then continued up to the tenth floor. We found a door sealed by White Magic, The next fiend was on this floor, and the White Sphere was on this level. On our way to the door of the level, we met that man in the funny hat again. He knew the fiend of this world was looking for guards. He suggested that we join the guards. We left the tower and found we were in a sky world. We were limited to were we could go. We went to the town and talk to the people. We found out that the guards met at a tavern. We got some items and then went to the pub. The guards challenged us and we fought them. We had proved our skills to them and we were take to the castle and made guards. He told us to bring Jeanne to him. This was one of the two sisters he was after, we figured. He found the hidden town, with little troubles from the monsters of this world. We then learned more about the sisters. They held the secret to the White Sphere. If Byak-Ko want them, we had to find them first. We then went in search of the Resistance Base. Once we found it, and found the whole truth, we wanted to act on it. We fought

the guards that had cornered her. We were successful and stopping the attack. Jeanne then asked us to find her sister, Mileille. We decided to get some gold together to get some better weapons, and build up some skills. It took us the most part of the day, and we decided to attack the castle at night. We dodged the guards and worked our way to the top of the castle. We did bump into one of the guards, and they thought that we were still on their side. They told us were to find Byak-Ko. In one room near the top, we found the White Key. We used it to enter Byak-Ko's quarters. He was not there, but his guards were guarding Mileille. We defeated them and rescued her. She asked us were her sister was. When we told her, we found out that we had been trapped. Byak-Ko appeared and said, "I knew about your little quest, Princess Mara. Before you arrived in this world, your brother's messenger, SeLe, came to me. Mileille didn't care about the resistance and wanted to help me. I promised her part of this world. Now, my guards will take you to the dungeon. Don't get used to the decore though, when SeLe arrives, she said that you won't threaten any of the evils in the worlds." His guards knocked us all out.

When we awoke, we were in a Jail cell. We talked to the prisoners, and then we tried to escape. "Great, now were stuck. I guess it would be corny to try and bend the bars," Xell said. "I could blast them with Magic." Marn said. TAS jumped right in. "Hey, your not the only one who knows magic." He made a motion at the bars and then pulled them apart. Marn looked at him and said, "How did you do that? You are no magic user." "I know. I figured that one guy weaken them enough." I looked at everyone and said, "I think we better get out of here before SeLe arrives." We ran out of the cell and started to exit the Jail. From one cell, I saw the dread Revenge sword. As we passed it, TAS took it. We had to fight one of Byak-Ko's guards and left the Jail. We heard footsteps coming. We ran to the right and into a hidden passage. We watched from there as Byak-Ko appeared with SeLe. The guard we had just defeated came running up the stairs. SeLe was angry and started to yell at Byak-Ko. We listened to the conversation. "I thought you said they couldn't escape from your dungeon." "I'm sorry, master. I didn't mean to lose them." Byak-Ko said. "You do not have to worry. They cannot have gotten far." "And you lost your mind. If they are nearby, they might discover everything, my entire plan and everything. As far as Mara knows, I am her brother's love. My powers allow me to take many forms. Years when her parent's met on the one quest, and her attempt to stop her son, I learned of the prophecy that would end my power." "I am sorry, my master." "Call me SeLe for now, you fool. I know that the last has some technology to help him. But I might have to call on plan B. I tried to stop the prophecy by seperating Mara and her cousin. I even made sure they lived in seperate areas of their world." With that she left in a huff of anger, and Byak-Ko followed her, begging for forgiveness. I looked at all and said, "SeLe is Byak-Ko's master. How much you want to bet she is in control of the other fiends. She must be the Arch-Fiend."

Marn looked at me and said, "And we are the biggest threat she has, cousin." I smiled at Marn, my long lost cousin and said, "I think we can stop her, cousin. But I think we need the four spheres first." We followed the path and made our way upstairs. We defeated the guards up their and got the Jail Key. We went down to the locked door I noticed before the passage. We got the items in the room. We then got out of the castle. We then went to town and rested in the Inn.

After a rest, we noticed that the castle had moved. We searched it out, and found Byak-Ko getting the White Sphere. SeLe had left, but her evil was still here. We moved as fast as we could to stop him. He had capture Jeanne and moved to sacred area. When we got there, he apparently had the sphere and went to kill Mileille. Jeanne sacrificed her life to save her. Now it was are turn to stop Byak-Ko. We stopped hime and found out that the sphere he had wasn't real. The real sphere was in the spirit of the sisters. Byuk- Ko disappeared in defeat, possibly dead. But I now understood what the other fiends had said. We would meet again. We returned to the tower and opened the door. We then headed to the eleventh floor. There we found a spring to revive ourselves at. We then continued to the twelvth floor. On that floor, we found a world based on one cloud, and strong winds. We found some treasures in that world. We then went to the thirteenth floor. On that floor, we found a world dying of thirst. They asked us to bring water. I noticed that this world was a cave, and there was a plug in the ceiling. We decided to head up to the fourteen floor. On that floor, we found the answer to the water shortage below. We cleared it and then went back to that world, with a side stop at a spring. We then learned some things about the four fiends. We decided to camp for the night in the castle. We set up the tent my mother had given us. As we went in Marn pulled me aside. "I thought that SeLe was the Arch-Fiend." "I thought so, too. Maybe the Arch-Fiend is controlled by SeLe. We are her biggest enemy. Also, what does Su-Zaku have that protects him." "That's the fourth fiend. He must be tough. Good night, cousin. We should rest for the morning."

I was awaken by someone pacing. I looked out the window to see SeLe pacing. She was right near our lair. She was talking with an eye creature. "So Su-Zaku says that he is protected from all harm." "He said that master. He is still trying to find the resisting humans on his world, as well as rebel monsters." "Just tell him to be on the look-out for Princess Mara. She has proven to be the most resourceful foe I have had to deal with. Others have tried, including the Princess's mother. I had to restore things each time. None of the quests have ever made it past the ninth floor. Tell Su-Zaku to be worried. Let us go, I have just gotten a feeling that are enemies are close." After they disappeared, I woke everyone and we got moving. We then moved up to the fifteen floor. We found a spring in a spike pit. We refreshed at it and the continued to the sixteenth floor. We found the man in that hat again. This was the floor Su-Zaku lived on. He told us to run from Su-Zaku. For now, that sounded like the best option. We saw a tunnel a short ways from the tower. We ran for it and just missed Su-Zaku. As we entered the tunnel, we meet a girl who told us to follow her. We

traveled through the tunnels until we found her being attacked by some of Su-Zaku's forces. We defeated them, and she told us that there was a town ahead of us. TAS asked for her name, but she had left before he got his words out. We left the tunnel and ran for the town. This was this base of this world's resistance. We ran into it and found a large group at the pub waiting to kill us. "So these are the servent of Su-Zaku that the woman told us about," the leader said. "I say we destroy them, before Su-Zaku finds out where we are." Immediately, the girl came out and saved us from an untimely death. She told him about how we rescued her. That was enough to allow us into the resistance. We then rested at the Inn to rest up for the quest.

We woke and left the town. We got in the tunnels and worked our way to the Library. We fought monsters that lurked in the tunnels. When we reached the library, we had to leave the bike. He lucked out in avoiding Su-Zaku. We found the information and headed back to the bike. We used the tunnels to get to the location. We found Akiba and searched for the items we needed in this town. We then went to the other town. We then received the Board and headed back to the Resistance's base. It had been a long day, and we rested for the quest for the final item.

We decided to leave early for the Plutonium. But So-Cho insisted on joining us. We then entered the tunnel that lead to the sewer. After jumping the large gap, we told So-Cho to stay back and we would take it from there. We then continued to the plant. We entered the plant and worked our way to the top where we could get the Plutonium. We eventually reached a room protected by atomic poles. So-Cho came up and destroied them. He gave us something and asked us to take care of his sister. We entered the room of nuclear ooze and then got the Plutonium. We had to defeat a Machine to get the Plutonium. We were successful and then went back to the town, everyone was dead. Su- Zaku had attacked them all. He had also kidnapped Sayaka. We had to rescue her. We promised Su-Zaku, we would protect her. We decided to get out of the ruined town and make camp in the tunnels.

We then headed for the skyscraper. We had to fight our way to it, but we were ready. We stopped at the other town to get some weapons. We then entered the skyscraper. We had to work our way to the subway where Sayaka was being held. We searched the first floor and then headed to the second floor. We found a Hyper weapon on the way through the maze. We then headed for the third floor. We worked our way through a hall of fake doors. We found two empty rooms and a long hall. We fought our way through it and found a room of spikes. We crossed the floor carefully and headed down. We entered a floor with an invisable floor. We checked every door for treasure and the stairs to the next level. On that floor, we found some items and went down to the basement. It was riddled with false steps. Eventually, we found the steps to the subway entrance. We got on the subway, and worked our way over to Su-Zaku's car. We came across the servent that talked to SeLe. We destroied the foul servent and continued to the left. He found Sayaka, just as she was taken to Su-Zaku. We followed and confronted Su-Zaku. We used the Erase-99 on him and then destroied him with the Hyper Weapon.

Afterwords, we put So-Cho's body to rest and Sayaka went home. We then returned to the tower and opened the door. Sayaka had said she was the next So-Cho, we figured she would be alright. On the seventeenth floor, we found nothing. We continued up to the eighteenth floor. On the way, we found the Door. The legendary device allowed transport between floors. We searched the eighteenth floor and discovered a hideaway for the worshipers of Ashura. They said that Ashura had made Creator powerless. We all new that Creator created the tower to benefit us. We left there and continued up to the nineteenth floor. On the nineteenth floor, we found a spring and refreshed at it. We then found a world. To my disgust, everyone was dead. "They were only children." Marn said as she started to cry. "I hear something down these steps, Mara." TAS yelled. We ran down and found a dead man down the steps. We found a diary, and an N. Bomb. This was a shelter, but they ran out of supplies. We decided to rest for the evening. We set up the tent and all went to sleep.

TAS awoke me in the morning. "Mara, I need to ask you something. What will happen if we find Creator. Will there be nothing left to explore?" I didn't know how to answer him. "We will only know when we find Creator." We then re-entered the tower and went to the twentieth floor. We discovered a world that stated the secret of the fiend. Here was the answer to it all. We even found the Flare Spell in there. Just as we reached the last word of the message, it was erased. "Magic erased this word, cousin." Marn said. "I bet it was SeLe." "She must have passed us." We then went up to the twentt-first floor. We found a spring and then went to a lone door in the center of the floor. It lead to a world with a single hut in it. We entered the hut. "Are you from the tower?" asked an old man. When I nodded, he said, "You are the Hero. Here is your sword." He then expired. We returned to the tower and went to the twenty-second floor. We met the man in the hat again. He told us to that Ashura lived above. We were then on the twenty-third floor. We fought the way to Ashura and fought him. We defeated him after time and won the battle. We had offered us to work for him, but we weren't going to become evil for him. Now we could wipe out SeLe, and save my Kingdom. We approached a door and fell several floor. It must have been magic that allowed us to survived.

We awoke to see were back at the base of the tower. Every body we helped was there. They seemed to have an army there. Then we saw my brother, with SeLe at his side. There was a horde of monsters following them. "Mara, you will not succeed. SeLe has insured that I will rule the new kingdom. You cannot stop me." He lead his monsters in to a battle. "I have fulfilled our mother's wish, BriN. Now, your evil will die. As will yours SeLe." I yelled. Each one of us held up a sphere and the magic from them destroied all the monsters. My brother collapsed into dust. SeLe disappeared and we found nothing of her. Did she die in the Magic, or was she weakened. We then turned to our friends. King Armor and his new wife were going to have a child. Ryu-O asked if Ashura was an Illusion. Then Mileille had a breif rememberence of her sister. We then saw Sayaka. She

then told us to remember us when we leave this world. We then met that man in the hat again. He wasn't there when we appeared there. He told us that there was a road to paradise beyond the door. We sold some of the stuff we got, rested and headed up the tower. We had to open the tower with all spheres. As we entered the tower, Gen-Bu was waiting for us. Ashura must not have been the Arch-Fiend. We decided we had to find the Arch-Fiend to save the world. We got past Gen-Bu and moved up the tower. At about level five, we fought Sei-Ryu again. After his defeat, we headed up the tower again. At about level ten, we fought Byak-Ko again. We destroied the White Tiger and head up the tower again. At level sixteen, we fought Su-Zaku again. With his defeat, we expected to fight Ashura again. At the top we had a big surprise. We had finally met the Creator. To my surprise, the Creator looked at us and said, "I guess this is our final battle, Mara." Creator transformed in front of us into the man with the hat. "I have been watching you the whole time, and now you have proven to be my most dangerous foe." TAS spoke up, "What do you mean, Creator? You created our world. How can we be your most dangerous foe." I finally pieced it all together. "You were SeLe. Your not really the Creator." "That's right. I am starting the end of the world. The only ones who can stop it is you, by destroying me." After all SeLe had put us through, we decided to comply. Using the Sun Sword, Masmune, N. Bomb, Flare Spell, and other powerful weapon, we vanquish SeLe/Creator.

======Epilogue ======

I returned to my Kingdom and took my rightful place as Queen. Marn returned with me to the Kingdom. TAS was taken on as our world's protector. Xell had left and decided to explore other lands. My only quest now is to find a King to rule by my side.

======Quests ======I. 1F A. Main Quest - Get Black Sphere 1. Get team 2. Go To Hero 3. Discover truth of statue 4. Visit Castle Shield 5. Visit Castle Armor a. King Armor's Quest 1) Go To Southern Town 2) Learn about Girl's Problem 3) Go to Bandit Cave 4) Kill Bandit 5) Return to Girl 6) Return to Castle Shield b. Get King's Armor 6. Visit Castle Sword a. Fight King Sword b. Get King's Sword 7. Return to Castle Shield a. Discover Steward's act b. Defeat his guards. c. Follow and defeat Steward. d. Retrieve King's Shield 8. Return to Hero a. Place King's items on statue b. Get Black Sphere c. Defeat Gen-Bu 9. Return to Base Town a. Open tower. 2F A. Nothing 3F A. Discover Paradise 1. Talk to people 4F A. Discover Purgatory 1. Talk to people, avoid monster and get out quick. 5F A. Main Quest - Get Blue Sphere 1. Go To Port Town 2. Travel Island Cave to find Floaring Island.

3. Visiting the East Island Village. 4. Visit Old Man 5. Find Airseed 6. Underwater a. Find Whirlpool b. Go To Underwater Village. c. Go To Sea Palace. 1) Find Bluekey 2) Find Red Orb 3) Defeat Sei-Ryu d. Return to Surface. 7. Visit Old Man Again. a. Hear Riddle b. Find Answer c. Return with Answer. 8. Go To Tower a. Unite Orbs b. Open Door. 6F A. Nothing 7F A. World of Fish Statues 1. Get XPotions 8F A. Nothing 9F A. Go To Inn 1. Talk to people 2. Rest up. 10F A. Main Quest- Find White Orb. 1. Meeting Byak-Ko a. Go to Sky Town 1) Talk to People 2) Go to Tavern and fight Guard. 2. Byak-Ko's Quest a. Find Jeanne. b. Find Hidden Town. It is on a small cloud. c. Find Resistance Base. 1) Defeat Guards 3. Jeanne's Quest a. Go To Castle. b. Fight way to top. 1) Get White Key 2) Fight Guards

3) Get Captured 4. Escape and Defeat Byak-Ko a. Escape Jail b. Fight Guards c. Get Jail Key d. Get Items near Jail e. Get Glider f. Find Castle g. Enter Sacred Area 1) Fight Byak-Ko 2) Get White Sphere 5. Return to Tower a. Open door 11F A. Nothing 12F A. Cloud Land 1. Explore and find Treasure 13F A. Dry World (Cave) 1. Restore water (see 14F) 14F A. Flooded World 1. Release Water 2. Talk to people 3. Search Castle 15F A. Nothing 16F A. Main Quest - Get Red Sphere 1. Enter Underground Tunnels. a. Follow Girl b. Save Girl 2. Visit Southwest Town. a. Meet Resistance b. Get Bike and Begin Resistance's Quest 3. Resistance's Quest. a. Head through tunnels to Library. b. Enter library to find location of Akiba. c. Go To Akiba 1) Get ROM d. Go To Amikabu. 1) Get BOARD e. Return to Southwest Town. 4. The Power Plant

a. Enter tunnel and follow So-Cho Bike. b. Enter Sewers and go to Plant. c. Enter Plant 1) Defeat Evil-Eye 2) So-Cho sacrifices life. 3) Defeat Machine and get Plutonium. d. Return to town to get Erase 99. 5. The Skyscraper a. Find and Rescue Sayaka 1) Make way to Subway 2) Find Su-Zaku 3) Use Erase-99 4) Fight Su-Zaku b. Get Red Sphere 6. Return to tower a. Open door 17F A. Nothing 18F A. Ashura's Worshiper's 1. Talk to them 19F A. Discover Massacre 1. Get N. Bomb 20F A. Discover Library 1. Find message 2. Get Flare Spell 21F A. Enter world of Old Man 1. Get XClbr 22F A. Next to last floor 1. Talk to man 2. Go up the center pillar 23F A. Fight Ashura. 1. Approach on left. 2. Fight Ashura. 3. Enter Door. 1F Again A. Final Quest 1. Open Tower. 2. Fight Gen-Bu 3. Fight Sei-Ryu

4. Fight Byak-Ko 5. Fight Su-Zaku 6. Meet and Fight Creator.

======Tips and Tactics ======

When going to fight, there is no shame in running if over powered or low on weapons.

Fighting a boss is tricky, be ready for anything.

Get better armor and weapons, when it's needed.

Explore, seek and ye shall find.

Save early and often.

A Gamble is eating monster meat. You might get a worse monster than you had.

Suggested Groups 4 Humans (Expensive) 2 Humans, 2 Mutant (Less Expensive) 2 Humans, 1 Mutant, 1 Monster (Cheap, easiest to maintain)

Not-Suggested 4 Mutants (Limited abilities, must fight often) 4 Monster (Can't carry anything)

Humans Note: I suggest that you reach these bosses with these ability at the following. Gen-Bu= HP: 200 Str & Agl: 25 Sei-Ryu= HP: 400 Str & Agl: 50 Byak-Ko= HP: 400 Str & Agl: 75 Su-Zaku= HP: 600 Str & Agl: 75

======Major Monsters ======

Gen-Bu: The Black Turtle. He is the first of the Fiends that you will meet. He placed the Black Sphere in the statue of Hero. He has the immunaties of turtle creatures, and can use abilities that turtles have. (Think of a turtle as a lizard.)

Sei-Ryu: The Blue Dragon. He is the second of the Fiends. He lives on the fifth

floor. He and his brother has spilt the Blue Sphere. He has the weakness of a sea creature and dragon. He also carries their strengths.

Byak-Ko: The White Tiger. He is the third Fiend. You will have to work for him. He is also searching for the White Sphere. He has the strengths of a tiger like creature, as well as their weaknesses.

Su-Zaku: The Red Bird. He is the final Fiend. You must destrouy his shield before you defeat him. He will attack at will early on the sixteenth floor. The Hyper will only work on him once. He has the qualities of a Pheonix.

Ashura: The Arch-Fiend. He is the Arch-Fiend. He has six arms and you must use powerful weapons to defeat him. Don't use all of them, for the toughest battle is yet to come.

Creator: After defeat the four fiends, the Arch-Fiend, and the four fiends again, you must defeat Creator. He will leave you alone for two-three rounds of battle. He has powerful attacks that can cause 200 HP of damage one character. The most dangerous weapons to him are Sun Sword, Masmune Sword, Glass Sword, N. Bomb, Flare Spell and Wand. His defeat is the end of the game, and his game.

======Authors Note: ======

The story that was writen in this guide is to help move things along. It is not how the game is played out, but follows the main story line. The outline is a step through for you. I leave the exploring to you. As of now, the Final Fantasy Legend Trilogy is complete, and now, there are guides for each.

Memoirs of an Adventurer's Child. (A Guide For Final Fantasy Legend 2) (Writen by Richard B. Sampson Jr.) (Note: the story in the guide was placed in there to help you relate to the characters and so that the guide doesn't appear to be "Go to palace and fight [somebody]". Some characters are based off fictional character.)

Background ======

Back in the origins of the universe, it was held together by the Magic of Isis. Isis was a kind and loving goddess that gave her universe peace. However, other god's who ruled other universes envied the peace and calm of her world. In their quest for power, they banned together to enslave Isis and conquer her world. As her world was slowly conquered by the evil god's, she went to the center of her world and activated the protective units to fend off anything not pure of heart. When the Arsenal Units refused to leave the center of the world, Isis did the only thing she could do to save what was left of her universe. As the god's moved towards the pillar that lead to her temple, she change herself to a statue and sealed the pillar that lead to the Celestrial Temple. Afterwords, the statue split into several pieces and went to the various worlds of her lands. For the past milennium, the god's have been searching the worlds for the Magi stones. As they continue closer to their goal, the have been thwarted in recent centuries by the Guardian's. The current lead has been most successful in finding the Magi Stones and protecting them. But the chosen 4 will be the only ones who can successfully bring peace to the universe.

10 Years Ago ======It was in the middle of the night my father woke me up. He told me he had to go. I always thought he was silly for going on his adventures. He told me to keep something and guard it with my life. It looked like a stone to me, but I could sense something about it. He then left through the window, asking me to take care of mom. He didn't return.

The Present ======Today was the day. This morning I was 16 and I decided to go in search of dad. I told my mother and then went to the school. I then went to school and told my teacher, Mr.S, of my plans. He told me about the Magi and that I had one of them. He told me that my father must be protecting them and that the one I had could detect Magi. Then my schoolmates came in. Mr.S, wise as he is, suggested I take three along with me. I choose my three best friends, Vet, a very smart Mutant Female, Radr, a very strange robot, and Skiz, a monster who was always adaptable. Mr.S told us to go to a town north of the tunnel that seperated our valley from the rest of our world. We agreed and said so long to our parents. Just as we were about to leave town, Mr.S. joined us. He said we

might need the help at first. I checked the Magi and found there were 6 in our world. We fought our way to the tunnel, with Mr.S curing us. In the tunnel, we worked our way through, openning chests and fighting monsters. When we reached the exit, a BabyWyrm demanded the Magi we had. We fought the BabyWyrm and were successful in defeating him. After we left the cave, Mr. S. staied there to protect the valley from any monsters. We then headed north to the town. In the town, I thought I saw dad. Since it was close to nightfall, we decide to sleep at the Inn.

We all woke up with a start when we heard Vet scream. We looked around and saw no one. Vet said, "Sorry, I had the same recuring nightmare since I was little". We all forgave her and set out to check the town out. I should tell you abit about Vet. Vet believes in reincarnation, and she believes that this dream is linked to one of her past lives. The first time we found out about this was when Mr.S took the class on an overnight camping trip. Maybe there is something to it. Anyhow, we checked out the Cafe nextdoor to the Inn. We talked to people, got a drink and listened to a tune on the Juke Box. I think the tune was "Save The World!" We then left the Cafe and saw.. Dad!. I was greif stricken to see it wasn't dad. We then checked out the shops to get some stuff. We then headed west to where a shrine was located. Many monsters tried to stop up, but we had to find my father. When we reached the shrine, we approached Ki and she told us about Ashura and where to find Magi. I figured, if father was protecting Magi, we had to find them to find him. Ki even healed us from our battles. She told us when to find the ancient ruins of Isis and we left. We were about to leave when we notice Vet wasn't with us. She then came out, and she looked different. She looked a little confused. She then said, "I asked Ki about my dreams and she said that it was an upsetting life that was haunting me. She said someone in another world could help me understand it better." We then went to the ruins. Monsters tried to stop us from getting there, but we defeated them. Once we entered the ruins, monster attacked us. Before that they seemed to be search for something. Maybe they were part of Ashura's Monsters. We searched the building and found treasure while fending off monsters. Eventually, we got to a large room where a couple of men were taking something. One of them mentioned Magi and they. We followed them. I was afraid they were enemties of my father. We checked a room only to find they weren't in there, but three Magi were there. We caught up to them as they left. Outside, we found them, near death. They had been attacked by Ashura's men and they were guardians, protectors of the Magi. We returned to Ki's Shrine. When we told Ki of what happened, Ki joined our group and told us about Ashura. "Ashura has made his home in the desert world. The first time he attacked our world, he attempted to steal all the Magi here. He did not succeed in getting them all. I stopped him before he had gotten the last few. That was about 500 years ago. Since some of the Magi are with in me, I have stayed young since the evil gods attacked. Ashura would not attack the land again since he has gotten so much power, he would send his minions. Maybe the people in the northern town know when the base is since they guard the path to the Pillar of the Sky." We headed for the town. We were attacked on the way, but we easily defeat our opponents. Once we got to town, we head for the Inn to sleep for the night. We paid for our beds and went to sleep.

We all woke to the familiar screem. Vet's nightmares had come again during the night. Ki was calming her down. Ki turned to me and said, "How long has this been happening." "All her life. She says she is remembering a past life, maybe from a different universe. I hope she is Ok. She was my best friend in school." "She'll be fine. My friend will help some as best they can. I have contacted them and they will be waiting for you. Now we must move and stop Ashura." We left the Inn and got some items and armor and headed to the base. On our way, we encountered some monsters which tried to stop us. We defeated them and entered the base. When we entered, Radr look up and said, "Uh, Oh." Radr always was like this. Sometimes when monsters were about to attack us on camping tricks, Radr looked up and said "Uh, Oh." The last time it happened was a couple of days ago. I heard him say it under his breath when we entered the Tunnel. I turned to him and all he said was "Rhino." Ki looked straight ahead and said, "Great, It would have to be Rhino. He is one of the toughest of Ashura's minions. Be ready for a heavy battle. Watch out for the guards. They will attack you." We searched the building until we reached Rhino, grabbing Items and fighting off Ashura's monsters all the way. When we reached Rhino, he said we were foolish to come here, espescially Ki. Ki and Vet attacked him with a Magic attack while the rest of us attacked him with everything we had. It took some time, keeping people from dying, but we were successful. Before he died, Rhino set the base to blow up. We grabbed the 3 Magi he was guarding and left the base before it exploded. After that the path to the pillar was clear. We entered the pillar and went to the celestrial world, where the temple was located. Ki left us, but she told be where her friend was that could help Vet. We entered the celestrial world and looked around in awe. Skiz looked around and said, "If I told this to anyone, they wouldn't believe me." "With the stories you have told, Skiz, neither would I." I said. Skiz was a nice guy, but he was always telling tall tales. Vet shuddered and I asked, "What's wrong." "It feels like someplace I've been before. It's feels ... eerie." We headed for the next pillar and entered Asura's World. We noticed that nightfall had just hit this world and we ran for the town. In the town, we went to the Inn to rest for the night. We paid for the night and went to sleep.

This morning was different from most because I woke up screeming. I had dreamt that my father was dying and that I couldn't help him. We all got up and searched the town, getting items and asking people about the world. In the Cafe, we got refreshments and then went to the desert, searching for Ashura's Tower. Before we left town, we discovered that Ashura knew we were here as his minions attacked us. They were unsuccessful in their attack, and we continued, being extra careful of an ambush. As we ventured in to the desert, we tried to follow the directions given to us at the Cafe. Monsters tried to stop us, but they were unsuccessful each time. We eventually found the town of Ashura. It took us almost all day to get there, and night was starting to fall. We ran to the Inn and rested for the night.

We woke up that morning and Vet seemed to be Ok. Apparently, her dreams had not gotten to disturbing yet. We talked to people in Ashura's town and got some items. We found out about a spy who was captured. The description fit dad to the letter. I was afraid that Ashura was going to do something to him. We ran for the tower and went to defeat Ashura. Many monsters tried to stop us. As we entered the tower, Radr looked up and said, "Double Trouble". "What's the problem?" I asked. "Do you have any termites for a woodman." "I know I have some around here." Skiz said. I gave our joker a look and we started up the tower. I figured that the woodman was guarding my father. On our way up, we opened many treasure chests and fought many monsters. Eventually, we reached the Woodman. We attacked him only to turn him into woodchips. The man we rescue turned out to be someone other than my father. He called himself Mask. Radr looked up again and said, "Ashura has two attacks wait for us. One by him, the other has gone.. someplace." "Well, let stop him and his other troop." We continued up the tower, getting Mask's stuff and climbing up the tower. When we reach Ashura, he told us he sent his minions to kill Ki and get the Magi in her. He then attacked us. We changed our order so that the strongest were in front. We figured that he would focus on the front person and we defeated him. We got 7 more Magi for defeating him and Mask left us. We then went to Ki's side.

After a couple of days' travel, we reached Ki's temple only to find her on the edge of life. Her helper told us that she was in trouble, and we knew it. Her helper told us to go to the Giant's world and get Micronize. We left, but not before she gave us a Magi. We then traveled to the Giant's World. While were still in our world, monsters tried to stop us from reaching the pilliar. We defeated them with ease and headed to the giant's world. When we reached the celestrial world, we went past the entrance to the Desert World and headed to the Giant's World. When we arrived, it was late afternoon. We went to the town and talked to the people there. We got a drink at the Cafe and heard that the fellow named Johnny used to be a Giant. We then checked out the shops. We got some items, Armor and weapons. We followed a path and ran into...my father. Finally, my search was over, but he told me his job wasn't over. He then left after giving us a Magi. I wanted to continue on and stop his quest by doing it myself. We snuck into the back of the Giant's shop and found out where he got his goods. He mentioned that Johnny knew. We went back to the Cafe and talked to him. He told us how to get in. He also told us how we could climb the steps. After that, we decided to practice before we entered the town. We fought monsters outside the town and then return near late evening.

We woke up after a night at the Inn and checked our funds. We figured we needed more money to get the items we would need to survive here. We decided to head back outside of town and fight more monsters until we had good enough equipment to enter the giant's town and survive in Ki's body. Stocking up on X-Cure potions helped us and kept us going. About midday, we stop in town and got the armor and rested at the Inn. We then continued to fight monsters outside of town. We eventually got better

weapons and rested for the night. The next day we would search the giant's village.

We woke up to the familiar sounds of Vet's screems. I started to be conserned. The nightmares must be getting worse. I asked her if she was Ok to which she replied, "I hope we find Ki's friend very soon. I don't know how much longer I can keep my sanity. My father always helped keep them at bay." We left the small town and went to the giants' town. We did some search and found the tunnel in the stairs. We reached the top of the stairs with out incident. Many monsters attacked us in the town, but we defeated them. Eventually, we checked out some of the buildings. We got in the southern most building to find Magi inside. After we got the Magi, we entered a building that was locked until we got the Magi. In it was the Micron. We then left the Giants' Town and made our way to the the town of the humans. It was getting close to nightfall and we decided to sleep at the Inn. It was costly, but tomorrow we had to save Ki.

We woke up with a different sound. It was Radr. He said loud enough to wake us up, "Ki's body will try to stop us." I looked at him. "How do you know this stuff." "I don't know. I just do. Jeez, sometimes I wish I was home to help my mom and my uncle." I couldn't blame him. I sometimes thought the same thing. We left the Inn and sold some of the stuff we had. We also got some better weapons and some X-Cure Potions. We then headed for the pillar of the sky. Monsters tried to stop us, but we fought them off. We traveled through the Celestrial World back to our home world. We stopped at the town near the pillar of sky in our world to get rested for the battle in the body. We rested at the Inn for about an hour, and then ran for the Shrine. When we arrived, we were rushed to Ki so we could use the Micron. It was remarkable. We were inside the body of a living thing. Vet turned to me and said, "Lets go down the right side first. Then the left. Something tells me we need to get some Magi before entering the head." We followed her suggestion and went down to the right foot. Monsters and cells of her body fought us and we defeated them. In the right foot, we found the Magi in the little toe. We then entered the Stomach and found the Magi near the top of the stomach. Then in the right hand, we found the Magi in the Pointer Finger. We went to the left foot and found the Magi in the big toe. We then went to the heart to find a Magi in the Upper left chamber. We then went to the left hand and got the Magi in the ring finger. Afterwards, we went to Ki's brain. We avoided battles so we could have an advantage against whatever was guarding the last Magi. Some Phagocyts were guarding the Magi. We used attacks that attacked the group. With this tactic, we survived and got the last Magi. We had saved Ki's life. When we left Ki's body, we told her we were going to the next world past the Giant's world. It took us some time, but we stopped at the town near the Pillar of Sky in our world to sleep for the night.

It was the same old situation this morning. Vet's screems woke us up. She seemed to be getting worse. Skiz turned to me and said, "She woke me up in the middle of the night. I heard her saying some names that I never heard before."

"Well, I hope this friend of Ki's is in the next world we hit. We need to calm her down." We got all our stuff together and headed for the Pillar of Sky. Monsters got in our way, but they didn't last to long. It took us some time to cross the celestrial world and reach the world we were heading towards. When we reached the next world, we saw a palace and headed for it. Some monsters slowed our trek, but we stopped them. We enter the palace and met with a Mr. Apollo. He claimed to be a god, but he was not interested in world conquest. He gave us a Magi and told us the location of the Magi in his world. We then left the palace for a town to the north. Upon leaving, Vet turned to me and said, "I don't trust him, Rich. He is a god. He would want the Magi too. We must be careful." I agreed with her and we left for a town to the north. Some monsters tried to stop us, but they, like those before them, failed miserably. When we reached the town, we talked with everybody and checked out the shops. We also found out that a girl named Lynn was in the caves. Some guy in the cafe though that Lynn's father and I were related. I was wondering if the man was delirious. It was close to nightfall and we decide to rest until morning until we searched the mountain.

Vet's screems woke us up again. I hope that we find someone who can help her. He picked up some weapons in the town, as well as X-Cure Potions and went to the cave of Dunatis. As we entered the south cave, Radr said, "Uh Oh, Dunatis is a robot/god." Vet said to us, "He right. Maybe more than one god invaded our universe and now trying to determine who will rule all." Skiz spoke up, "Figures, the bigger the ego, the deadlier the enemy. Or something like that." I looked at Skiz in amazement. "That actually sounded like the truth. You must me slipping in you thoughts." We checked the cave until we hit a pit. There were stairs on the northside, but not on the south. We did get the item in the chest and left the cave. Monster hanging around the cave area tried to stop us. But we didn't give into them. We entered the cave and went down to fight Dunatis. We grab treasures and fought monsters along the way. Eventually, we found Lynn. She was afraid of Dunatis. She said that the robot would not let her out. We noticed that he was guarding the only way out, since the way we came in was a very steep slide. After defeating Dunatis, we took Lynn to her mother. I was surprise to see who Lynn's Father looked like. It was my dad. Did he leave home for good? I ran out of the house in anger. A little while passed until Vet came out. She looked at me. "Upset about your dad? Think he betrayed you? I think he still cares." "Why do you think that? If he cared, he would not have been gone for 10 years." I still get upset when I think back at yelling at Vet. I apoligized and everyone asked what we were going to do. We continued the Quest for Magi. We decided to head south since the riddle Apollo told us mentioned the underwater. There was a port town to the south of the mountain town. On our way, monsters tried to stop us, but they were no match for us. In the town, we talked to the people and got information. We thought that we would have to deal with a god named Neptune. In the Cafe, Vet ordered Apple Juice and the owner told us how to see in the cave of Bright Darkness. We left the Cafe and due to the late hour, we headed to the Inn. When we entered the Inn, the lady said, "Excuse me, are you friends of Ki?"

"Yes," I answered, a bit suspicious of how this lady knew and why she asked. "Why?" "Ki told me a group of people were coming and that one had nightmares." "That's me," Vet said in excitement. She might not have nightmares any more. "I can help. This potion should help you understand them, although it may change your look in life." Skiz then said, "Don't you mean 'on'." "No." Vet thanked her and we paid for a night's sleep.

We woke up the next morning to dead silence. We looked to notice that Vet was awake. She was standing at a mirror. We all walked over to her and noticed that her face had turned red, as if she had sunburn. Vet said to us, "It looks just like the one face I see in my dreams." I had to admit, the face had a beauty all it's own. We left the Inn to check all the shops in town. We then decided to wait on getting Armor and check out the ocean. When we entered the water, we found that we could breathe in it. It was weird. As we searched the water, we found an underwater volcano. So Nepture didn't exist. It was a good thing we bought X-Cure potions in town since we had to walk through Lava. We fought monsters as we approached the volcano and while we explored it. We started at the bottom and went to the top. Healing ponds helped us stay alive in the volcano. After getting the Magi, we returned to the Port Town. We sold some of the stuff we had and got some armor and items we would need. We then went in search for the cave of brightness. When we reached the cave of brightness, the True Eye Magi helped us see in the cave. We took our time exploring the cave and fighting off monsters. There must not have been a god or major monster guarding this cave since Radr didn't give us any warning. We examined ever tunnel in the cave and open every chest. We fought every monster that dare to stop us. When we got to the seventh and last level, we found 3 Magi. We then left the cave and headed for the Palace of Apollo. I wanted to find out more about why he helped us. When we got there, we discovered he had disappeared. This was even more mysterious than him helping us. We left the palace and saw nightfall coming. Vet turned to me and said, "We should head to the mountain town to rest." I was reluctant to go back, but Vet normally knew best. We followed her suggestion and sleep at the Inn there.

We woke up the next morning to a screem. Our first thought was that her nightmares returned. Then we saw it. Her normal shoulder length red hair had gone stiff. "Talk about a bad hair day," She commented. "I look like and inverted pin cushon." Skiz walked over to her and said, "I think it looks nice on you. And that is the truth." Vet smiled and we decided to get moving. We sold some of our stuff and then went to the pillar. Some monsters tried to stop us, but they were no match for us. Once we reached the Celestrial World, we went to the next world. The next world appeared to be a town. We checked out the shop in the town, and talk to the people. Somebody mentioned the Guardian Base. Was this were the guardian lived. I started to think, maybe we should meet these guardians. They will greet us with open arms. They probably heard of us defeating Ashura. We got some armor for our team and then rest at the Inn.

Afterwords, we enter the Cafe and talked with people there. We got some drinks and the man at the bar said something about using the jukebox. We looked the list over and found the Heroic Tune. We played it and the guardians took us out and took us prisoner. They thought we were spies. We were put in a cell and guarded. When we talked to the guard, my father showed up. The guard then let us out. The guard called my father Captain. Was my father the leader of the guardians? I was getting more confussed by the moment. We talked to some of the people and they confirmed it. We also found out about the new gods in our universe. When we reached my fathers chamber, we found out it was near nightfall. He suggest that we get some rest. We did.

In the middle of the night, we got a rude awakening. Monsters under the control of a god attacked the base. We fought our way to the chamber wher the Magi were stored. It was empty. We decided to fight our way out and find dad. Before we could leave the bottom floor, we had to defeat an ogre. It took a short time, but we defeated him. We recovered a Magi from him and went to the next level. At the top of the steps, my father was waiting. Radr looked at him and said, "What happened, Capt. uhh Rich's Father, Sir." "The New Gods found our base and sent in their monsters." He joined us and we went to fight our way out of the destroied base. We checked the floor out before we fought the Mantcore. We used attacks that caused massive damage and won anothe Magi. We searched the next floor and then fought a Magician. Using similar tactics as before, we won and got another Magi. We left the base and headed for the pillar of Sky. Before we reached it, we had to defeat a Commando. We used the same tactics as before and won. After we got the Magi from him, the Commando said that his master had captured Lynn. I tried to ask dad about the connection but he said he would explain later. Radr insisted we save the girl. I had to agree. When we reached the Celestrial World, I noticed that Vet's hands were changing. "I guess this is what the lady meant by new look in life." She chuckled and we continued to the next world. We found shops in the Celestirial Path between the Celestrial World and Pillar to the Monsters World. We checked them out and got some Armor. In the world, we ran to confront the god of this world. Lynn was the one who cleared up the thought that she was my sister. My father was helping a friend of his by taking care of her. Dad gave me a Magi and then attacked the monster and it disappeared, as well as him. "NO!" I couldn't believe it, my father was dead. We took care of Lynn and went to take her home. Just before we could leave, the demon appeared an attacked us. He was called Ninja, and swore revenge for killing dad." With lethal attacks and the Revenge Sword, we destroied the Ninja and got a Magi. It took us no time to get Lynn to her house, especially when the monsters avoid you. We talked to Lynn and found out that my father took care of Lynn like a daughter when her father died. I decided to go in search for the Magi so that he didn't die in vain. Before we left, Lynn's mother gave us a Magi. We then headed for Celestrial World and to the Inn we saw in the one path. We decided to rest up there and head to the next world.

When we woke, we decided to head to the next world after the Monster's World.

When we got there, we were in a wall around a city. We entered the city and talked to some of the people there. We fould out that the walls keep the beautiful things inside. We checked some of the shops out and found the Inn and Cafe. We then headed for the palace in the center. Inside we found Venus, a goddess of beauty. It was the same as before with Apollo. After she said there was no Magi in this world, I checked the Prism Magi and found she was lying. Even Vet said, "I don't trust her. She looked at me with distaste." I couldn't understand why, even though the potion was changing her, she still kept her natural beauty. We found out the truth of Venus when we talked to the girl in an arranged marrage. If a person was scarred, they were exiled. We talked to a few more people and decieded to leave town. We decided to hunt down this town of dirty people. Monsters attacked us, but we defeated them. We reached the town and talked to some of the people. We learned more of the truth of the twisted goddess named Venus. We decided that we had to either explore the ruins or the sewers. We decided on the Sewers first. We found the entrance and explore ever aspect of the sewers. We fought off every monster and won every time. We encountered a Hermit. We defeated the large crab and won a Key. On the next level, we found rooms contain chests. In these rooms, we found 3 Magi and a trap in one. On the next level, we found a room with 4 chests, Magi in 3 and a trap in the last. When we finally got out of the sewer, we were in the Palace of Venus. We went to talk with Venus, but she didn't believe we found Magi in the sewer. We talk to Flora for a bit and an earthquake shook the ground. Since it was nearing nightfall, we went to the Inn to rest.

The next morning was in total silence. Radr woke me and said, "Vet's having the dream again. She seems to be screaming, but no sound is coming out of her mouth." Skiz was franticly trying to calm her down, but with no success. It was obvious he had gotten hurt, but he didn't care. It took some time, but she calmed down and woke up. "I finally understand. I think I will be Okay now." She looked at Skiz and saw the wounds. "Did I do that? I sorry Skiz, I didn't mean to." "I know. Don't worry, it only hurts when you don't smile." He smiled at her and she returned the smile. Boy will the parents be surprised when we get home. Those two were falling in love. Radr turned to me and said, "Sir, I think we should check at the other town first. I do think Leon will be there. He might help." I looked at Radr, "Radr, how long have you had this ability. To predict things, I mean." "I don't know, sir. I guess it comes with me being shy." "Would that explain the bear?" Radr looked at his storage chamber and saw the bear sticking out. He hid it and said, "I guess I'm still a kid." "And by the time we all get home, we will probably be grown up. This is a war against these gods, and now I don't want to lose." We left the Inn and got some Items in stores and went to the other town. Monsters tried to stop us, to which the monsters failed. When we reached the other town, we found out Leon was upset about Flora marrage to Nils. We then went to the volcano to the west. When we entered, we prepared for an extensive search and lava pools. We

were thankful for the healing pools we found. We fought our way throught the caves and found many chests. In one passage, I could of sworn Leon was following us. Later on, we found some weapons and again, I could of sworn I saw Leon. We then found 3 Magi, but just as we got them. Leon attacked us and took one of the Magi. We knew where he was heading. We ran for the town to tackle with Venus. It took us some time, but we got there in time to stop the wedding. The reason it took so long was that monsters tried to stop us. We got some items and went to Venus castle. When the ceremony began, Leon came in and Venus knocked him down. Flora then defied Venus. Just before Venus could attack Flora, We attacked. We got the Magi back from Leon and fought Venus. We used the weapons to stop her. With her defeat, we got the Magi she had. We then bought some stuff we might need and went to the pillar of Sky. We traveled through the celestrial world to the next world. Upon entering it, we searched for a town. It was nearing nightfall and we need rest. Some monsters attacked us during our search, but they were unsuccessful. When we found the town, we heard about a dragon race. The person holding the race turned out to be Mr. Apollo. Before we talked to him we decided to rest for the night.

In the morning we checked out some of the shops and got some stuff. Afterword we went to speak with Apollo. We then entered the race on the cheapest dragon we could get. We were in the race and off to a slow start. As we mad our way around the track, monsters had attacked the others. Monsters also attacked us but we took care of them. Eventually, we came across a powerful monster. It was a group of Watchers. We fought them and won all the Magi the others lost. We then crossed the finish line to get the Magi that Apollo offered. I trusted him even less now. After winning the race, we headed to the next world through the celestrial world. The next world was an Oriental world. I remembered stories about this world and we made our way to the castle. I heard that the Shogun had been very friendly in the past. We were told to leave and we fought monsters until we reached a town. In the town, we headed for the Inn to sleep for the night.

When we woke up, we talked to some people and found out about the Hatamotos, a gang in the town. We stopped by the shop, but the shopkeeper was very nervous. We then tried to cross the bridge, but the gang attacked us. We fought them off and the local constable came to stop them. Her name was Hana and she took care of the rest of the group. We check out the rest of the town and traveled to another town. Monsters attacked us from everywhere. We were lucky to even make it into the other town. We talked to Hana and the people and heard some interesting things. We then decided to return to the town were the Hatamotos were. We fought monsters to earn money for better equipment. We noticed that nightfall was starting to approach and we rested at the Inn.

In the morning, we decided to do somemore monster fighting. We figured that we needed new equipment to handle the Hatamotos and the smuglers that Hana talked about. We even found out about a shipment. We went to tell Hana about this. When we got to her town, we found out she had left for the harbor. We went the harbor to find Hana's friend there. He told us were she went and we hunted for her. We went to his ship at the

middle dock. We took any treasure we could get. When we got to Hana, Taro had got there. I do believe that the school teacher and the detective were in a relationship by the way he risked his life. He went to tell Kame that Hana was fine, and we rushed to the courthouse with the evidence. After we got to the court, the storeowner was proven to be innocent, but Hana, nor us, believed it. We went back to her town and talked about it. Kame was then brought in wounded. Officers were coming and I started thinking that somebody high up was behind this. As nightfall was aproaching, we rested at the Inn.

In the morning, we got X-Cure Potions and headed for Echigoyas. We fought off monsters and ran for the shop. At the shop, we got behind the counter and headed down to the basement. We followed the corridor to a room filled with monsters. We fought them off and were lucky. We then continued to a room were Echigoya was, and he was with the Shogun. We overheard their plan and stormed in. The Shogun escaped and we fought the others. We returned to Hana's town and found out that Taro was a guardian. We decide to storm the Shogun's palace. We bought X-Cure and weapons and headed for the palace. It was nightfall when we stormed the palace. We avoided the guards and searched every floor. We eventually found Shogun on the top floor. We attacked him and found him to be easy to defeat. Then the Shogun's father appeared, the god Magnate. We followed the demon to the roof and fought him. With magic and weapons of the world, as well as using the Aegis Magi to defend myself, we eventually defeated him. We recovered 4 Magi. We returned to Hana's place and they all thanked us before we left. We climbed the pillar and reentered the celestrial world. We entered the next world only to find one cave. As we approached the cave, Radr said, "Sir, I think we are going to have alot of trouble in this cave." "Radr, what is it?" "There are a lot of monsters, about as powerful as those in Edo." "That could be a problem, but there must be a Magi in there somewhere. There may also be some other goodies in there as well. I think we could use the experience anyhow. After the fight with Magnate, we could use experience because we will probably encounter more powerful gods." Just inside the cave, a pixie warned us that the "Dungeon" was a terrible place and we should take the Magi and run. "D-d-d-dungeon" Vet studdered and she curled up into a ball. She was scared. Skiz knealed next to her and held her. Trying to comfort her, I overheard him say that he would protect her. We then worked our way around the first floor of the Dungeon and found several items of use before going to the second floor. We check the Magi we recieved and discoved it was the Pegasus Magi. It could teleport us anywhere we visited. We used it when we needed to get more supplies to get through the Dungeon. When we hit the floor of the the second level, we decided to rest for a while. Some of us need to sleep after those battles, we decided that we would guard in shifts. Skiz and I went first. While Vet and Radr rested, Skiz said, "Rich, you've known Vet all your life, right?" "Yeah. She sometimes helped me through the tough times without my father. She is a real friend. She even save our town once." "That must have before my family came to town." "Yes. This strange man came to town. He called himself St. Marius. He said he

could save us from all the evil gods if we followed him. Vet didn't trust him for a moment, I talked with her about it, but she had a strong mind that you can't change. We confronted the stranger and he told us the truth. He was a vampire of sorts and was going to eat us all. Everybody heard the ruckus outside and saw him try to attack us. They drove him out of town quickly. Nobody has seen him since, and Vet was treated as a hero, because she was the only one who saw the truth." "How comes Radr didn't pick up on this?" "He didn't come to town until after that. It was about a month before you arrived in town. He saved the town as well once." "Are you kidding?" "Well, It all started when the strange people attacked our town. We would have died in Radr had said that there were the people with blades inbedded in there hand coming to devour us." "I don't believe you." "Good, because I just fed you a line of bull. Can you see how crazy that would be. It sounds like they would eat with their hands." "I can't believed this. A person so honest that he probably get kicked out of town meeting if he said a word, told a lie." "I tell lies only if part of a joke. But inbedded in any lie a tell as part of a joke is a little truth. Now, Master Skiz, why do you lie on an hourly basis." "Look at me, I'm a monster. If I didn't lie like this, every time I would get angry, they would think I was telling the truth about hurting them. I lie to make friends, not to lose them." "You would make a terrific politician." "You mean a leader of a town." "Yeah. Now, why do you have the name Skiz?" "Well, most monsters eat only one food for most of their lives. But I kept eating different foods, and kept transforming into different monsters. My folks thought the name suited me best." "What type of monster were you when you were born?" "A Kraken." "Well, I guess we should change the watch now." He woke Vet and Radr and then went to sleep.

Skiz and I awoke well refreshed and we continued exploring the dungeon. We found alot of interesting items on the second floor. The battles were getting tougher. When we reached the third floor, we found that the monsters were getting tougher. We were thankful when Skiz turned into a Fairy. At least we didn't have to use our cure potions. But before we hit the next floor, we had to warp back to Edo and get some X- Cure potions. We then returned to the dungeon and went to the 4th floor. We found some items on that floor and down some tunnels and made our way to the door to the next floor. One of the items we found was a tent, so when we reached the bottom of the steps and used the tent tor rest. Vet decided to take first watch with me. She turned to me and said, "Rich, there has been something bothering me since we started this quest." I turned to my friend. "What is it, Vet?"

"You remember that creep that came to our town?" "Yeah, how could anybody forget thate evil man, St. Marius." "Well, I'm worried that well run into him again. I sensed that when the town chased him out, he blamed us." "I think your being paranoid, Vet. Besides, I'm still trying to figure out how you knew not to trust him." "I don't know, maybe we meet in a past life." "Like the one you constantly had in the nightmares." "Maybe." "Tell me, Vet. I don't know if what's happenning is happenning, but I do believe that you and Skiz are falling in love." "I think your right. I have feelings for him, but I'm afraid to say anything." "I think you will when you feel the time is right, or maybe he will say it first." "I guess your right. I think we better get some rest before we continue." "Agreed." And with that, we woke Skiz and Radr up and went to sleep.

When we woke, we started to explore the 5th floor of this dungeon. We found illustion walls and more chests, including Selfix armor. When we ran out of X-Cure potions, we warped back to Edo to buy more X-Cure potions and returned to the dungeon and made our way to the 6th floor. The moster got more and more dangerous as we worked our way down. By the time we were ready to head down to the 7th floor, we needed more X-Cure potions. We then returned to the Dungeon and went to the 7th floor. We found another tent and we contined to the 8th floor. It was a regular maze. We found many chests and then found a stairway up. At the top, the fairy was waiting for us. She asked us if we thought it was nasty. I look at my companions, Skiz was blind and Radr was turned to stone. I had to agree with her. After we left, we returned to Edo and cured all the rest and slept at the Inn for the night.

We woke up and then headed for the Celestrial world. We headed to the world next to the "Nasty Dungeon" as we now called it, and found it was based on clouds. I noticed that way down below us was another cloud, with a small town on it, and a whole world below it. We traveled along the clouds until we reached a large temple. We entered it and explored it. As we reached the top of the temple, we meet the god Odin. He didn't waste any time and attacked us. His attack was anticipated and I used the most devistating weapons we found in the "Nasty Dungeon" to defeat him. With that we earned 8 Magi, and we left Odin's Temple. We searched around and found the next Pillar. We headed for the next world. As we left the Pillar we followed a path to another Pillar of Sky. As we reached it, we meet Apollo, for the next to last time. He finally revealed his true colors. He demanded we give him all the Magi. He sicked his Minion on us when I refused. We defeat him and then he conjured up all our friend who we helped and threatened their lives. We unwilling handed them over and he entered the pillar. I almost collapsed. After living throgh monster attacks, and defeating various gods and the loss of my father, I cost the entire world we live in. All of a sudden, I heard a voice yell "Don't lose hope!!" I look up and saw, my father. He was still alive. He then revealed the biggest secret about the Magi. There were exactly 78 instead of 77. Dad joined the team

and we headed for a town. It was nearing nightfall, and we needed rest. As we approached the Inn, Vet tapped me on the shoulder. "What is it, Vet?" "I'll tell you inside." We entered the Inn and paid for a night's rest. As the others fell asleep, I went over to Vet and said, "Now, what's the secret." "I saw him out there. St. Marius." I almost shouted but controled my voice. "What do mean you saw him?" "He was in the far corner of the town. He watched us as we entered the Inn." After that, I wasn't sure if I could sleep. I know that when Vet was upset like this, she was usually right. We were up about half the night pacing. We knew that madman blamed us for what happen in our town when he tried to lure everyone to their deaths. It was about the the middle of the night when I heard the door open. Vet and I prepared our weapons. The last town we had to use weapons in was back in Ashura's world. We left the room our group had gotten and entered the hall. Right in the hallway stood our worse nightmare. At first glance, his dignified look betrayed his mind. He looked at us and said, "The adventure's son. I have been waiting years for my revenge. And it appears that I will get the girl who started it all, as well. I do have to say that the look comes right out of my dreams, be they nightmares or fantasies." I held up my sword and said, "This is were you retreated to after you were chased out of town." "Yes, but I have not been able to find any group of people as gullible as the town you came from." Vet spoke up as she shot a flame at him. "You won't ever get another chance to kill us." "What do you mean?" "The world is going to be destoied by a power hungry god." "I don't believe you." With that he started advancing toward us. Vet's flame disappated as it approached him. I swung my sword and it didn't even hurt him. We started to back away from him until we hit the end of the hall. He had gotten strong since he was in our town. Over the years he could have been fighting monsters, killing them and growing more powerful than any of us. Just as he was about to catch us, the innkeeper came up behind him and knocked him out with a Jyudo move. "You'll be okay. I shall throw him out of here. He has tried to kill many of my guests. For some reason, he has a grude against me." She hauled the one being that truely scared me and Vet out of the Inn and we returned to the room we had. We then slept until morning.

We awake and went to leave the Inn. The Innkeeper came over to all of us and asked how we slept. My father said, "We all slept well. I don't think anybody had trouble sleeping. By the way, I remember when I arrive two days ago about you mentioning a strange fellow. He didn't try anything last night, did he?" "No sir. He has been seen for days. Maybe the sight of such brave adventures had scared him off." She gave a wink in our direction as Vet walked up behind me. Vet whispered, "She trying to protect us."

I nodded and said to the Innkeeper, "You are probably right." With that, we left the Inn and talk in town to get information about the final dungeon. We found out that the entity in there was probably the most dangerous entity around. We stocked up on tents and then left for the dungeon. We went directly to the dungeon and began the descent. Ther dungeon was hiddeous, with living faces on the walls. We searched every alcove of the 1st floor finding something of use, but not a Magi. On the second floor, we continued our search. We found a Sun Sword, but not a Magi. We searched through the 3rd floor and found nothing. When we reached the 4th floor. Dad suggested that we rest for a bit using the tent. As always, I took first watch, but Dad joined me on the watch. I turned to my father and said, "I thought that you were dead." "No, I had just gotten Teleported to another world. One with a very large dungeon. It was about 8 levels as I remember. The bottom level was very confusing." "I know, we went through that dungeon. But how did you get past Odin." "Is that the god who was in control of the area above Pureland?" "If you mean, the clouds, yes." "Easy, I didn't enter the temple. I had a portable bridge. After that I made my way to this town. It was a very long journey. Especially dodging monster when you are low on weapons. Now, what has happened to Vet that she looks so different." I told my father the long story and we decided that it was time to rest up for the rest of our search.

When we woke up from our rest. We searched the 4th floor of the dungeon. We then headed up to the 5th floor. We found Arthur armor on the previous floor, and on his one we found a Psi Gun. We went to the 6th floor to find another Parasuit, which Vet wore. On the 7th floor, we found another tent. It seemed that all we were doing was finding weapons and armor and fighting monsters. Then dad mentioned that the final Magi was guarded by the toughest foe yet. I hoped that this battle would be easy. With that thought in mind, we traveled to the 8th floor. By the time we reached the 9th floor, we were badly in need of rest. So we set up another tent and went to rest. This time during watch, I was assisted by Radr. Radr decide to tell me something that worried me. "Sir, I don't know if I should mention this but.." "Radr, you don't have to call me sir." "I sorry Rich. But as I was saying, I think I'm losing my ability. I can detect a problem here." "Radr, I have a feeling that the enemy is so powerful, that it isn't letting you detect it." "You mean that.." "Yes, it is either a powerful god, or a very powerful robot." This started to worry us and we decided that it would be wise to tell everyone after we rested.

We woke up and told everybody what we thought we would be dealing with. Everybody start to worry. We the searched the floor and found the Xcalabur Sword. We went to the 10th floor and search allowed us to find a NukeBomb. I figure that this would be the edge we needed. We then went to the 11th floor. In the distance, we saw a glint of

metal. As we approached it, we saw a foe. It called itself Warmech. We set up a tent and stepped inside. It was then we realized that just stepping in a tent cured all wounds. We then attacked the Warmech. Using our most powerful weapons, we defeated Warmech and recovered the Heart Magi. We ran to town and grabbed some Heal Staffs as well and sold some stuff so we could attack Appolo in the Celestrial Temple. He had probably finished assembling the Magi. Without all 78, we might lose our world. We then headed for the Celestrial Temple. Once inside, we started the battle with Apollo. He had put all the Magi together, and was gaining their power. He started to change during the battle. This was when he started to attack. After a while, Apollo started to melt. An in short order, he exploded. Dad shield us from the explosion and fell. I saw he was dying. I couldn't forgive myself if he died. But, I also noticed that the world was shaking. Then I relized that the only hope was to assemble the Magi. When this was done, Isis appeared. She saved my dad and then we headed to the center of the world to stop what was causing the shaking. She told us that the security system, "Arsenal" must be malfunctioning. We fought our way down the long stairwell to the center of the world. Along the way, we had to fight creatures like TianLung and Fenrir. When we reached the bottom of the stair. We all rested in a tent so we would have enough energy for the final battle.

As we continue to the left and upward, we worked our way to the Arsenal. Along the way, we encountered a Hawana which left a Seven Sword behind. I figured that this would be a big help. After resting in one of the tents, we attacked the Arsenals. We used are strogest attacks to defeat the cannons and the mini-smasher. When the Smasher came into play, Vet used Heal Staffs to help us survive. When the Arsenmal fell, Isis told us that we had saved the world. We could now return home as she took care of everything. We returned to my father and we then went home, stopping by the homes our new friends. When we returned home, everyone was happy to see us. About a week later, my father decided to in search of the Lost Ark. Mom and I weren't about to lose him again and we followed him.

Epilogue ======It has been about 10 years since adventure ended. I have returned to my home town for a reason. My friend Vet and Skiz were getting married and Skiz asked me to be the best man. In our own way, we all stayed in touch with the others. With my parents still search Pureland for the Lost Ark, I decided to return to the home town and settle down for a while. I decide to document all of my adventures in these memoirs. It seems that when you have such an epic adventure such as this, one can never forget it.

Monsters and Gods ======Along the travels, many gods were encountered, as well as the minions.

BabyWyrm: Controller is unknown, but it guarded the tunnel between the home town and the first world.

Rhino: Controller: Ashura. Ran the base that Ashura had set up in the first world to gather the Magi in that world.

Woodman: Controller: Ashura. Was the jailer in Ashura's Tower.

Ashura: God who ruled the desert land. His multiarmed attacks were dangerous. Greatest foe: Ki.

Phagocyte: Controller is unknown. Protected the Magi in Ki Head.

Dunatis: Mechanical god who control the mountain in Apollo's world.

Ninja: Controller was most likely Apollo. He attacked the Guardian Base and presumably killed the Captain.

Venus: Supposed goddess who had a vanity problem. If one was scarred, you were kick out of her city. She also dared to tell people who they could marry. If you oppose her, becareful.

Echigoya: Controlled by Shogun. He worked to smuggle bananas and other contra band items into Edo. He was protected by the Sho Gun until he was permentally stopped.

Shogun: Controlled by Magnate. He worked to gather Magi in the world to give to his father, the god Magnate.

Magnate: God that disappeared and reappear around the Shogun's Palace. He prefer the openness of the night sky.

Odin: God in control of Valhalla. The area floats high above an world called Pureland. He will give you another chance to fight if you die in battle.

Warmech: Mechanical god that lurks in the Final Dungeon. He protects the final Magi piece. He is also the toughest god to defeat.

Apollo: Most dangerous of the god because of his ability to show false face. The only way he is defeated is that the imperfect Magi assemblage blows him up.

TeinLung: Part of security measures. Dragon like enemies that guard the stairs to the center of the world.

Fenrir: Part of security measures. Wolf like creatures that guard the door to the maze in the center of the world.

Arsenal: Master control of security. Machine with three various modes of attack.

The last weapon, the Smasher can destory an unprepared group in two rounds.

Worlds ======From the celestrial world, many worlds had branched off to for our universe as a whole.

The First World: This world is where the shrine of Isis is. This is also where the hometown is. Plan for the First world. 1. Assemble Team. 2. Leave Town. 3. Travel through Tunnel. 4. Check 1st Town. 5. Visit Shrine. 6. Go to ruins. 7. Return to Shrine. 8. Go to Ashura's Base.

The Desert World: This world is ruled by Ashura. Plan For this World. 1. Go to Desert Town. 2. Enter Desert. 3. Find Ashura's Town. 4. Go to Town near the Town. 5. Enter Tower. 6. Return to Ki.

The Giant World: This world has two towns in it. One that had giants, one that is now lived in. Plan for this world. 1. Go to Little Town. 2. Talk to people. 3. Talk to Johnny. 4. Enter Giant Town. 5. Find Magi. 6. Find Micron. 7. Return to Ki 8. Use Micron to get Magi in Ki.

Apollo's World: This is the first time you meet Apollo. He helps you find Magi in this world. He is also very dangerous. Plan for his world. 1. Go to Apollo's Palace. 2. Go to North Town. 3. Find out about mountain. 4. Enter south cave. 5. Enter north cave and head for Dunatis. 6. Go to Port Town.

7. Enter sea. 8. Enter Volcano. 9. Enter Cave of Brightness.

Guardian Base: This world is just a town. This is also were the Guardian's had hidden the Magi from the gods. Plan for this world. 1. Talk to people. 2. Get Weapons. 3. Enter Cafe and play Heroic Tune. 4. Fight way out of Base when Monster's attack.

Monster World: This world is where the monster's retreat to after attacking the base. Plan for this world. 1. Fight Ninja.

Venus' World: This world is ruled by Venus, goddess of beauty and isolating anything that doesn't fit her standard. Plan for her world. 1. Enter City. 2. Talk to people. 3. Meet Venus. 4. Leave town. 5. Go to Village. 6. Enter Sewers. 7. Talk to Venus and people again. 8. Go to Village. 9. Go to Volcano. 10. Return to Venus' Palace. 11. Fight Venus.

Dragon world: This world houses a race hosted by Apollo. Plan for this world. 1. Go to town. 2. Talk to people and Apollo. 3. Go to Stables. 4. Get Dragon. (Slowest is cheapest and you win). 5. Win Magi.

Shogun's World: A world with a mystery and ruled by Magnate. Plan for this world. 1. Go to Edo. 2. Talk to people. 3. Fight Hamatatos. 4. Meet Hana. 5. Go to Hana's Village. 6. Talk to people. 7. Go to Harbor.

8. Go to Ship, and save Hana. 9. Go to Court. 10. Go to Echigoya's and discover smuggling ring. 11. Attack Palace. 12. Defeat Shogun and Magnate.

Dungeon World: This world is just one big dungeon. Plan for this world. 1. Meet Fairy and get Magi. 2. Search Dungeon (Optional).

Odin's World: Welcome to Valhalla, home of Odin. Plan for this world. 1. Enter Odin's Temple. 2. Fight Odin and Leave.

Final World: This is where Apollo shows his real colors. Plan for this world. 1. Meet Apollo. 2. Defeat Minions. 3. Go to Town. 4. Enter final Dungeon. 5. Defeat Warmech. 6. Stock on Tents.

Celestrial Temple and Center of the World: The site of the final battles. Plan for this area. 1. Defeat Apollo. 2. Assemble Isis. 3. Go to Center of World. 4. Locate Arsenal and destroy it.

Friends ======During the quest, many friends will help you. This is the list of who will help and in what order the help will arrive.

Mr.S Ki Mask Lynn Dad Lynn Hana Taro Dad Isis

All information on them is in the guide.

General Help ======

Save early and save often. This worlds are often quoted for long games.

Remember weaknesses of monsters, either through battle or in there is a monster on the team.

Buy better weapons and armor when you can.

Search every place before moving on. You may not have a second chance to explore an area.

There is no shame in running. If you feel you can't defeat a monster and can run, run so you can recover your strength.

Finally, always have some one who can handle items and can cure you by spells or talent.

Time Travels to save Sol. A Final Fantast Legend 3 Guide by Richard B. Sampson Jr.

In the Beginning, A being named Sol created a world that he would protect. But a neighboring realm threatened the peace and well being of Sol's world. This was the world of Pureland. This was most unfortunate for the inhabitant of Sol's world and many other world because the Purelanders were immortal. Sol took confining the Purelanders as his own quest. He built a space-time battle cruiser that could exceed light and named it Talon. He took his ship and sealed the Pureland warriors into their own world. Exhausted after this, Sol returned to his universe and devived the talon into 13 components and will the items into key places and times in his world and Pureland. Having finished his work, he enter into a deep sleep.

Centuries later, the impossible happened. The warriors of Pureland have united in a common cause, TO DESTROY SOL AND HIS WORLD. They created the Pureland Water Entity to flood the past, present and the future of his world. Along with the water, several monsters came forth and started to convert the people. Only the elder of Drahm knew what the monsters were after, The Talon.

The Game... ------(You may choose names for the characters or use the default names, I shall use the names of people I know.)

In the town, 3 children in the care of the Elder have been training in the Battle Simulator with Myron. Their names, Rich, Mike, and Amanda. After training, Rich speaks with Mitzi, the daughter of the Elder. The following is their conversation: Rich: "Mitzi!" Mitzi: "Rich, Are you really leaving?" Rich: "Yeah, but I'll be back." Mitzi: "...... " Rich: "Don't worry. You'll see me off tomorrow, Right?" Mitzi: "...... " Rich: "I've got to go now." After Mitzi leaves he says "I'll miss you."

The next day, Rich, Mike, and Amanda spoke with the Elder in his house.

Rich: "We're all ready now." Elder: "Good." Rich: "Where's Mitzi?" Elder: "I guess it's too hard on her to see you off." Rich: "I'll miss her...."

Elder: "Let me tell you about Borgin, the man who sent you back to me."

The elder to them events that had yet to happen. In the future, in a secured lab, this is the coversation between two men in front of three children.

Dion: "Borgin! Where are the kids going?" Borgin: "To the past." Dion: "Past!? Quacer's Timemachine isn't finished yet!" Borgin: "I've no choice!! Changing the past is the only way to save the world from sinking." Dion: "You're mad!"

Elder: "Borgin's plan won't work if the future's already destroyed. Still wish to go?" Rich: "Yes, we 3 decided that we can't close our eyes to our own future." Elder: "Well said! Then see this. Come."

They left the Elder's house and were stopped by Dion and Faye, two children in Drahm. The kids spoke to the group.

Faye: "Don't go!" Rich: "Faye! Dion!" Dion: "Monsters are going to get you outside." Rich: "It's OK. We're going to make it safe so you can play outside! Be good. We'll see you later." Faye: "Really?" Rich: "I promise!"

The Elder then came over.

Elder: "Ready?" Rich: "Yes. Let's go."

They then left the town and went to the temple of Sol. Inside they learned the secret of the temple and ran into Myron and Mitzi.

Myron: "Elder! Wait." Elder: "Myron, Mitzi, I told you not to leave the city." Myron: "I know, but we're worried. We all grew up together! And Mitzi's...... " Mitzi: "Stop! Elder knows what he's doing." Myron: "But!" Elder: "...... " Myron: "I'll guard the city! At least let her go." Elder: "Hmm, alright. You should both go." Myron: "You won't regret this!"

Mitzi: "Thank you, Elder."

After they joined, the elder spoke,

Elder: "Ready? Let's go back there."

The entered the portal and were at the Talon. The Elder then said,

Rich: "What the ...... " Elder: "It's the Talon, a fighter that can travel through time." Rich: "Then, we're off to the future?" Elder: "No, it's useless now. Take this to Cronos in Elan. He knows a lot about Talon." Elder gave them the radar. Rich: "What's this?" Elder: "Borgin had it. Might be a missing Unit. Let Cronos see it." Rich: "Right!" Myron: "Hey, the ocean's between here and Elan." Elder: "Find the Float Lost Magic spell in the North Tower. You can fly then. Monsters lurk there, so be careful." Rich: "Ok!"

The Elder then left and the quest began.

They started by heading back to town and fighting Battles in the Battle Simulator until the reached level 5. They bought equipment in Drahm before they left. They talked with everybody and bought anything they could use. The Elder told them that fifteen years ago, he meet a group looking for talon units. After doing all this, leave town and head north to the North Tower. Remember to do some fighting before you reach the tower and in the tower. At the top of the tower you will find the lost magic of Float. After aquiring the Float Magic, head to the underground city of Elan. Talk to Granny in the Magic shop and buy the essentials. Then talk to Cronos, he is the eldest of Grannny's kids and will of great help. Once you meet him the following converstaion occurs.

Rich: "Dharm's Elder sent me here with this." Cronos: "Elder, huh? It brings back mem- Hey!" Rich: "What?" Cronos: "The Radar detects Units. What is your intention?" Rich: "To return to the future, wher I came from." Cronos: "I see. Monsters seek Units too. Prepared?" Rich: "Yes!" Cronos: "Then take this Past Unit. I'll look for the Future Unit. Seek past now, and I will see you back here when you return." Rich: "It's a plan"

After recieving the unit, return to the temple. Try to be at level 7 by the time you reach

the temple and encounter the Water Hag. Make sure that two of the team members know Cure 1 Magic for this battle. Crash attacks are very erffective. After defeating the Water Hag Myron will leave the team and you can install the Past Unit. Then the team teleports to 15 years in the past. When the group leaves the Talon and the temple, the world seemed to have more land. As they travel, they meet Elder. As it seems he is looking for a place to found his town. Talk to him and you will discover the troop hhe raised will be the same that he mentiooned in the present. Fight for a while before heading to Elan. Try to work your way to level 9 or 10. In Elan talk to everybody. Get the essentals and talk to a younger Cronos. He tells you that Granny went to rescue Lara in the southeast cave. The group also finds out that Dogra lives in the cave. On the way to the cave, they stop at Lae. A disease is sweeping through the town, turning people into monsters. Talk to people and get some essential items here as well as the Flushex Unit. Then they headed to the cave. Near the cave, the group notice the ripesoil for the planting of the Ifram tree. In the cave, work your way up to level 11 or 12, while exploring and they will save Lara for Granny when they meet her. Grab all the treasures while they can and finally the confront Lara. Lara has been hypotized by Dogra. Defeat her and she will join the team. They do this by using Special Talents like Upper and Horn. They only used magic to cure the members. Lara then joined the team and they went to fight Dogra. When the confronted Dogra, he thoght that the group was Borgin. They fought him using Lightning and keeping the witches from attacking. Befroe the monster died, Rich questioned it.

Rich: "You know Borgin! Where is he!?" Dogra: "GRRR...... "

The monster left a chest behind containing the Rover Unit. They then returned to Elan. Back in Elan, Granny thanked them for rescuing Lara. As a reward, she gave them Dive Magic. Lara staied with them because she had to head with them to their present, this era's future. With the Dive Magic, they traveled underwater, searching ships and visiting Muu. In Muu, talking to people, purchasing items and geting the Ifram Seed was the itinerary before they left for shipwreck searching. After seraching, they planted the seed and returned to the Talon. Be at level 13 by this point. Warp back to the present and goto Dhram. Lara will be well protected there. Then head to Elan and talk to Cronos. The following conversation ensued.

Cronos: "Hey, I found where the Future Unit is!" Rich: "Really?" Cronos: "A monster called Ashura in South Tower has it."

An Earthquake occurs and someone runs in.

"Something's in Lae's bay!" Cronos: "OK, you guys come with me!"

At Lae's Bay something breaks the surface of the water.

Rich: "W, what's that?" Cronos: "Probably one of four Water Entity monsters, either Chaos or Maitreya so hurry."

Back in Elan.

Cronos: "Here is the South Tower Key, I copied it."

Afterword the team made it's way to South Tower. Near the South Tower, the Ifram Seed had grown into a tree that could talk. We talked to it before entering the tower. After entering the tower we worked our way to the top floor. Try to be at level 14 or 15 by the time you meet Ashura. Before the battle Ashura told the team that the units had been delivered to Chaos. The used mainly special talents and keeping the warriors out of your hair. After defeating Ashura, they got the Chaos Key. They left the tower and went to Drahm to rest. Afterwords they went under water to the town of Elan and the shipwrecks until they entered Chaos's Castle. In Elan they got info and items. They discovered that the people of Elan were turning into monsters. Once you arrive at Chaos Castle, work your way up to Chaos, getting everything you can. Try to be at level 16 or 17 before attacking Chaos. Persistance pays off and so does Soft Potions. Save the elixer for this battle. After defeating Chaos, get the units and return to the Talon. The Units will be the Hover Unit and the Future Unit.

The team then connected the units to the Talon and transported to the Future. The land had changed. It was all underwater. They went west to Elan. When they got there, Granny was dying. The following conversation occured:

Granny: "You're late! They already took Sol to the Pureland. Take this Morph Magic. Go to Muu and use it to ask the Waterhags...." Rich: "Granny.....?"

She passed away then. They talked to people in town, got some essentials and headed to Muu. When the reached Muu, they used the Morph Magic and talked to the Waterhags, they also got essential items. We left the town and searched for ship wrecks. After searching them all, we went to the island with the south tower. We saw the tree was still standing and it told us the location of New Drahm. We arrived at the area and checked the stone the Efram tree told us to check. The city of New Drahm was under the cemetary. They talked to people to find out what had happened. They eventually ran into Myron. The following conversation took place:

Rich: "Hey!" Myron: "You guys?!" Mitzi: "You've aged." Myron: "Fifteen years haved passed! The City's sunk and Elder has passed away." Rich: "Sorry, but the Talon can only go to a specific era."

Myron: "You've already achieved a lot. Everytime you defeat a monster, history changes." Rich: "Then can we now stop the Water Entity?" Myron: "No, there's still Maitreya up in Floatland. And they took Faye! Go help Dion in Viper. Password is -ERAUQS-."

They rested in New Drahm and headed north to Viper. They got some items before they met with Dion. They told the guard the password and entered Rebel Headquarters. They talked to some of the people there before talking to Dion. They also found the Berth unit for the Talon. When they spoke to Dion, the following conversationn took place.

Rich: "Huh?!" Dion: "Remember me? I was in Dharm when you left...... " Rich: "Dion?" Dion: "Yes!" Rich: "My, you've become a fine warrior!" Dion: "Thank you. Would you help me defeat Maitreya? We must hurry." Rich: "Of course! but why?" Dion: "Sol and Faye were taken to the Pureland. Borgin went there in Talon2. We must follow them in Talon1." Rich: "Maitreya has a Unit, then." Dion: "Right, he has the X-Plane Unit. Talon1 is safe in Palace, but we can't use it." Rich: "I see. How shall we carry out our plan?" Dion: "Dr. Pulcer has a plan. Take this and see him in a shelter at the bottom of the northern sea."

Dion gave them the Rocket and joined the team. They then head for Dr. Pulcer's lab under the waters of the Northern sea. They searched for a while and fought monsters. In Dr. Pulcer's lab was a chest containing Cure3 Potion. They then spoke to Dr. Pulcer:

Pulcer: "Are you a Rebel?" Rich: "Yes, I came to hear the plan." Pulcer: "First take this."

He gave them the radio.

Pulcer: "Plan is this. Use Rocket at a petr nnear Palace to get to Floatland. Find X-Plane Unit and Remote then call me using Radio. Then I'll blow up the Palace. Come back by calling the talon with Remote. Got it?" Rich: "Yes." Pulcer: "Fate of group 1- Jupiah, Borgin, and Quacer, lies in your hands!"

They left and head for the peir to get to Floatland. They tried to be at level 19 or 20 when they went to Floatland. They installed the Berth Unit before they went to Floatland and rested in it. They used the rocket to fly up to Floatland. They went to the first town they

saw. They talk to people and got some important items. Afterwords, they searched th ruins in Floatland, they found the remote, and a couple of lost stone. They returned to town to rest and get some elixers. They then headed for the tower. After they fought their way to the tower, they climbed it to the top, opening every chest they found. Before they fight against Maitreya they tried to all be at level 21 or 22. At first Dion charge in and almost failed, they had caught up to him to battle the monster. The best strategy they used was to have only an attack from Maitreya and focusing their attacks on Maitreya and making all attacks high level like Ice2 and Fire2. After defeating the moster, they got the X-Plane Unit and called the Talon. Everything went according to the plan and they got Dion fixed up. After that, they used the X-Plane Unit to enter Pureland. They split up as Dion went to search for the party and the team searched for Faye.

Their first stop was a nearby town. They found they could sail to other islands there and got information. When they tried to take a ship, they were turned down due to the state of the oceans. They got essential items and returned to Talon. They flew with it a bit and found it wouldn't cross water. The then found a small town and talked to the people there. One person told then this tale:

Rich: "We are looking for a friend, Faye." Eitar: "I see. I'm Eitar. I saw her taken to the North Maze by Fenrir, but it turned townsmen innto stone...... No one here can oppse them." Rich: "We'll defeat it then." Eitar: "Really! Then take Catnip from the tree. Guards will fall asleep."

They left the buildind and searched for the tree. After getting the catnip, they headed for the maze and searched it for Fenrir. Before reaching Fenrir, they had reached level 23 or 24. They found Fenrir, he thought we were Jupiah and we began the battle. They defeated them by using talents, magic and weapons. He used ice annd thunder attacks, luckily their were strong against those attacks. After defeatinhg Fenrir, they found a key to the Prison. They headed to the lock door and searched for friends. In the prison, they founnd Faye.

Faye: "Rich?!" Rich: "Yeah. We came to help you." Faye: "Thannk you. But Dion...... Didn't he come with you?" Rich: "We split up to search for you." Faye: "I see. The masters want to conquer our world. Their only concern is about Talon, with its 4 crew members and the 4 Mystic Swords. They needed me to get one of the Mystic swords." Rich: "Let's go look for the crew members first."

Faye joined them and the returned to Talon. The rested and returned to the town. Eitar told us to find Buzi in Mt. Hasid. They met Jeba and he was heading to CirrusIn his house we found a Dark Stone. They then to Knaya via ship from Darius. They talked to some people and bought some items. They found out that Shar was at Cape Frost. They

explored the continent they were on and fought some monsters. They tried to reach Level 25 before reaching the top of Mt. Hasid and empting any chest we found. At the top, they saw Buzi facing something named Guha. They then attacked Guha. They used attacks that did 200 hp of damage each time. Buzi them became a member of the team. In the chest that Guha guarded, we found Durend. We then went to Cape Frost. When we found Shar, he asked use to retreive the Tablet from the Ruinns near the river. We headed to the ruinns and searched them for the Tablet. Before we coud search the temple, we had to defeat Dahak. They were at level 26 when they took him on. They used a similar attack pattern as they did on Guha. After defeating Dahak, the team had Buzi dismiss him. We then got the Tablet and searched the Ruins to close off the river. They took the tablet to Shar and he examined it and went to Talonsburg. The team returned to the town of Knaya and sold some of their items.

After that, they headed towards Talonsburg. When they tried to cross the desert, they were sucked to the center and encountered Jorgandr. They were at level 27 when Talon was wrecked and they fought, Jorgandr. The mystic swords inflicted the most damage on him. After that, thwy took their units to Talonsburg north of the desert. The following conversation happened between Dr. Quacer and the team.

Dr. Quacer: "Jupiah? No. Rich right?" Rich: "How'd you know...... " Quacer: "Um, never mind. I see you walked here. Where is the Talon?!" Rich: "We ran into a sandstorm...... " Quacer: "Jorgandr! So did you retrieve any Units?" Rich: "Yes, we have them all." Quacer: "Good, then I'll attach them to the Talon2."

After the Talon2 became our ship, we headed to Cirrus in the clouds. We talked to the people their and got some of the essentials. Juba joined them in town. The king wouldn't help them until we got the Xcalabur sword. They went of in search of it. They started their search in Porle. They found out that they had found the pass to the underworld, but they needed Clamins pass. They returned to Cape Frost to get Shar. They eventually found the city where Xcalabur was. They found out that the four mystic swords were Emperor, Durend, Masmune and Xcalabur. They even found a family looking for the lost ark. They found out the Katana, Emblem and Crystal made the Emperor. Faye got the Xcalabur and we continued our quest. Masa then joined the crew and they headed for Cirrus. On the way, they explored some of the caves. In Cirrus, they got the best armor they all could use, and then got the pass.

They then head to Porle. The got some lost magic before entering the underworld. Before they entered Dion came out. There was this talk,

Dion: "Faye!" Faye: "They saved me...... " Dion: "Stroke of luck!"

Rich: "Dion!" Dion: "Sorry, but the Mystic Sword and Goht had me under a spell. Thanks for sasving Faye." Rich: "Now what?" Dion: "Faye will wait in Talon with Dr. Quacer. I'm off to Goht for Sol. The only way is to go through this whirlgate." Rich: "Let's go!"

Dion joined the team and the went to the underworld. The searched the underworld forest for items until the found every thing. The team then crossed the crevace. They found they need the tents when they crossed the lava. They even found what look like a ruin in the lava. They explored it look for items. One of the items they found in there was the E-Ray Unit. They then left the Crevace and searched for the town of the Dwelgs. They used morph and entered the town. They talked to the inhabitants, searched the town and bought some items. Before heading to the West tower, they got the guard to leave the base of the way out of the Underworld.

When they searched they tower, they check all the floors. Once they did that, they hit a button on the third floor. They flew to the ceiling and started checking the ceilings. After geting every thing, they head to the exit of the Underworld. They came out at the city of Donmac. They found out some information and rested. They then explored the area inside the boundry. The only place they could reach was the ruins. They entered the ruins and explored everyplace. In the prosess, they met Borgin.

Borgin: "You're here!" Rich: "Who are you?" Borgin: "I'm Borgin, the onne who took you from the future." Rich: "You?!" Borgin: "I have to go and innvestigate Mt. Goht . Go destroy the Barrier Machinne in here! I'll be back. Good Luck!" Rich: "Hey! Wait!"

With that he left, and they continued. Eventually they reached the Machine. There they met Agron. Before attacking Agron, they rested in a tent. They were at Level 34 when they went to battle Agron, (Achieving this level makes the final battles easier. The lowest level I have achieve to beat Xagor was 31). Before the battle took place, Dion blew himself and the Machine up. They attacked Agron using Mystic Swords and the most Powerful Magic they had. Whenn he fell, Borgin, Came to them.

Borgin: "Couldn't catch up in time!" Rich: "Dion...... " Borgin: "Get a hold of yourself! He saved our lives. We must defeat Xagor at Mt. Goht, then go through the giant ocean hole in the Talon." Rich: "Right...... "

Borgin: "Ok! Now listen. One of the trapholes in the castle at Mt.Goht leads to Xagor. Let's go!"

Borgin joined the team. After beating Agron they got the Soar Unit. On the Talon, we got the Muramas uncurse to get the Masmune and we had the Emperor made. They then explored the caves in the area. After get the items for the Aegis Shield, they went to Mt. Goht. When they reached a dead end of Mt. Goht, Talon blasted a way through.

Rich: "Talon is moving by itself." Borgin: "Yeah, it's a new ship. I didn't want to tell you this, but your father's brain made it possible." Rich: "! My Dad?!" Borgin: "We're all risking our lives for the Future, let's go!"

They continued on their way, and entered Xagors Fortress. They searched it first before attempting to fight Xagor. It took them some time to get to the portal that took them to the maze. They then worked their way (via trial and error) throught the maze to encounter Balor. Balor tried to stop them but they fought him. They use the mystic swords and their most powerful magic on him. They were at level 35 when they fought. They ran for the roof after his defeat. They reached the roof with little opposition. When they got to the roof they rested in a tent and confronted Sol.

Rich: "Are you Sol?!" Sol: "I'll hold Xagor's soul for you. Do it now!" Rich: "But you...... " Sol: "You must hurry. I won't be able to hold him for long." Rich: "...... Okay. Now!"

They attacked their world's creator with full force of the swords. Eventually Xagor appeared to try and stop them. They attacked him with the mystic swords and Magic. During the battle, Talon game to help them, with it's E-Ray. After defeating Xagor, they left Pureland and the Water Entity was destroied. Dion was revived as well as Jupiah and the he named his first child who is about to enter the world. They then returned to New Drahm and practiced in a new battle simulator. The end.

======Little Tricks of the Trade ======

Stone searching. When it comes to hunting down the stones, search every where. The stones are usually in chests. Check shipwrecks, caves, the mushroom forests, and in the places the bosses live. The trickest one to pull off is to find all the Fire Stones. The stones can be used to make items you will need later.

Armor usage. When you get armor, always get the most powerful item avalable. It will be worth it in the long run. Use the chart that came with the game to check what is more powerful. This should help each time you buy armor.

Magic. Since there are 16 spells in each catagory, here is a method that has worked for me. Pick 2 members of your team to use White Magic. Have the other members use Black Magic. Once this is taken care of, delegate each player to have 4 Lost Magics. You can get 3 from people, You can buy 3, and the rest comes from the element stones. Here is a list of which lost magics you get from mixing. Earth & Earth = LifeA Water & Water = LifeB Water & Earth = Cycle Fire & Fire = Flare Fire & Water = LitX Fire & Earth = Shake Air & Air = Exit2 Air & Fire = FireX Air & Water = Flood Air & Earth = Wind

Fighting. Fighting monsters can be difficult. Try to limit your attack to one monster at a time that can attack. This can be done with attacks that immobilizes opponents. If you are successful, you can even take out monsters without them attacking you. It wuold be like First Strike. Also, try to remember what causes the most damage to certain monsters.

The Masters. The masters are the powerful monsters that you will encounter from time to time. There are at least two monsters that will be encountered more than once. I shall even list a level that I suggest you achieve before challenging them.

1) Waterhag (Outside the Palace- Present) Level 7 2) "Hynotized" Lara (Dogra's Cave- Past) Level 11-12 3) Dogra (Dogra's Cave- Past) Level 11-12 4) Ashura (South Tower- Present) Level 14-15 5) Chaos (Chaos Castle- Prestent) Level 16-17 6) Maitreya (Maitreya's Tower- Floatland) Level 21-22 7) Fenrir (North Maze- Pureland) Level 23-24 8) Guha (Mt. Hasid- Pureland) Level 25 9) Dahak (Southwest Ruins- Pureland) Level 26 10) Jorgandr (Jorgandr Desert- Pureland) Level 27 11) Agron (Ruins Southwest of Donmac- Pureland) Level 34 12) Balor (Mt. Goht- Pureland) Level 35

13) Sol (Mt. Goht- Pureland) Level 35 14) Xagor (Mt. Goht- Pureland) Level 35

Descriptions: Waterhag- Sort of a cross between a human, fish, and reptile. Lara- See picture in manual Dogra- Looks like a worm with wings flying from a hole. Ashura- The multi-arm giant fighting for the forces of evil (Has been in all three games of the Final Fantasy Legend Trilogy) Chaos- Golum like entity (If you don't know what a golum is, picture a huge man made out of stone) Maitreya- Monster that looks like a female fighter. Do not let the looks fool you. Fenrir- Wolflike giant with no eyes. Unfortunately, if you are nnot ready, he will kick you butt. Guha- A giant mass of mouths. He is very tough to fight. Dahak- A dragon-like entity. Requires a mage to destroy him. Jorgandr- Giant worm with a big mouth. Is the only monster you can meet more than once. Agron- A mass of gas with many heads. He is lethal and tricky. Balor- An ugly creature that is starlike in shape and bonelike in appearence. He is a lethal body guard of Xagor. Sol- Human-like god of the realm of Final Fantasy Legend 3. He is very kind and won't hurt a soul. Xagor- Giant mass of magic with tentacles and mouths that don't open until you have kick his form for a time.

Mystic Swords. The four mystic swords are the only weapons that can harm the masters in Pureland. Gura is the only one who can be defeated without the swords. The four swords are Durend, Emperor, Masmune and Xcalibr. The Durend can be won from Gura. The Xcalibr can be drawn in Porle. The Masmune starts out as a cursed sword known as Muramas. The Emperor can be made from Katana, Crystal and Emblem.

Writer's Note: I know that this guide is not one of the best for a RPG, but a RPG has to many items that can be considered random that it would be almost impossible to write a guide that contains every detail. This guide contains a simple walkthrough. This walkthrough should allow you to make your own choices, yet keep you on the right path.

UltraTech Company History. A simple view of what happens.

======Company History ======

Approximately 3 years ago, the Ultratech company was formed. It started out a small company until about a month later. An Ultratech employee encountered a strange ship in the snows of Canada. In this vehicle was an entity made almost of ice. Ultratech captured then entity when it made it clear that it wanted help. The technology stolen from this entity made Ultratech the best company in the world. Almost a year after that, the company started a tournament which they entitled Killer Instinct. The only two participants to survive to the final fight was a Tibetan Warrior Monk and a Native American Chieftan. This was when Ultratech revealed the biggest achievement they had made. The Ultratech corperation used some of their stolen technology to bridge the gaps between dementions. The device had allowed a monster called Eyedol through and back into our world. Eyedol, the two headed monster, clubbed his two opponents into oblivion. Six months after the tournament, a Miss Orchid was hired as a secretary. This mysterious woman became a target of suspision when she hacked the computer files on all the Ultratech files. The president of Ultratech decided to have her compete in the tournament in hopes that she would not survive. Her nosing around would ruin Ultratechs plans in she lived to tell about them. At the same time, the entity, now known as Glacius, had finally voiced his opposition to his confinement and the use of his technology. The president of the company came down to the ice alien and proposed this deal to him: "Survive Killer Instinct and you may leave." Then two people showed up, the first being a Native American Chief who called himself Chief Thunder. The Native American came in search of his brother. The fear is eveident that if he survived the tournament, it might ruin the plans for the company. It is also feared that he might tell the world of the company's real plans. The other person seemed to be a concern until Eyedol spoke. The creature said that his master was using the fighting monk. That monks "brother" entered the tournament in the previous year. This monk was named Jago. He seemed to be following something called the Tiger Spirit. To ensure the success of the company's plans, the company has 4 fighters working for them. The first fighter that the company has with them is T.J. Combo. This ex-fighter was kicked out of the boxing circuit with the discovery of his Bionic Arms. The company plans to return his title if he wins the tournament. The president has said many a times that T.J. Combo is the stereotypical boxer. He is all muscle and no brains. The next fighter came to the company for help. Baron Saberwulf was stricken by Lycanthropy. It had advanced to the point where he was a wolf-man. The company promised him a cure on one condition. He had to kill Glacius and anybody that got in his way to win the tournament. A desperate man accepted the task. The other two fighters were products of some of Ultratech's new technology. The

one was a product of cellular regeneration. The project was called Spinal since it was a living skeleton. Spinal's main function was to terminate the other fighters in the tournament. The last fighter was Ultratech's newest creation, a cyborg. This cyborg was designed to be a prototype of more robots. If the robot terminates the 4 targets that treaten Utratech's plans, the robots will go into mass production. Plans for the Fulgore unit are top secret, except to the president of Ultratech.

======Fighters ======

23 5' 6" 125 lbs.

While Orchid's past is a mystery to the company, we do know a little about her. She has a long lost brother, the location of which we don't know. She came on as a secretary and showed us that she was more than she seemed. When she refused to tell who sent her after we caught her, the only thing we could do was force her to enter the tournament.

Orchid's abilities seem to mimic those of Jago's. This is almost evident with her Fire Cat attack. Each move is listed below.

Lasaken: Orchid appears to toss a flaming baton at her opponent by moving down, down/toward, toward and a punch.

Ichi: In this manuveur, Orchid's Batons turn into a staff as she turns to attack her opponent. This is done by moving Down/toward, down, down/back and a quick punch.

Niguu Giri: This manuveur allows multiple hits to be scored while the batons each turn into a bo. This is done like the Ichi except it uses a long punch.

Flik Flak: Orchid does a hand stand and moves towards her opponent, kicking them, by charging Back and moving foward with a kick.

Fire Cat: Orchid transforms into a tiger of fire and attacks her opponent by doing the same manuveur except with a punch.

Combo Breaker: In order to stop her opponent from using a combo on her, Orchid preforms the Flik Flak.

Ultra Combo: When Orchid starts a combo, she may then move back, forward and punch to intiate the Ultra Combo to finish her opponent.

No Mercy: To eliminate her opponent, Orchid transforms them into a frog by moving down, foward, back and a kick. She could then flaten the frog with another kick.

Humilation: Orchid, if she is near full health, can humiliate her opponent, by making them do the most hated thing in the world. By moving forward, down, back with a punch, her opponent breaks into a disco inferno.

[End of file]

42 6' 2" 280 lbs

Chief Thunder is the head of a Native American tribe. The former Chief was in the tournament last year and was eliminated by Eyedol. This chieftan has entered the tournament to avenge his brother's death. It is evident that when the previos died, he passed the mantle of chieftan to Thunder. Chief Thunder is the only one who posses the most threat, according to Eyedol.

Chief Thunder uses the forces of Nature to help him in the tournament. This is evident in the various attacks he uses.

Triplax: Chief Thunder spins towards his opponent with a triple punch attack by charging Back and then foward with a punch.

Sammamish: Chief Thunder spins into the air with this attack by moving Foward, foward/down, down, down/back, and back with a punch.

Phoenix: A Firebird flies from his tomahawk when Thunder moves down, down/toward and toward with a kick.

Tomahawk: While in the air, Chief Thunder can dive down at his opponent with a tomahawk by moving down, down/back, back with a punch.

Combo Breaker: Chief Thunder's Sammamish manuvuer is the only move of his that can break a combo.

Ultra Combo: When Chief Thunder starts a combo, he can move Back then towards with a punch to set off and Ultra combo.

No Mercy: When Chief Thunder shows No Mercy, he dances up a storm that electrifies his opponent by moving Back, Down, Forward with a punch.

Humiliation: To make his opponent dance, Chief Thunder moves Down, down,down and forward with a kick to start the chorus line.

[End of file]

1 6' 5" 560 lbs

The Fulgore Unit prototype was introduced in the first tournament. Due to the inexperence of the unit, it was almost destroied. It has undergone revisions and has since become a better fighter. If the Fulgore unit is successful, it will be the best fighter in the world and an army of these robots will be unstopable.

With it's new ability to adapt to any opponent, the Fulgore unit can mimic any move an opponent has and counter it.

Laser Storm: The Fulgore unit can shoot a laser at his opponent by moving Down, down/toward and toward with a punch. To preform a double, the laser storm movement is preceded by a back, back movement. To preform a triple, the double is preceded by a toward movement.

Plasmaslice: The Fulgore unit is equiped with plasma blade to instigate a burning cut. This is done by moving Toward, Down, Down/Toward with a punch.

Plasma-Port: With some of the components from the alien's spacecraft, the Fulgore unit can disappear and reappear in front or behind his opponent. This is done by moving Back, Down, Down/Back and a punch for front, or a kick for behind.

Reflect: With a special punch, the Fulgore unit can reflect attacks by moving Down, Down/Back, Back with a punch.

Cyberdash: The Fulgore unit can dash at his opponent to deliver a nasty blow by charging back and moving forward with a kick.

Eyelaser: If an opponent gets to close to the Fulgore unit, a short range laser will hit his opponent when Fulgore moves Down/Toward, Down, Down/Back with a kick.

Combo Breaker: The Fulgore unit can break any combo with the plasmaslice

manuvuer.

Ultra: Once the Fulgore unit starts a combo, he can it into a devistating ultra combo by moving Forward, Down, and Down/Forward with a punch.

No Mercy: To terminate the existance of an advisary, the Fulgore unit removes it's head and lets a turret gun empty onto his foe by moving Back, Down, Toward with a kick.

Humiliation: Current studies reveal that the Fulgore unit does not spare it's foes.

[End Of File]

Unknown 6' 3" 300 lbs

The entity known as Glacius was found in the arctic as an iceman. It was examining it's craft when the company came across it. During studies and tests, we have determined that the entity has limited shapeshifting abilities. It is opposed to us using it's technology and wants to leave our world. If Glacius did leave, the company might go bankrupt.

With the entity's shapeshifting abilities, it has a remarkable range of weapons and attacks.

Shockwave: Glacius throws a bouncing ball of ice by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward with a punch.

Ice Lance: Glacius' arms morph into blades as it goes to slice its opponent to bits by moving Down/Toward, Down, Down/Back with a punch.

Cold Shoulder: Glacius rush at the unwary opponent with a shoulder attack by moving back and quickly moving forward with a punch.

Liquidize: Glacius melts into a puddle and appear behind or in front with an uppercut by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward with a Kick.

Combo Breaker: Glacius can break any combo with an ice lance by moving back and toward.

Ultra Combo: Glacius preforms an ultra combo when it starts a combo and moves back and toward with a punch.

No Mercy: Glacius freezes a defeated opponent with a touch by moving Back, Down, Toward with a Punch.

Humilation: Glacius' defeated opponent starts to dance when Glacius moves Toward, Toward, and Back with a Kick.

[End of File]

21 5' 6" 190 lbs.

From what the company has gathered, all we know is that Jago was an orphan. He was broght into the monkhood by the previous monk in the tournament. From what we also know at this time, the tiger spirit that guides him is more powerful than Eyedol. Even though he treatens Eyedol by being in the tournament, Eyedol is not threatened.

This fighters abilities stem from the ninja fighting style. His moves are as powerful as they are swift.

Endokuken: Jago throws a fireball at his opponent by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward with a punch.

Tiger Fury: The fury of the tiger spirit takes control as Jago does an uppercut by moving Toward, Down, and Down/Toward with a punch.

Wind Kick: Jago spins through the air, kicking his opponent by moving Down/Toward, Down, Down/Back with a kick.

Laser Blade: Jago slices and dices with his sword by moving Down/Toward, Down, Down/Back with a punch.

Combo Breaker: If Jago is victim of a combo, he can break it with the Tiger Fury manuvuer.

Ultra Combo: When Jago starts a combo, he can turn it into an Ultra by moving Down/Toward, Down, Down/Back with a kick.

No Mercy: With a couple of swings of his sword, Jago gives his opponent's body some ventilation by moving Back, Toward, Toward with a punch.

Humiliation: If the monk decides to show humilation, he does so rarely and

decides not to do it.

[End of file]

45 5' 9" 900 lbs

Early in life, Baron Sabrewulf was afflicted by the family curse of Lycantropsy. When Ultratech became famous, he came to us and asked about a cure to the syndrome. We offered the cure, only if he did something for us. This is how he entered the tournament.

Sabrewulf uses his werewolf abilities to his advantage as well as animal instinct.

Sabrecut: Sabrewulf attacks his opponent by rushing them to deliver a clawed uppercut. He does this by charging Back and moving Forward with a Punch.

Sabrepounce: Sabrewulf takes a flying leap at his unwary opponent by charging Back and moving Forward with a Kick.

Sabrespin: Sabrewulf spins at his opponent with his claws extended by moving Toward and then Away with a Punch.

Sabreroll: Sabrewulf rolls at his opponent with his claws exposed by moving Toward and then Away with a Kick.

Firebat: Sabrewulf's bats fly down, catch fire and fly at the opponent of Sabrewulf. The bats are summoned when Sabrewulf moves Down, Down/Back, Back with a Punch.

Howl: Sabrewulf howls at the moon, distracting his opponent, by moving Down/Toward, Down, Down/Back with a Kick.

Combo Breaker: Sabrewulf breaks a combo my preforming the Sabrecut manuvuer.

Ultra Combo: As Sabrewulf starts a combo, he turns it into an Ultra by moving Toward and Back with a Kick.

No Mercy: Sabrewulf takes his claws and rips a hole into his opponent to terminate their existance my moving Back, Back, Back with a Kick.

Humiliation: Sabrewulf makes his opponent prove he is a party animal by moving Forward, Forward with a punch.

[End of file]

2650 5' 5" 110 lbs

Spinal's past as a warrior is evident in the sword and shield he carries. He was brought back to the world of the living by the genetic project in Ultratech labs. Not much is known about Spinal's past life, but he does not seem to enjoy his new life right now.

Spinal uses a combination of warrior techniques and supernatural abilities to fight his opponents.

Boneshaker: Spinal slams his skeletal body into his opponent by moving Toward, Toward with a punch.

Soulsword: Spinal swings his sword, which cause a burning pain in his opponent, by charging Back and moving Foward with a Punch.

Skele-port: Using his supernatural powers, Spinal can transport himself to in front or behind his opponent. This is done by moving Down, Down and a punch for in front, Kick for in back.

Power Devour: Spinal can absorb the power of a special attack by moving Back with a Kick.

Searing Skull: Spinal can dispell the power he has absorbed in the form of a searing skull by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward with a punch.

Sliding Kick: Spinal slides into his opponent with his bony leg by moving, Down/Back, Down, Down/Toward with a Kick.

Combo Breaker: Spinal can break any combo by preforming the Boneshaker on his opponent.

Ultra Combo: Spinal can turn a normal combo into an Ultra by moving Down, Down/Toward, and Toward with a Punch.

No Mercy: Spinal decides to introduce his opponent to his skeleton buddies by

moving Back, Back, Back with a Kick.

Humiliation: Spinal shows he likes dancers by making his opponents dance when he moves Back, Down, Forward with a Kick.

[End of file]

25 6' 1" 220 lbs.

T. J. Combo won the title of world champion in boxing until he was discovered to have bionic enhancements in his arms. Due to this, Combo lost the title of world champion. T. J. has entered the tournament to prove he is the best.

T. J. Combo uses his boxing abilities to defeat his opponent.

Powerline: T. J. Combo rushs at his opponent and plants a punch on their face by charging Back and moving Forward with a punch.

Runstop: While T. J. is running toward his opponent, he can stop by moving Back with a Punch.

Run To Roll: While T. J. is running toward his opponent, he can drop to a roll to deliver the blow by moving Down with a Punch.

Rollercoaster: T. J. Combo can drop to a roll and roll at his opponent with a punch by charging Back and moving Forward with a quick Punch.

Knee K.O.: T. J. Combo jumps towards his opponent to deliver a knee to the midsection by charging Back and moving Toward with a Kick.

Turn Punch: T. J. can turn and punch his opponent with great speed by moving Toward and Back with a Punch.

Cyclone Punch: T. J. Combo can spin his arm into a powerful punch by Holding the Punch for three seconds, releasing it and Punching again.

Combo Breaker: T. J. Combo can break a combo an opponent is using on him by doing a Knee K. O.

Ultra Combo: T. J. Combo turns a combo into an Ultra Combo by moving Toward and Back with a Punch.

No Mercy: T. J. Combo breaks his opponent neck by moving Back, Back, Toward and Toward with a Punch.

Humiliation: As the eye of the tiger starts to play, T. J.'s opponent starts to dance when T. J. moves Down, Down, and Down with a Punch.

[End of File]

UNKNOWN approx 7' UNKNOWN

Current champion of the Killer Instinct Tournament. Eyedol is a two headed giant. This monster is godlike. He was brought through the portal from his limbo by Ultratech. He decided to compete if at the vs. board someone holds Right and presses Select, Start, B, A.

Eyedol, despite his size, is very swift and preforms his moves quickly, too quickly to record. Losing to him is an instant No Mercy, and he doesn't believe in humiliation.

======Ultratech Arena ======

The Ultratech Arena is set up to holographicly display the area the fight feels most comfortable in. The floor is designed to slide away or rise above the arena for the match. It is usually set up for the opponent.

: Her arena is the rooftop program. The floor rises, a forcefield keeps the fighters in the arena. The arena also projects a rooftop image.

: His arena is a bridge above a canyon. The floor slides away and a forcefield keeps the fighters on the bridge. The arena also projects a canyon and wooden bridge image.

: The cyborg's arena is the lab it was constructed in. The arena projects the image of the lab.

: The alien's arena is the location it was found in. The arena projects

the area of the arctic where the ship crashed. To make Glacius more comfortable, the arena temperature is lowered to arctic temperature.

: His arena is the Shrine of the Tiger Spirit. The arena projects the shrine.

: His arena is the castle of the Sabrewulf clan. The arena projects the image of the castle.

: His arena is a castle parapet. Half of the floor slides away and a forcefield keeps the fighters of the half that remains. The arena projects the image of a castle parapet.

: His arena is his training center. The arena projects the image of the training center.

: His arena is a bridge over a pit of lava. The floor slides away reveailing a pit of lava below. Forcefields keep the fighters on the bridge until the end of the match. The arena projects the image of the pit and bridge.

======Tactics ======

No Mercy: No Mercy is a way of terminating one's opponent. This can only be preformed when the opponents lifebars are drained.

Humiliation: The can be preformed in place of a No Mercy only if the player is on their first life bar.

Ultra Combos: The Ultra combo can only be preformed when an opponents in their second life bar and it is flashing. The takes the place of the No Mercy and Humiliation. These attacks usually range at 20 hit, at least, and very fast.

Combo Breakers: If a Combo is pulled on an competetor, they can break out of it by pulling a Combo Breaker.

======Choising a Player ======

Since the last tournament, many people have started betting on the competion.

They let fate pick there bets by use of the betting wheel. The face that appears in the window is the person that they have bet on.

Chief Thunder / \ Fulgore T.J. Combo / \ Window -> Jago Spinal \ /-----/ Glacius Sabrewulf \ / B. Orchid

The skill level of the tournament determine how much the people win.

Very Easy: Fight against the main 8 with Spinal and Fulgore last.

Easy: More Difficult fighting and must defeat Eyedol.

Normal: More Difficult fighting and endings included.

Hard: More Difficult fighting and the Supreme Fighter Award included.

Very Hard: Very difficult fighting and Eyedol Code Included.

======The Future ======

Using the advance probablity programing computer, we have been able to predict the outcomes of the tournament based on each fighter.

: She escapes, and informs who she worked for about the company's projects. Ultratech Ruined.

: He avenges the death of his brother and returns home, sure that the spirit rests in piece. Ultratech Remains.

: The robot is mass produced and the prototype is placed into a museum as Ultratech takes over the world. Ultratech Goal Achieved.

: The alien escapes and leaves the planet and Ultratech behind.

Ultratech severlyh crippled.

: Jago returns to the monistary under the belief that all is well. Ultratech Ruined???

: After completing the tournament, Baron Sabrewulf get the cure and lives a normal life. Ultratech Remains.

: After winning, Spinal goes into movie, mainly horror. Spinal hopes to find a meatier roll in time. Ultratech Remains.

: After winning the title, T. J. Combo reclaims his fame as the best fighter in the world. Ultratech Remains.

: After winning, Eyedol takes care of a fan claming to be his mother the only way he can. Ultratech Strengthened.

The Legend Of The Lost Island is an updated version of The guided tour of Koholint Island. It contains more information than the original Guided Tour Of Koholint Island, as well as a better description of events. I have worked for many hours to update this guide so it will be very useful for “The Legend Of Zelda: Link’s Awakening DX (Deluxe)” This will contain a walk through for the Color Dungeon, as well as the location of every Photo, plus warp tiles and Faerie Fountain Locations.

To begin the legend, one must understand how Link arrived on Koholint Island. Long ago in the land of Hyrule, Ganondorf, a master thief and king of the Gerudo, stole the Triforce. He was later imprisoned in the world he stole the Triforce from. In an attempt to takeover the land of Hyrule, he had his servant Agahnim, take over the world and sacrifice the 7 female descendants of the 7 sages who imprisoned him. Ganon was almost successful except that last girl, Princess Zelda, a descendant of the original Princess Zelda who had imprisoned him, had contacted a young lad to save her. This brave hero fought with courage to defeat Ganon. His name was Link, who was the name of the legendary Hero of Time who defeated Ganon the first time. After this, Link went on a journey to distant lands to practice his skills, so he could serve the land he fought for better. When he felt he was ready, he set sail for Hyrule. On his voyage, a storm hit and wrecked his ship. He eventually arrived on Koholint Island, how he got there was a mystery, even to him. But before he fell asleep on the shores of this island, he noticed a volcano with an egg on it, and he thought he heard Zelda's voice.

As Link awoke, he finds that he is in the house of Marin and Tarin. Marin looked a lot like Princess Zelda, while Tarin bears a striking resemblance to someone else. As Link awakes, Marin says to him "What a relief! I thought you'd never wake up! You were tossing an turning.. What? Zelda? No, my name's Marin! You must still be feeling a little woozy. You are on Koholint Island!" After getting out of bed, Marin tells him that he washed ashore and the beach. He heads to the beach, but Tarin stops him. Tarin then returns Link's Shield to him. (Note: Shield can flip enemies if the charge Link.) Link then leaves the cottage and explores Mabe Village. He talks to the quadruplets and their parent. The mother has an interesting problem, the child wants a Yoshi Doll. There is a shop in town, too bad he’s broke. There is also a Dream Shrine, too bad he can't move the rocks. There is a Trendy Game, too bad he can't cut the bushes. There is the statue of the Flying Rooster. There is a Phone Booth, (Next Question, What is a Phone?) There is the house of Madam Meowmeow, with her three dogs. The one wants accessories. The other is outside. There is the Fishing Pond, tough luck he needs cash to play. There is Ulrira's house with his wife outside. Finally, there is the library. Link talks to everyone, and everything in town. Finally, he enter the Library and read all the books except 'Dark Secrets And Mysteries Of Koholint.' as well as a book that is high on the shelf. The print in the ‘Dark Secrets” book was too small to read. After doing all this, he headed to the beach. As he hit the area south of the village, he saw a sign that pointed to a place called Tail Cave. The cave was locked by the Tail Key. Bypassing it for now, Link would return later, and headed for Toronbo Shore.

At Toronbo Shore, Link’s mission was to locate his sword. It was located in an

area surrounded by Sea Urchins. He couldn't touch them, but he had push them aside. Some protection will help here, maybe 'Shield'ing his hands might help. Once he had reached his sword, an owl appears and says this message:

"Hoot! Hoot! So you are the lad who owns the sword... Now I understand why the monsters are starting to act so violently... A courageous lad has come to wake the Wind Fish... It is said that you cannot leave the island unless you wake the Wind Fish... You should go north, to the Mysterious Forest. I will wait for you there! Hoot!"

After the owl flew off, Link grabbed his sword and got some rupees from monsters. He also found a hidden cave, which a bomb would open. He headed to Sale's House O'Banana. He found out Sale loved canned food and he has a brother. Link headed north of Mabe Village to the Mysterious Forest. He cut down the bush blocking the path. As he entered the forest, he encountered the owl again. The owl told Link this:

"Hoot! Ho, brave lad, on your quest to wake the dreamer! Welcome to the Mysterious Wood! Much of mystery you will find on this uncharted Koholint island! I'm afraid you may find it a trifle difficult to leave the island while the Wind Fish naps. ... By the way, have you ever visited the Tail Cave, which is south of the Village? Go there with the key you find in this forest... The Wind Fish is watching...Hoot!”

In the forest, he worked his way north. He found a chest he could not reach. He would need something to move the rocks. Continueing north, he encounter the Raccoon. The raccoon caused him to get lost, but he says he has an allergy problem. North of the tree Link arrived at via magic was a Faerie fountain. They will tend to Link if he need aid. Link found a cave that could not be entered. He head east until he saw a Piece of Heart. He couldn't get it until he could jump to it. He then headed south and east to the Witch's House. She would give him a Magic Powder if he could get her the Sleepy Shroom. Heading back to the forest, Link searched and found a tunnel he could enter. In this tunnel was a chest and a piece of Heart. He would have to come back for the Piece of heart later, but some crystal smashing and rock moving on loose footing got Link through the tunnel with 50 Rupees. Once he got the Sleepy Shroom, Link returned to the witch and she made him some Magic Powder. Returning to the Racoon, Link used the powder on him and the Raccoon turns into Tarin. Heading north, he got the Tail Key. The owl return and gives him this message:

"Hoot! Take the key and go to the Tail Cave. Retrieve the Instrument that is hidden there! Go now! The Wind Fish is waiting! Hooot!"

Link headed south past the village and followed the sign to the Tail Cave. Using the key to open the cave, Link enter the Tail Cave.

Link entered Tail Cave to find the first Instrument of the Sirens. As he entered, he headed west. Two rooms to the west, he found the compass. On his way east, a beep sounds from the compass. There is a key in the room. He defeated the monsters in the

room and the key appears. He then headed north from the entrance. Another beep was heard, another key was in this room. He defeated all the monsters and stepped on a button causing a chest to appear. In it was a key. He headed east to another room. He fought the monsters in this room and a chest appears with their defeat. In this chest was a map. On the map, he notices several chests to the northwest using the compass. He headed west to find a passage north, ignoring the door to the north. To the north of a room with bats and weak floors, a Mini Muldorm was crawling around. He destroied the crystals with his sword and defeated the beast and chest appeared containing 20 rupees. He then saw cracks in the west wall. He then continued east. He heard the beep again in a room with a chest that was visible. Surrounding the chest was a Spark. With timing, Link opened the chest revealing a key. He went north to the location of another chest on the map. It was high on a ledge and he knew it contained a key. He continued to the room to the east to find the ledge was unreachable. He then headed east through a locked door guarded by two bats and stafos. In the next room, he could only go north. In that next room, three creatures that looked alike moved around. Link noticed that every time he hit all of them, they flinched when their symbols matched. He timed his swipes to when they all had hearts. They died leaving three hearts and a Chest. In the chest was a stone beak. He held it in a stone owl statue in the room. The owl said:

"Turn aside the spined ones with a shield..."

He then went west and north to a room with another locked door in it. As he approached the door, he saw a blade trap that almost sliced him. He needed to stop that trap. He pushed a block so it would stop the trap. He then entered the door. The area he entered had another door in it. He had to work his way around to the door, dodging sparks. When he reached the door, it wouldn't open. Just before he gave up, Link noticed another owl statue, which said:

“If there is a door that you can’t open, move a stone block.”

Link leaned on a block. As the block moved, the door opened. In the room were spined creatures. Link remembered the words of the owl and defeat the creatures with ease. With their defeat, a underground passage was revealed. Link traveled through it to enter another section of the Tail Cave. He followed a passage north to an area with a chest in it. He triggered to blade traps and while they were resetting, he ran for the chest. In the chest was the Roc's Feather. With the feather, he could jump the gaps in the floors. He could even grab flying items. He returned to the other part of the cave and went back to the previously unreachable ledge. Once he jumped the gap, he opened the block at the base of the stair to the ledge. He arrived at the chest to discover the Nightmare Key. The key that would let him into the Nightmare's Lair. He then headed to the door that was previously unreachable. This door was in the room he had gone north from to reach those odd creature that looked alike. He went through the east door to run across Rolling Bones. This funny-looking monster had a giant rolling bone which Link knew could flatten him. Link jumped it and slashed at the creature. Eventually, he defeated the monster, rescuing a faerie in the process. The faerie healed him and he went north. He

also noticed that a warp to the entrance had appeared. In the next room were four blade traps. He trigger them and ran by them as they reset. He then entered the Nightmare's chamber. It was the Moldorm. Link knew that a good couple of strikes to the tail would stop the Moldorm. He was right. After he defeated the Moldorm, he got a heart container and headed north to the next room. In that room he found the Full Moon Cello. As he took it, the cello played music and he was transported out of the cave hearing these words:

"...Swamp... A path opens... in the blooms... "

As Link headed back to the town he ran into the owl again. This time it gave Link these words:

"Hoooot! That is an 'Instrument of the Sirens!' I have to admit, at first I did not believe you were real... That Instrument, along with the seven others in the set, has the power to wake the Wind Fish! You must collect them all! I was instructed to give you directions... Your next goal is north, in Goponga Swamp!! Hoot, indeed!"

Link returned to Mabe Village to find that everyone was upset. He heard Madam Meowmeow was at the center of peril, so he went to her. He knew something was wrong when he didn't see Bowwow. When he talked to Madam Meowmeow, he heard the name of an all to familiar problem... "Moblins" Link went to retrieve Bowwow. He went through the forest until he reached the unreachable piece of heart. He jumped the holes at got it with no problem. He then went north. He then went east at the rock barrier until Link found the cave. Near the cave was Owl Statue, on it was this inscription:

"THE WIND FISH IS IN NAME ONLY, FOR IT IS NEITHER."

Just past the cave, Link found a photo shop. Inside, he had his photo taken by the Photo Mouse, who started an album with the photo called “Here Stands A Brave Man.” Link then entered the cave of the Moblins. He got a warm welcome as the moblins charged him. He worked his way to the Moblin King. The Moblin King feared that Link was an assassin sent by Madam Meowmeow to kill him. The Moblin had a Flying Tackle Attack that left him stunned when he missed Link. Link took advantage of this and destroyed the Moblin King. Another Faerie appeared and she healed Link. He entered the next room and rescued Bowwow.

After leaving the Moblin Cave, Link heads east to encounter the owl again. The owl speaks to Link with this message:

"Hoot! That is a fearsome looking animal you have there! Do not forget, the next instrument is in Goponga Swamp!"

Link looked on the east side of the swamp to find an entrance only to find all ways blocked by rocks. He went back to the forest and headed for a western entrance to the

swamp. To the north of the western exit of the forest was a house. In it, Link found a man by the name of Mr. Write. His hobby of writing letters has been boring for him since he doesn't have a writing friend. Link thought that he could help. Link then went north from the house to a cave. In the cave, Link found two chests. In the one was 20 rupees, the other was unreachable. Maybe later he will be able to move the skull blocking it. Link left the cave and went south. He found a phone booth that was next to Mr. Write's House. To the north of this cave exit was an owl statue. Link read the inscription on it before heading to the phone booth to the south. The inscription stated this:

"MUSIC, THE FISH STIRS IN THE EGG YOU ARE THERE..."

To Link, these words made no sense. When Link entered the phone booth to the south, he called the one person who could help him, Old Man Ulrira. Old Man Ulrira told Link to take Bowwow to Goponga Swamp for a feast. When Link approach the swamp, he read the sign:

"DANGER! Keep out! (Except Bowwow)"

Link took Bowwow into the swamp an Bowwow ate almost every danger there. Link found a chest in the swamp containing 50 rupees. Link then found the entrance to Bottle Grotto. He left Bowwow outside and entered Bottle Grotto.

When Link entered the Grotto, he noticed the chest in the vases. He couldn't move the vases and headed north. He entered a dark room. He knew what the powder did to lamps and used it on a lamp. To the west was a locked door, but a door had opened to the east. He went east and encountered two stafos. With there defeat, a key appeared. Link used the key on the locked door to his south. In this room was a dead end, but with the defeat of a mimic in the room revealed the chest with the compass in it. He then went to the room east of where the first key was. He found a crystal switch, and an owl statue. He knew how they worked and made it past the barriers. In the room to the south, he heard the familiar beep. He openned the chest in the room to find a key. He then returned to the first locked door he saw. He went through it into another dark room. When he defeated the bats, a door to the north opened. He went through the door with timing to dodge the blade traps. A chest was in the room, on the other side of a gap. Link defeat the monster guarding the chest and heard the door behind open again. He open the chest to find a stone beak. He then returned to where the second key was, stopping at the statue to here it say:

“Part of the floor is raised. Tap the blue crystal”

In the room east of the location of the second key was a bunch a ledges. He heard the tone of a key in the room. Link jumped the ledges and found the switch that caused the chest to appear. In the chest was the key. Link then went north with the powder he grabbed. Link found two Mask Mimics waiting for him. Link defeated them and saw a key come down, on the other side of a wall. Link retraced his steps and found a path to

the key, and returned to his set path. Two spiny shelled creatures rushed Link in the next room, but he defeated them using the same tactics as before. He then went north through a locked door. In the room to the north was a dead end, with an owl statue, which said:

“Make every block design the same. A new path will open.”

But Link thought this out, the door might be revealed with a little moving of blocks since that was all he could move. He pushed the blocks onto the diamonds to reveal some stairs. He followed the stairs to a room on the far side of the Grotto. The room he was in was dark but he found a one way door to the north. In the next room was Hinox, a giant, bomb-throwing cyclops. With fancy footwork and quick slashes, Link defeated Hinox and a faerie healed him. Another warp appeared in this dungeon. It lead back to the entrance and the chest. Link went east to a room with a stone owl and a closed off stairs in it.The owl stated:

"First, defeat the imprisoned Pols Voice, Last, Stafos..."

Link thought of this as he went north. In the north room, were several creatures, including a vacuum mouth and a chest. In the chest was the map of the Grotto. He looked at it and saw why it had gotten its name. In the northern most room, he openned a chest with 20 rupees, grabbed a flying bag of powder and headed west using his last key. The room was dark, but not dark enough that Link didn't see the approaching Boo- Buddies. He lit a lamp and they ran. He chased them out and a chest appeared. In it was a power bracelet. He returned to the entrance to get at that chest. In it was 50 rupees. He then head back to the northern most rooms and went east. In the next room, link saw a chest and heard the beep denoting a key was in the room. He used the switch to get to the chest and found another small key. He continued west to a room with a exit to the south and east. He went south to find a meaning to the slab. He followed its words and a chest appeared with the Nightmare Key in it. He then went through the eastern locked door. Link used the pots to get to the passage to were the Nightmare had its Lair. He even found a faerie that healed him. In the passage, Link came across a stubborn elevator. Link figure some more weight would move the elevator. So he grabbed a vase and continued on. Link went through the nightmare door to find the Genie. The genie taunted Link that it was free from harm in the bottle. So Link broke the bottle when the genie entered it and dodged the genie's shots. Link, after destroying the bottle, defeated the genie. He grabbed the heart container and went west. In the room to the west was the Conch Horn. As he grabbed it, he was transported out of the grotto hearing these words:

"...PRAIRIE...... PRAIRIE... The Prairie is waiting..."

After Link left the Grotto, he decided to do something before returning Bowwow. He went to the cave with the unreachable chest in it. He moved the skull and opened the chest. In the chest, Link found 50 rupees. Link then headed south to the forest. Link headed to were he found the Sleepy Shroom. He entered the tunnel near it and worked his way to the piece of heart in the tunnel. He then found his way to the other side of the

tunnel. He went north of the tunnel to the area west of the faerie pond. He thought that the lone rock hid something. He moved it to discover that hid a stairway. In this cave, he found the Mad Batter. He tricked the Batter into giving him more powder. He then left the lair of the Batter to head to the northern cave. He moved the rocks only to see a giant pit with a chest in the one corner. He left and went to the chest in the forest. In the chest was a Secret Seashell. He then return Bowwow to Madam Meowmeow. As he left her house, the photo mouse took a photo of Link with Bowwow called, “Link Plays With Bowwow.” After that, Link did some interesting things to do. First, he cut the bushes and jumped in the well and found a piece of heart. After he got that, he went fishing. Catching a lunker earned himself 20 rupees. There were two lunkers in the pound. The more difficult of the two to land, (The one under him) held another piece of heart. That lunker was worth 32 rupees. A good fisherman could land both lunkers without catching any of the runts. After that, he went to the trendy game. He first grabbed the easy prize, the Yoshi Doll. After that, he used his skill and timing to get over 200 rupees. It took time, but it was worth it. Then, he left the trendy game and went to the field of bushes to the north. He cut some of them down to get a Secret Seashell. He then headed to the shop and bought a shovel and Bombs. After this, Link went to the house of the Quintuplets and give their mother the Yoshi Doll. She will give him a Ribbon. He then talked to Marin at the statue of the Flying Rooster. After talking to Marin, Link enter the Doghouse at Madam Meowmeow's and give the Ribbon to her dog. Her dog will give him some canned food. Sale would love that, but for now, he did some digging to find a Secret Seashell. After that, Link left the town and went to the Tail Cave. He went to the weak wall he saw earlier and bombed it and found a room to the west. In this room was a chest. It contained a secret seashell. He then left the Tail Cave and went to see Sale. Link went to Sale's House O'Banana. He gave Sale the Canned Food, which he quickly gobbled up, can and gave Link some Banana’s. Link then went back to Mabe Village and headed east to Ukuku Praerie. He then went north to search a cemetery he saw. In the cemetery, he found a passage. In the passage under the grave, he found a piece of heart he couldn't reach. On the other side of the tunnel, he was in an area south of a lone grave near the witch's house. In this area, Link noticed a pattern of grass and dug in the area. In it, he found a secret seashell. He returned to the Praerie. He searched the praerie, openning caves with bombs and finding 50 rupees in one cave. He found a warp tile. He also found a cave with some strange crystals in it. He also found a Faerie Spring where he could be healed. He then worked his way to a house near the signpost maze. In it was Richard. Richard told Link of his problem and Link offered to get Richard the Golden leaves. He went to Kanalet Castle on this quest for Richard so he could get the Key to the next Dungeon. Near the castle, Link noticed a strange Mansion. It was the legendary Seashell Mansion. Link entered and with his five Seashells, he was awarded a sixth. Outside the Mansion, Link was surprised to hear one of the trees talk. Link then went to the castle gate, and as he expected it was closed. Link also noticed the Photo Mouse there. The little shutterbug wanted to take a picture of Link at the Castle gates. Richard also came and posed in the picture the mouse titled. “Courage”. Link then noticed an unreachable stairway to the west. He then headed east and encountered a monkey. The monkey offered to build a bridge for Link in exchange for the Bananas. Link gave the monkey the Bananas, and a group of monkeys appeared to build the bridge. When they

left, Link picked up a stick that was left over. Link then went along the east side of the castle, looking for a way in. He found it and entered the castle. He fought many enemies and met up with a mad bomber, who after defeat gave up a golden leaf. He fought a raven for the second leaf before going inside. In the castle, after defeating knights and other beings in one area, a leaf fell from the ceiling. Link also opened the gate, by a switch. On the second floor. Link defeated a knight that was sealed in the wall, to get the fourth leaf. Link had to leave the castle to get to the part of the castle that the last leaf was in. He knew that a Ball and Chain Knight had it. He entered the ante-chamber to find the door wouldn't open without force. Link opened it with a vase and fought the knight to win the final leaf. He knew it was time to leave the castle. But first, he would search the landscape for more shells before heading to Richard's Villa.

After Link left the castle, he decided to search the praerie for hidden treasures. To the left of the seashell mansion. Link found a Secret Seashell under a bush east of the Mansion. In the maze-like area near the mansion, Link found another Secret Seashell under a lone rock. He then entered a cave. While examining the walls, Link found a weak spot. He followed the cave to the top of a Plateau. On the Plateau was an Owl Statue inscribed with this message:

"AROUND HERE, SECRETS ARE NIGH"

Link decided to search the area, digging in the ground, and found a Secret Seashell. He then went back to where Richard's Villa was located. Link decided to check the lake north of Richard's Villa. He jumped from island to island, till he got to the other side. There he found the next Dungeon. Just north of it, he found a cross in the ground. Link decided to dig there and found a Secret Seashell. He decided to head back to the Mansion. On his way back, he stopped at the Faerie spring to get healed. When he returned to the Mansion, he was awarded with an eleventh Shell for his Ten. He then thought about returning the leaves to Richard. When he did so, Richard showed him the path to Pothole Field and the location of the key. Link enter the tunnel only to find it had a fork in it. Link decided to go to his left. It lead to a dead-end with a chest. In that chest was a Secret Seashell. Link took the shell and went up the other fork to exit the cave. The field, Link thought would be a breeze. He learned different when he cut down the bushes to find holes almost everywhere. He cut down the bushes till he found the path to the lone Owl Statue. On it was these words:

"IN SOIL SLEEPS SECRETS, BENEATH YOUR SOLES..."

With these words, Link dug until he found the Slime Key. He then headed to the keyhole in front of the cave. After opening the cave, he worked his way to and entered Key Cavern.

Inside of the Key Cavern, Link noticed a room to the east. In this room, Link saw a chest. A strange object in the room kept Link from reaching it, so he returned to the entrance. Link searched the room for a switch before he decided to throw the last vase at

the door. In the next room, Link found some walking bombs and some other creatures. After defeating the creatures, a chest appeared. In it was a key. Link headed north through a door. In the next room was three doors. After he defeated all the monsters in the room, the doors opened. Link opened the chest in room to discover another monster. He then went east to a room with an unaccessible chest. Link left and headed north until he reached steps. He went down to the second floor. At the bottom of the stairs, Link went through the door to the south. In a room full of convator belts, Link defeated several monsters by sneaking up on the next position and attacking them. He received a key for his efforts. Link then headed west from the stairs to a room with 2 Pairodds. Link used the same tactics to be rewarded another key. Returning to the stairs, Link headed north. Link defeated the two stalfos to receive a key a found a Crystal Switch. Link hit it and went back up the steps. Link opened the chest at the top of the steps to receive a stone beak. He then returned to the second chest he could not reach. He got to it to find a map. Link returned to the second floor and went to the room with the crystal switch. In the room with the crystal switch. Link read the slab to discover this Inscription:

"Far away... Do not fear, dash and fly!"

Link then went back to the steps and went east. He got to the steps and went up to the first floor. At the top of steps, Link was in a room with a lone tile. Monsters appeared and Link defeated them to receive a key. Link continued north. In the next room, Link found a room with a week wall between two torches. Link bombed it to find a room to the east. Link also saw a stairway in the room. Link then headed east to a room with a large hole, too big to jump with the Roc's Feather. Link also saw cracks on the north wall, which he bombed. In the room to the north, Link saw a chest on a ledge, on the other side of a large gap. Link also saw an owl statue which said:

“Poke suspicious parts of the wall with your sword and listen to the sounds it makes.”

Link continued north. In the room were three bombs. With one strike they ran for Link so they could explode next to him. Each strike pushed them back until the exploded and the doors opened. He went west. In the chest in the next room was the compass. Link checked the west wall to find a weak point. He bombed it finding a room with a key. He defeated the monsters and the key appeared. He also found a faerie in the room. Link then returned to the room north of the stairs and headed west. Link continued west and in the next room found a one-way door to the north. Link also received a key after defeating the monsters. In the next room, Link defeated the monsters and a chest appeared. He couldn't reached it until he went north. In the next room, Link saw an owl statue which said:

“To defeat the black monster with the hard shell, feed him something explosive.”

Link also found steps to ledge and went south to the chest. In the chest was 50 rupees. He returned to the the room with the door to the north. He went north to the

room east of the room with the map. In the room was the Dodongo Snakes. Link couldn't hurt these legendary nightmares. He also heard that they eat anything. Link remembered that and gave the Snakes an explosive snack. A warp appeared to the entrance after the snakes were gone. To the east was a chest containing the Pegasus Boots. Link found with a dash attack, he could destroy some strange crystals in the ground. He returned to the warp and went east from the entrance. In the chest in that room was a key. He then went north of the entrance and down the long corridor on the west of the rooms. He then killed the Stalfos in the one room and a chest appeared. It contained 200 rupees. Link went to the holes and jumped them with the knowledge he had learned earlier. He dashed jump the hole to reach the Nightmare Key. Link then circled his way to the stairs he saw. In the passage, Link dash attacked a Mega Thwomp and dash jumped a pit of spike to get to the other side. In the room at the other end of the passage, Link defeated two Pairodds to continue west. To the North was the lair of the Nightmare. He entered the room, but it was empty. A voice taunted him, so he rammed the wall. From the ceiling came Slime Eyes. Link dashed the monster and it split into two eyes. After popping these eyes and getting the heart container, he went north to find the Sea Lily Bell. When he picked it up, he heard these words as he was transported out:

"...WATERFALL... It is hidden in the waterfall..."

After Link left the Key Cavern, he went east so he could climb the stairs to go to an area he found a cave in. He ran into the owl again. It gave Link these words:

"Hoot! How many Instruments have you gotten so far? When you play the Instruments in front of the Egg, the Wind Fish will wake and you will leave this island. Now, you must hasten to the Yarna Desert! The dark, monstrous inhabitants of the sand will show you the way! Hoot Hoot!"

Link then went to the cave and broke the strange crystals. Link found a weak wall in the cave. After bombing it, Link found a piece of heart. He also found a chest containing 50 rupees. Link then remembered that Yarna Desert was near Animal Village. Link headed for Animal Village. On his way, he met Tarin next to a tree with a bee's honeycomb in it. Tarin asked Link for the stick so he could get the honey. Link gave Tarin the stick. As Tarin bumped the hive. The bees came out, very angry and attacked Tarin. As Tarin ran, the honeycomb fell and Link took it. Maybe he could find someone else who would want it. Tarin might not want it after this. Link searched the praerie and found a tunnel south of Kanalet castle that took him to the side of the bay where Animal Village was. When Link entered he talked to everybody. Everybody missed Marin. Link met Sale's brother and learned that his sculpture of Martha was missing something. Link also learned some manners from Ms. Goat, but where can he get a flower. Link also learned of the dream shrine and the lazy walrus that sleeps near the entrance of Yarna Desert. He last visited Chef Bear. He gave Chef Bear the Honey for a Pineapple, now who would want a pineapple. He also found out that Marin could wake the Walrus.

Link decided that before searching for Marin, he would search the area near

Animal Village. Just south of the village, Link saw another Warp Tile or Warp Zone. Link continued exploring the area. He found the annoying, fat walrus. It was dreaming about Marin. Link headed north to find a blocked Cave entrance outside of the Village. He bombed it open to search the cave. He bombed a wall in the cave to find another path. Link bombed a rock so he could get to a Piece of Heart that he saw in the cave later on . Link decided to search the area west of the village. Link was only able to go an island via bridge. On the island was an owl statue. He read the statue to discover these words:

"SECRETS ARE LIKE WATER WHEN IT COMES TO BRIDGES"

Link figured there was something under the bridge, but he couldn't swim without flippers. He dug around the island and discovered a secret seashell. Link then headed for the Warp Zone. Link stepped on to it and fell into a hole. Then, like he was shot out of it, he soared into the air. He came down light as a feather near the tile in Ukuku Praerie. Link decide to dash some trees. From one near the tile he arrived at, he found a faerie that healed him. He then traveled south of the entrance to Mabe Village to a Phone Booth. He dashed the tree right near it to find a secret seashell. Once he entered the village, Link talk to some people in town to find Marin had left the village. In her house, she left a note. It read "At the beach... Marin" Link decided to head down to the beach. On his way, he stopped by the library and discovered the secret of the Color Dungeon, as he dash the shelves to get the book that was out of reach. He then went to a lone tree by the Tail Cave. He dash attacked it to find another Secret Seashell. Then he searched the beach to find Marin at a lone area. He started to talk to her. She then talked to him as they watched the ocean. He words are as follows:

"Oh, Link, I'm glad you found this place. Will you stay and talk to me for a while?" "I wonder where these coconut trees come from? ...Tarin says there is nothing beyond the sea, but I believe there must be something over there... When I discovered you, Link, my heart skipped a beat! I thought, this person has come to give us a message..." "...... If I was a sea gull, I would fly as far as I could! I would fly to far away places and sing for many people! ...If I wish to the Wind Fish, I wonder if my dream will come true...... " "Hey! Are you listening? Link, are you listening to me?" "I want to know everything about you...Err...Uhh, Ha ha ha ha!" "Hunh? The walrus wants me to go to him? It doesn't matter, I will go with you to him..."

Link decided not to take Marin to Warp Tile. He first moved some rocks to open a chest containing 50 rupees. Link and Marin then made there ways to a passage in the ground, on the other side of a large gap. Inside, they found deep water. They continued north to find a lone bush near the statue of Martha. Under it was a Secret Seashell. Link then took Marin back to Mabe Village, so they could tell Tarin where Marin would be. At the cliff on the west of the beach, Marin told Link that that was their first walk. The

Photo mouse took of picture of them on the cliff. In Mabe Village at the well, Link was surprised when Marin almost kissed him. He was so shocked that he fell in, and she fell in right after him. The mouse was in the well, and took the photo called “Heads Up.” He entered the Trendy Game and Marin played it and picked up the owner. They then went to the statue, where the mouse took their photo, with Tarin standing between Link and Tarin. Then then went to the tunnel that led to Animal Village. They continued to the Walrus. Marin sang her song and the walrus jumped out of way. Marin then went to Animal Village to sing. Link headed back to the Warp Tile and went to the cemetary. He found the gravestones that matched the combination in the book about the Color Dungeon. He pushed the stones as directed and entered the Color Dungeon.

First, Link encountered the guards of color, the guardians of the entrance to the color dungeon. Link answered their questions and headed north. In the room, he found some creatures the same color as the floor they waited on. He defeated them and moved east. In the next room, he found four statues. When he struck them, they changed color. He kept striking until he made them all blue, causing a chest containing a compass appeared. He then bombed the south wall and found a rom contain 140 rupees. After collecting this boutiful treasure, he went east of the room with the four statues. He entered a room full of colored tiles, which changed when he touched them. He found a bomb in the room, under a vase, and headed east. In the next room, there were two ball- like creatures, which when placed in the colored holes, caused a chest to appear. In this chest was a stone beak. Link circled south and then west, after defeating the creatures in that room. In the next room, Link found a key. He went back to the room with the ball creatures and headed north. As he continued north, he found four more statues and an owl statue which said:

“Here’s your clue, turn all the red blue.”

Matching all the statues gave Link a key. He then went east, defeated three monsters and then north to a room with a giant Buzz in it. The Magic Powder helped in defeating it. A faerie healed Link and he went west. He found a chest with the Nightmare Key. Link returned to the room west of the colored ball creatures. He went north and came across a Stone Hinox. He used bombs on the creature and defeated it quickly. Another faerie realed him. He went west to a room with colored tiles. On the other side of the tiles, Link found a button to open the doors. He headed north, and with the defeat of the monsters in that room, Link found a chest with the map. He then moved east, and fought four colored ball monsters. Placing them in their holes, Link got another key. He then returned to the room with the button and went west. He entered a room with nine statues, and matched then all to blue to move north. In the next room, he openned a door to the west and entered a room with a big pit in it. Link hit a Crystal switch in the room, and headed into the Nightmare’s Lair to the north. In it was the colored Nightmare. When its shell was red, Link was able to defeat it. Link then went east and met the Faerie Queen. She gave Link a new tunic and transported him out of the dungeon.

He then went to Mabe Village. In the shop, Link saw a bow an arrow set for 980

rupees. Link thought that this was a bit too expensive and sneak the bow and arrow set out. He thought about going back in and paying for it, but decided not too. The price the man was asking was outrageous. Link then headed for the Dream Shrine. Once inside, Link got into the bed. Once he fell asleep, he was in another temple. He worked his way around the temple to reach two chests. In the first was 100 rupees, and in the second was the Ocarina. Link tried to play the only song he knew from a long time ago. He knew that he learned the words, but never the tune so his "Lumberjack Tune" didn't fit the song. Then it hit him, "Go to Marin, maybe she will teach you her song." Link went back to the Warp Tile and return to Animal Village. Link showed Marin the Ocarina and she taught Link the Ballad of the Wind Fish. Surprised at how well he could play that tone, he decided to test it at the entrance of the desert. When he played the there, the walrus appeared, looking for Marin. Link then entered the desert. Link did some searching and found a path on the east side of the desert. It led to a lone area. Under one of the rocks in the area was a secret Seashell. Link also threw powder on a lone skeleton and it told him to use a bomb under the swallowing sands. Link then found an owl statue with these words on it:

"SEA BEARS FOAM, SLEEP BEARS DREAMS, BOTH END IN THE SAME WAY CRASSSH!"

One word entered Link's mind. This statue was telling him to wake the Wind Fish. He then entered the area of the swallowing sand. Waiting for him was a Lanmola. Link slashed at its head while avoiding being sucked into the sand. After defeating the Lanmola, a key appeared and got swallowed by the sand. Link followed it and got the Angler Key. He then bombed the north wall. In the northern chamber, he found a piece of heart. Link then exited the cave.

Link decided to leave the desert. On his way out, he ran into the Owl again. The owl told Link these words:

"Hoot! The shape of the key shows a fish, swimming up a cascade of water! Go now to the mountain waterfall! A leap from the top and you will reach your goal!"

Link decided to head to the mountains. But the only way he knew was near the Bottle Grotto. He worked his way there to go pass Mount Tamaranch. In the area east of the Mount, Link found a Warp Tile and the Angler Keyhole. When Link put the key in the key hole, the waterfall stopped flowing and the cave was revealed. He then climbed to the Tal Tal Heights. Link went through a tunnel to find some chests in the tunnels. Link left through on exit to find a chest with 50 rupees. Link reentered the tunnel. He had sensed a piece of heart in the cave, but couldn't find it. Link also saw an unreachable chest in the cave. He left the cave and walked around. Link saw Papahl on one of the cliff. Papahl was waving to Link. Link found a tunnel that took him to Papahl. In the tunnel was a chest. When Link opened it a monster popped out. When Link got to Papahl, Papahl told him that he was famished. Out of kindness, Link gave the Pineapple to Papahl. After Papahl devoured it, Papahl gave Link a Hibiscus. Link thought that Ms.

Goat would love this flower. Link went back to the lower tunnel and went through the shallow water to where the waterfall was. At that point, Link took a leap of faith. Link arrived at the entrance to the Angler's Tunnel. Link decided to enter the cave.

Once inside, Link headed north and up onto a ledge. He walked along the ledge and to the north, he found a chest. In this chest was a map. Link then headed south to some steps near a cross shaped pit. Link dash jumped over the pit and continued east. Link bombed a brick and pushed another to get at a chest. In that chest was a key. Link continued north and saw another chest. He bombed the block in front of it and opened the chest to find a key in it. Link returned to the room north of the entrance. From there, Link east on the ledge and opened a chest which contained a stone beak. Link finally left the edge North of the entrance an went east. In the chest in that room, Link found compass. He went south then to find that a key was in the room. He opened the chest in the center of the room to find the key. He went back to the room with the compass and went east through a locked door. He continued north through another locked door. In the next room was an unreachable chest. He then came to the cross shaped pit. He jumped it and went north. He saw some stair but decided to head west. In the next room, Link heard the tone of a key, but when he defeated the monsters, the key fell into a pit, with a splash. Link went south to find the stone owl. The owl said these words:

"The glint of the tile will be your guide..."

"What did that mean?" thought Link. Link continued south to find a key he need to open a door he found to the north. When he couldn't go south, he started to circle the cave, until to the east of a room with five tiles he heard the tone. On the way he found a chest containing a monster, but the chest in this room had a key in it. Link returned to the door and opened it. In the next room was Cue Ball. Link thought this monster was invulnerable, until he hit its back. Link took several more swing at Cue Ball's back until, it disappear. A faerie appeared and healed Link and Link continued north. In the next room were bricks, four of which tried to seal the room. Link saw a pullswitch in the room and pulled it to max length. He then ran for the west door. In the next room were flippers. Link could now swim in deep waters. To the south was a room with 5 tiles, like Link saw before, but there was light on these. The words made sense. Link followed the light and opened a door. He then went to the other set of tiles and repeated the process, revealing a stairway. Link worked his way by the Thwomps, even used one as a jump point until he reached a ledge. In a chest on this ledge was the nightmare Key. On his way to the stairs he spotted earlier, he found 50 rupees in a chest. He also saw another stairway, blocked by a keystone. Link then went in the passage. In the passage, Link found a pool with a key in it. Link then returned to the unreachable chest. In it was 50 rupees, Link also found a faerie that healed him. Link went to a closed door with a floor switch in front of it. In pushed it and went to the stairs he saw earlier. He saw through the passage to reach the Nightmares Lair. Link enter the Lair only to find a stairway. Link went down it into a big pool of water. Waiting for him was The Angler Fish. Link thought if the fish didn't see him, he could defeat it. Link slashed at the light on the tentacle. After hitting it enough times, the fish explode and Link grabbed a heart container. After leaving the

water, Link went north to find the Surf Harp. He grabbed it and the Music played. With it, he heard these words as he was transported out:

"...BAY... Your road goes into the bay..."

Link headed west from the Angler's Tunnel to a cave he spied earlier. In the cave, Link found a giant fish. The fish's name wad Manbo, child of the Sun Fish. He asked Link if he had a Ocarina. When Link said yes, Manbo taught Link "Manbo's Mambo". It was a mystical song of Transportation. Link left the cave and entered a tunnel near the Angler's Tunnel. As Link went thru this cave, he came out east of the Warp Tile. To the east Link saw a cave in the water. Link jumped in the water and swam to it. In the cave was a Piece of Heart under water. Link then went to the moat around the castle. He swam through it until he found another Piece of Heart. Along the way, Link noticed a ghost following him. It said:

"... the house...... take me...... the house...... at the bay..."

Link decided to help the ghost, but he was feeling lonely and decide to do some exploring with the ghost at his side. He returned to the cave in the bushes and traveled through it. It was a tunnel to a hidden grove. He went west to another cave. In the cave was the Mad Batter, which this time gave Link more Bombs. Link then went to the lone Island and found a seashell under the bush on it. He then took the ghost to the house. In the house the ghost said these words:

"...Nostalgia...... unchanged...... boo hoo...... Enough...... cemetery...... take me...... my grave..."

Link figured that the grave was that lone grave near the Witch's House. Link thought about the distance and decided to play "Manbo's Mambo". He arrived near the house of someone called Crazy Tracy. He thought about going back there. He went east and south to the cemetery. He worked his way thru it until he reached the witch's place. It took some walking until we reached the Ghost's Grave. The ghost then told Link this:

"...Thank you...... a jar...... in my home...... look inside.. ...bye...bye..."

The owl then appear and said:

"Hoot! It has been some time since our paths crossed, lad. You must dive into waters of Martha's Bay to enter the Catfish's Maw... The closer you get to the Wind Fish, the more restless he sleeps. Carry onward! Hoot!"

Link approached the grave to say a final farewell when the photo mouse came buy to take a photo called, “I Was Very Afraid.” Link decided to go to Tracy's first. She gave him some special potion for 28 rupees. Link then went to the Warp Tile in Ukuku Praerie and warped to Animal Village. He then gave the Hibiscus to Ms. Goat. Link received a

letter, which he took to Mr. Write. When Link reached Mr. Write's house and gave Mr. Write the letter, Mr. Write was so happy. He even showed Link a picture in the letter, but instead of it being of Ms. Goat, it looked like Princess Toadstool, a name from another kingdom. Mr. Write gave Link a broom. Link started to wonder how Grandma Ulrira's broom was doing. Maybe she need a new one. He ran to Mabe Village. He found Grandma Ulrira upset. He gave her the broom and she gave him a hook. Link then looked in the window. The photo mouse came by and took the photo, Link Discovers Ulrira’s Secret.” Link headed for the beach and bombed a cave he saw earlier. It was empty. Link wondered if he wasted a bomb. Maybe something would appear later. Link returned to the house to find a Secret Seashell under one of the vases. Link then dived into Martha's Bay. While swimming, Link encountered Martha, she was looking for her necklace. Link saw, in the center of the bay, was the Catfish Maw. He continued swimming until he went under a bridge. There he met the fisherman. Link gave the fisherman the hook and the fisherman gave Link his next catch. Luck would have it, the next catch was the lost necklace of Martha. Link had a feeling he was missing something near the Key Cavern. He went to the lone island with the bush near the Key Cavern. He cut it from the north to make sure the item didn't fall in the water. He found Secret Seashell. Link then Warp to Animal Village. From there he went to the bay and went to Martha. Martha allowed Link to take a scale from her tail once Link return the Necklace. Link then dived into a passage in the rocks around the Catfish's Maw to reach the dungeon itself. Once there, Link enter the dungeon.

Upon entering the Catfish's Maw, the only direction Link could go was west. He past a chest he couldn't reach and fought his way west until he reached a room with a stairs and a chest in it. In the chest was the compass. Link then went through a passage, jumping quickly, and came out in a room with crystals and stalfos. At the defeat of all the stalfos, Link move the blocks to form a square. A key appeared and Link went back through the tunnel. Link then went to a locked door he saw earlier. He went north and then fought his way west. In the room with two iron masks and a sparks, Link found a chest with a stone beak. Link then went back east until he could only go north or south. He went north stopping when he saw a stone owl, which said:

“If you can’t destroy a skeleton with your sword, try using a bomb.”

He then went north to a room with a skull on the floor and a block in the corner. This was when he ran into the Master Stalfos. Link remembered the enemy in his quest to defeat Ganon and used a slash and bomb technique. After about 3 attacks, the Master Stalfos fled. Link headed east to find a chest. But when Link opened the chest he found this note:

"I've got what was inside this box. Come and get it, if you can! -Master Stalfos"

Link saw a stairway, but decided to pass it by. He went north and worked his way around to the button in the next room. He then went east. In that room to the east of the

cross room, he encounter the Master Stalfos again. He used the safe tactics and was successful again as the Master Stalfos ran. Link then headed north. In the next room, he headed east and located a key in the room. But the key was unreachable. Link continued on a zig-zagged pattern and ran into the Master Stalfos in the next to last room of the chain. After defeating the Master Stalfos, Link found a chest containing a map. Link returned to the stairs west from the entrance and pass through the passage again. In the room west of the stalfos was the Master Stalfos. Link and the Master Stalfos fought a final battle until Link won. For his victory, Link won the Hookshot. Link then went to get some of the chests he couldn't reach. He also found he could remove the Iron-Mask s masks. In one chest near the entrance, Link found 200 rupees. Link then went to the next stairs he saw. Link went through that passage to appear in a room with to lamps in it. Link went east to find a stone owl which said these words:

"Dive under where torchlight beams do cross..."

Link saw this area north of the room to the west of the cross room. Link went to the water and dived in. He went through an underwater passage to a room with a type of key in it. Link the Hook Shot to get to a bridge to walk across. In the chest that Link could then reach was the Nightmare Key. Link returned to the cross room and went north to the rooms with the chest in them. In the first chest Link reached was 50 rupees. Link went east to reach the chest with the key in it. Link then went to the chest north of the first chest to find 50 more rupees. Link then went to the room east of were Link found the stone beak. Link went north to the next room. From that room, Link worked his way west using the Hook Shot to cross difficult gaps. In the western most room, Link found a key. Link the went east to the room two rooms away. He used the Hook Shot to get the bridge and cross it. Link saw a stairs in the next room, but he had to go west to pass the barrier. In the room to the west, Link found the Gohmas. These two spider-like beings had huge mouths. Link decided to give them an arrow snack. Link noticed that if they shook, they were going to charge him. After defeating the Gohmas, Link went to the stairs. Link went through the passage to the room east of the Nightmare's entrance. Link used the Hook Shot to cross the gap and enter the Nightmare's Lair. Link encountered Slime Eel. The Eel stayed in the walls and attacked Link. Link need to pull the eel out and thought. He tried to fish the eel out with his Hook Shot. When he pulled the eel out, sometimes it went back in, and Link found it was real. When it stayed out, he knew it was fake. He eventually defeat the real Slime Eel. It said these dying words:

"TSSSK, TSSSK! You don't ssseem to know what kind of island thisss iss... KEEE-HEEE-HEEE! What a fool... KEEE-HEEE-HEEE!"

With that, Link got the Heart Container and went north to get the Wind Marimba. Link was transported out hear the music and these words:

"...SHRINE... An island secret in the shrine,,,"

After Link left the Catfish's Maw, Link decided to check out some areas he could

not reach. He first went to the cave in the Mysterious Forest. In the chest that he reached with the Hook Shot, he found 50 rupees. He then went to Crazy Tracy and bought a new potion for 42 rupees. It was the same potion but for a different price. He then went to the tunnel in the cemetery. He used the Hook Shot to reach the Piece of Heart that he had seen earlier. After obtaining the Piece of Heart, Link headed south to the signpost maze. He used items he had as well as common sense to navigate through the maze. He went from sign to sign in straight lines. He followed the signs in this order: South, East, South, West, North, East, South, East, North, West, South, West, South, West. At the last sign, a cave appeared just east of the sign. Link entered the cave to meet Mamu. Mamu offered Link to sing his new song of soul for what he felt was a reasonable of 300 rupees. Link paid the money and learned the song. He then went north to the Warp Tile to go to Animal Village. Link then entered the cave near the village. Link entered the cave and use the Hook Shot to cross a large pit near the Piece of Heart. After he grabbed it, he left Animal Village and searched Martha's Bay for the statue of Martha. When he reached near the Bay's entrance, he found the statue. He had to use Hook Shot to reach it. He noticed that the statue was missing a scale. He replaced the scale with the one he got from Martha. The statue moved aside to reveal a cave. In a chamber North of the stairs was the Magnifying Lens. As Link left with the Lens, he saw many monsters near the stairs. After defeating the monsters, he then left the cave. He stopped by the fisherman, who caught a big fish, which was the photo mouse. The shock caused a snapshot of the man in the water. Link then entered Animal Village to an empty house. In the water of the house, Link met Zora, and the photo mouse took their photo and called it, “I Found Zora.” Zora then told Link to about the cave he had found earlier. Link then used the Warp Tile to head to Tal Tal Heights. At the Warp Tile in Tal Tal Heights, Link went east and used the Hook Shot to reach the Island that held Rapid's Ride. He paid 100 rupees to ride the Rapid to discover a chest containing 20 rupees, another chest containing 20 rupees, some flying items, and an owl statue with these words:

"NOW YOU NEED LOOK FAR FOR A SECRET..."

He also saw a chest on an unreachable island with a cave on it. He traveled the rapid ride again by entering a tunnel at the bottom that took him to the top. He paid another 100 rupees to search the rest of the ride. At the end of the Rapids, Link went west to find a blocked cave. In it was a faerie fountain, where Link decided to get healed. Just south of the fountain, Link ran into the owl again. It said these words:

"Hoot! There are two shrines, one to the north, the other to the south. First head south, where ancient ruins speak of the Wind Fish... You will learn much there..."

Link head for the passage to the south shrine. Near that passage was a tree with an owl statue. On the statue were these words:

"THE WIND FISH SLUMBERS LONG... THE HERO'S LIFE GONE..."

In this tree near the passage, Link found a faerie. Link caught it and headed to

south shrine. In the area of the south shrine were several armos statues that came to life with a touch. In one area was two sets of four statues, under the southeast statue of the western set was a cave. A chest in that cave held a Secret Seashell. Link then went west to the southern shrine and entered it. In the shrine, Link could only go north. In the next room, Link encounter the Armos Knight. Link would not attack this thing close up, so he used his bow. He first destroyed the shield, then destroyed the helmet, and finally destroyed the knight. When the knight disappeared a key appeared and Link took it. It was the key to the shrine. Link continued north to find an engraving on the wall. He lit some lamps to read it. On it were these words:

"TO THE FINDER... THE ISLE OF KOHOLINT, IS BUT AN ILLUSION... HUMAN, MONSTER, SEA, SKY... A SCENE ON THE LID OF A SLEEPER'S EYE... AWAKE THE DREAMER, AND KOHOLINT WILL VANISH MUCH LIKE A BUBBLE ON A NEEDLE... CASTAWAY, YOU SHOULD KNOW THE TRUTH!"

Link could hardly belief this, as he left the south shrine. The owl appear to him and said this:

"Hoot! I see you have read the relief... While it does say the island is but a dream of the Wind Fish, no one is really sure,,, Just as you cannot know if a chest holds treasure until you open it, so you cannot tell if this a dream until you awaken... The only one who knows for sure is the Wind Fish,,, Trust you feelings... Someday you will know for sure..."

Link the returned to the north shrine. Link then headed for the island with the two armos statues on it. Under one was a tunnel, which Link entered and used the Hook Shot to cross a hole in it. It came out at the location of the north shrine. Link found the Keyhole of the Shrine and put the key in it, revealing the shrine. Link then entered the Face Shrine.

As Link entered the Face Shrine, he headed west. In the next room, Link encountered the Wizzrobes. Link found that he could stun them with the Hook Shot. He then Bombed them out of existence. Link went north through the left door and continued to a room with a crystal switch in it as well as a mask-mimic. Link bombed the crystal switch and continued north before the explosion. In the next room, Link moved some vases so he could find a button that would allow him to head west. In the next room, he saw switch on the other side of a barrier. He also encountered Wizzrobe. After defeating them, a chest appear containing the map. Link then continued north. In the next room, Link went east. In the room Link entered, he saw a chest and some stairs he couldn't reach. In the chest was a stone beak. All Link had to do was find the Stone owl. Link went west and threw a vase at the door and headed north. Link then continued east to a room with a chest and access to a ledge. Link open the chest to find the compass. Link then went on the ledge and followed it to a room with crystal switch barriers. He hit a crystal he saw earlier on the ledge and went back to the room. He defeat the monsters in the room to receive a key. Link then returned to the room west of the stairs to this ledge. He continued south until he returned to the room east of where he found the map. He hit

the switch enough time to reach the stairs to the ledge in that room. He followed it to a stone owl. The owl said these words:

"Enter the space where the eyes have walls..."

Link looked at the map and thought of the eyes of the map. It had looked like a face. He went to the bottom of the steps to the ledge and bombed the wall, finding the entrance to the room. Link lit the lamps in the room and fought the monsters to find stairway. Link traveled the tunnel carefully, but double backed to find a crystal switch barrier. He returned to the one switch that he bombed and bombed it again. He returned to the barrier to find it was gone. After defeating the monsters in the room, Link went north. In that room was a chest contain the Level 2 Power Bracelet. Link could now lift the statues in the dungeon. Under a vase in the room was a faerie. Link moved the statue and threw it so he could go through the door. On the other side was the switch he had bombed. He worked his was to the room west of the compass. He threw the statues at the door and went north. In the room was a chest with 100 rupees and a door to the outside. He went outside to discover he was on the island in the rapid's ride. In the chest on the island was a secret seashell. Link reenter the Face Shrine and jumped to the crystal switch in the room. He threw the horse heads in the room to open the door in the room. The door opened when both horse heads stood up. Link then continued to the switch he had bombed. Link picked up the statue and threw it at the door in the room. He entered it and headed towards the entrance. Along the way, Link found two chests, in one was 100 rupees, in the other was 50 rupees. Link then headed for the entrance and continued east. Link entered a room with nothing in it. Then tiles rose from the floor and attacked him. He deflected the attack with his shield until the door opened. Link continued north to the next room. He used the key he found earlier to head north. In this room, Link remembered the stone owl and bombed the north wall. He continued north to meet Smasher. Link found out that Smasher was an expert and pitching. Link dodged the ball and threw it back to Smasher. The ray-like creature, while being a great pitcher, stunk at catching. Link repeated the process until he defeated Smasher. A faerie healed him and a warp to the entrance appear. Link continued north to the next room. Under one of the statues, Link found a passage. He followed to a room with another tile attack. After surviving it, a key appeared and Link got it to continued north. Link then headed east, by throwing statues and horse heads to reach the stairs he saw earlier. He enter the passage and dashed under the thwomps to arrive at a room with 3 Pol's Voice in it. Link remembered that they had big ears and played the 'Ballad of the Wind Fish'. They trembled and exploded and Link headed north. He worked his way thru a twisting passage and continued north through a door. In the northern-most room, Link found a chest which contained 200 rupees. Link repeated the horse head trick and went south to a room with his least favorite guardians, what he decided to term these minor boss creatures, The Dodongo Snakes. Link repeated the bomb snack and went west with their demise. He entered the water first when he saw the key stone. He went north to find a chest containing a key and returned south till he found stairs out of the water. He figured he would have to work his way back to the ledge he fell of. He continued south to encounter four Wizzrobes and to see a chest on a ledge. He bombed them and continued

south to find a way to the ledge. When he entered the room, he found a crystal switch barrier in the way. He saw an owl staute in the room as well. The owl statue said:

“Hop on top of the crystals to move forward.”

He decide to go north and continue west. He came out 3 room south of the passage north of where Smasher was. Link retraced his steps to the ledge with the keystone on it, using Hook Shot to reach it. He went north to find a chest. He went to an owl statue near the chest that said:

“To open a treasure chest, use the pots around it.”

When Link threw a vase at it, it opened to reveal the Nightmare Key. Link then hit the crystal switch and continued to the room south of the four Wizzrobes. Link noticed that three crystal barriers where up in a strange pattern. Link jumped on top on the set of two and jumped to the one in front of the stairs and climbed the stairs. Avoid the blade trap, Link walked on the ledge to the chest to discover secret medicine. Link then worked his way to the room of the second tile attack and went south. In the next room, Link defeated all the monsters and headed east. He then worked his way north to the Nightmare's Door. In the room of the door, He lights the lamps and the sparks turn into Faeries. He goes north in the Lair to what seems an empty room. Then a face appears to float in the room. It starts to mention its weak spot, but Link has already figured it out. After a tile and vase attack, Link places Bombs under the face. Facade, this phantasm of a face, was defeated and utters these last words:

"Okay, listen up! If the Wind Fish wakes up, everything on this island will be gone forever! And I do mean... EVERYTHING!"

With this, Facade disappears and a Heart container appears. Link grabs it and heads north. In the next room, Link grabs the Coral Triangle. It plays out a tune as it teleport Link out of the cave. While it plays, these words are heard.

"...MOUNTAIN... Something calls ...from the mountains..."

Link then went to jump in the water to encounter the owl south of the entrance of the shrine. The owl told Link this:

"Hoot! The many monsters of this island fear that the Wind Fish is about to awaken! The monsters' power is real! They may conquer the island and destroy their foes! That day may come soon! Now, go to the mountain tower! Fly like a bird! Hoot! Hoot!."

Link decided to find a bird that would allow him to fly. He remembered the statue in Mabe Village. He decided to go their by way of the beach. He worked his way to cave on Toronbo Shores. In it was someone who offered Link a Boomerang. Link traded it

for his shovel. Link then went to Mabe Village. He first entered the Library to find out the secret of the egg in the one book. He then went to the statue and pushed to discover a cave. In it was the remains of the rooster. He played the song of soul and the rooster came to life. When Link picked it up, Link found he was flying. Link then left the cave and went to the outside of Kanalet Castle. He flew to the cave he couldn't reach and entered it to find a secret seashell. Link then went north to the mountains. He was about to enter the pass to the mountain when he encountered the owl. It gave him these words:

"The going is much more trying from this point! You have only two more tasks to accomplish! The first is in the east part of the mountains, the second in the west. Go! The Wind Fish grows restless!"

After the owl left, Link traveled through the cave of to reach the eastern half of Tal Tal Mountains like he did earlier. Link decided to get to the chest he saw in that cave earlier. In it Link found 50 rupees. After Leaving the cave, Link walked east through the water to some stairs in the cliff face past where the waterfall had flowed. Link worked his way to a small building on top of the mountains. In it, Link meet a chicken keeper. He was in awe that the rooster Link had was flying. Link then headed east to cross the bridge. It led to a dead end plateau, but on the way, Link found a Secret Seashell under a rock. Link then returned to the where the Chicken Coop was and entered a cave under it. In the cave, Link found a room with a lot of holes in it. He went north by moving rocks and using the Hook Shot and came to a room with an enormous hole in it. Link grabbed the Rooster and flew over and headed to the west. In the room that Link entered, Link found the Bird Key. Link left the cave and returned to the water to continue to areas farther east. He entered a cave. In the cave, Link found a patch of land on the water. He bombed the wall to find a room with a stairway in it. The stairs lead to a second level with a room containing 5 chests in it. In each chest was 20 rupees. Link then left the cave to come out on a plateau. On this plateau was a chest Link saw as he entered the cave. In the chest was a secret Seashell. Link then went to the cave and travel thru it to arrive on the other side of the plateau. He found an owl statue that said:

“YOU ARE NEAR THE EAGLE’S TOWER. BEWARE OF THE BIRD”

Link continued east and climbed some steps to reach the next cave. Link went through the cave to come out on a ledge. Link went west and entered another cave. In this cave, Link walked over to some stairs and went down. On the lower level, Link climbed on a ledge and walked around it. He then used the Hook Shot to reach the other ledge and left. Link then bombed a closed cave and entered to find a Faerie Fountain. Link got healed there and continued to a cave to the north. He traveled through it and came out of a building on top of the ledge. To the west of this building was Eagle Tower. Link figured it had to be Eagle Tower with the giant Eagle on top of it. Link moved some rocks and put the key in the Key hole and entered Eagle Tower.

On the first floor of the Tower, Link noticed a ledge circling the floor. Link thought that the ledges might contain something. Link went east to the corner of the

floor. Link defeat two creatures in the corner room to find a key. He went north to a room with a stairway in it. Link climbed the stairs to head to the second floor. Link saw a chest surrounded by crystal blocks in the room. Link decided to go north from their. Link found a sphere in the room as well as a stone owl. Link grabbed the sphere and pulled the lever to go to the western room. Link threw the sphere at an enemy in the room and hit the pillar. The pillar collapsed and missed the enemy. After this Link went north to a room with two Horseheads in it. Link threw the horse heads to find a chest with map in it. Link then made his way south to a room with another pillar in it. Link got the sphere again and threw it at the pillar. After that pillar fell, Link went south and hit a crystal switch and head north until he could go west. He entered a room with another pillar. He threw the sphere near the pillar and went back to a room he went thru. In it were the Three-of-a-kinds. He defeated them to find a chest with the compass. Link went downstairs and worked his way south to some stairs. He went up the stairs and went east. He entered the room and bombed the walls. He then went to south and encountered Hinox. After defeating Hinox, Link got a key and headed east until he reached a keystone. He then climbed the steps and traveled to the chest he saw earlier. He jumped down to it to find the Mirror Shield. Link returned to the room north of Hinox and went north, He waited for the attack to stop and headed east. He threw the sphere at the pillar and then dropped the sphere down the hole. Link went after it, but couldn't find it. Link opened a chest that contained the stone beak. The chest was near the stairs he climbed earlier. Link worked his way up to the sphere room again. The owl told Link these words:

"The riddle is solved when the pillars fall!"

Link figured out the riddle, it meant the pillars must fall all four of them. Link worked the sphere to the last room, by throwing it over low barriers. Link, while getting the sphere to the target room, jumped to the ledges, without the sphere to find in the chests containing a key and a secret seashell. An owl statue in the room where Link retreived the key from said:

“Jump off the floor above to reach the chest on the ledge.”

Before Link reached the final pillar, he found a chest with bombs in it just south of the pillar, and a stone owl that said:

“If you can’t go over the poles, try throwing things you have in your hands.”

With the fall of the last pillar, the tower floors changed, Link then made his way to the top floor. On the top floor, Link worked his way to the eastern edge. In the first room of the eastern side, he encountered the Grim Creeper. After killing all 6 of the creeper's bats the creeper ran away. Link then went north to the next room. Moving two blocks together revealed the chest containing the nightmare key. Link looked around the floor and in a room with two horseheads and a laser on a moving floor, Link found a chest containing secret medicine. As Link made his way to the nightmare's lair, Link went

outside to find grim creeper riding the Evil Eagle. Link hit the buzzard in the beak and stayed on the tower. After defeating the eagle, Grim Creeper said this:

"My energy... gone..I...lost! But you will be lost too, if the Wind Fish wakes! Same as me...you...are...in...his...dream..."

After this Link got a heart container and retrieved the Organ of Evening Calm. As it played the music and teleported Link outside, Link heard these words:

"...OCARINA... The music of the Ocarina leads..."

As Link left, he looked for the Rooster. He first checked the dead end east of the coup. On the farthest bridge the photo mous came to take the picture called “Close Call.” Link then headed for the coop to find the chicken keeper had the Flying Rooster. Link headed west from the coop to cross the bridges. On one, Link found Marin stranded. Link rescured her and she thanked him. After she left the owl appeared and told link this:

"Hoot! That girl sang her song in front of the Egg! Her 'Ballad of the Wind Fish' is a song of awakening! Did she actually intend to wake the Wind Fish?! The next Sirens' Instrument is in the west. Play your melodies so unliving stones might hear! Show your courage! The Wind Fish waits for you! Hoot!"

Link went west to a cave under a bush. He bombed a wall just as he went in to get the piece of heart he sensed earlier. He worked his way through the cave to find across a chasm was the exit to the western mountains. Dodging boulders he climbed the mountain. On top of one peak, Link found a chest with 50 rupees and under a rock he found the final Mad Batter's Lair. After getting more arrows, Link continued west. Link jumped down to find a cave. After he entered it with a bomb, he walk toward the Flame Fountain. Using his shield, he passed it. He left the cave via stairs and went west to Turtle Rock. After using the song of soul to wake it, Link defeated the turtle's head and entered Turtle Rock.

Upon entering Turtle Rock, Link went north to a room with a winged demon in it. Link defeated the demon and went west. Link entered a room with three little snakes in it. Link defeated them and went north. Link met up with the Hinox again. Link defeated Hinox and headed west. He found a room with a large hole in it. Link pushed on the block with a glowing orb on it and filled the gap. As the hole closed up, a chest containing 20 rupees appeared. Link then went south to check the rooms in this area. In the first room he encountered, Link found a chest containing 50 rupees. Link then went west to the next room and encountered Rolling Bones. After defeating Rolling Bones, Link went south to find a room with a chest. In the chest was a compass. Link then went to the room north of the lair of Rolling Bones. Link defeated the creatures in the room and found a key. Link then headed back to the room north of the entrance and went east. He continued east form the next room by pushing a hidden button under a vase to open a door, east until he found a chest containing a monster and a pit that was too large to pass.

Link returned west to a room with a door to the south. He went south to a room with some monsters in it. He defeated the mimics to find a stairway. He went through the passage to come out in a room with a stone owl in it. Link moved a vase to push a button and went south from this room to encounter Smasher. After defeating this little pain, he went south to find a chest with a stone beak. He return to the owl and heard these words:

"Fill all the holes with the rock that rolls, this (+) is the key!"

Link the went to the room west of Smasher. Link came out at the pit he saw earlier. He pushed the rock and filled in the gap to received a key. Link also bombed the wall to find a weak point. Link then returned to the room with the beak and followed the stairs to a passage. He came up in a room near the entrance and bombed the wall. He went south to find a chest that contained a map. Link then jumped the lava and went east near the southern wall. Link made a path over a lava pit to an area between two blocks to the north. He pushed the right one and went north to a key block. After getting by it, he went east. He continued east until he had to go north, In the room north of a stairway. Link noticed an arrow on the floor. He also checked an owl statue which said:

“To defeat the monsters who hold the key, attack them from a higher place.”

He then bombed the wall the arrow was pointing at and went in that direction. He stopped when he hit a keystone. He then went back to the arrow room and went north to a room with weak floors. He defeated the monsters and got a key. He headed west to meet the Dodongo Snakes. Link saw a ledge in the room and thought about tossing the bombs from there. He ran west to find a room with the Nightmare's entrance on a island with a stairway on it. Link continued west to a room with a demon in it. Link defeated the demon and went south to a room with a statue in it. He checked an owl statue in the room which said:

“If the statue looks strange, shoot it with the bow.”

He shot the statue with an arrow to get a key. He then went west to a room with chest. In the chest was a key. Link then got on the ledge and went south to a dark room. He saw he could not reach the lamps and went back to the room with the statue and went south to grab some items. He then went north to were the demon was and went through a door to the outside.

On a ledge near the door Link came out was a Piece of Heart. He grabbed and got another heart of life. He went east and found a warp tile. He took it until he was in the Ukuku Praerie and went to the seashell mansion. There he got the Level 2 Sword, which when his hearts were full, shot an energy blast. He then returned to the warp tile at turtle rock. He went east and enter Turtle Rock right above the Snakes. He gave them a bomb snake and when they were gone he got a key. He then went west and north. To the north he saw a chest on a ledge. He hookshot to it and found secret medicine. He followed the passage to the north to a stairway. Through a tunnel, Link came out in the room with the

one way door. Link went west to the room north of the huge pit. In that room was a crystal switch. Link hit and went to the arrow room. He went followed the path and doubled back to reach a ledge with a stairway on it. He entered it and came out near a chest. He went south to fight Blaino. He fought the bird by getting under him and dodging punches. He then went north to find the magic rod in the chest. Link then headed for the dark room he found earlier. On the map, Link saw it was north of the first chest he found. He used the magic rod to light the lamps and a chest appeared. In the chest, Link found a key. Link then went to the lava pit and made a path to the stairs on the ledge. He traveled through the passage, melting ice. To come out in the northwestern part of the dungeon. In the room west of were he came out of the passage, was Cue Ball. He defeated Cue Ball as he did before and went north. He filled in the hole in this room and got the Nightmare's Key. Link went back to the room with the steps and went to a ledge that lead to the room to the east. He used the Hook Shot to reach a chest that contained 50 rupees. Link then headed to the room between the crystal switch and the lava pit. He climbed the stairs and used carefully the fire rod to reach the Nightmare's Lair. In the lair, Link met Hot Head. Link couldn't reach Hot Head because of the lava. Link decided to try the rod. It was useful in beating Hot Head. As Link beat Hot Head, the Nightmare said this:

"C-C-CRACKLE! Why did you come here? If it weren't for you, nothing would have to change! You cannot wake the Wind Fish! Remember, you... too... are in...... the dream..."

With this Link got the last heart container and went north to get the Thunder Drum. Link was transported out and heard these words with the music:

"...EGG.... The Egg on the mountain calls!"

As Link left the Turtle Rock, he headed for the egg. Link made a quick stop at the photo shop to look at the photo’s finding that the photo mouse had renamed the book. Apparently the Photo mouse snapped a picture of Link taking the bow. Link then went to the mountain the Wind Fish Egg was on. As he climbed the mountain towards the egg. The owl met him and said this:

"Hoooot! The Wind Fish sleeps long and dreamily in the Egg above... When you play the eight Siren Instruments in front of the Egg, he will awaken. This, my friend, is the only way for you to leave the island! Hoo!"

Link went to the Egg and played Marin's song in front of the egg. All of the sudden, the Instruments of the Siren started playing the song and the Egg opened. The owl flew back and said this:

"The time has come... The Wind Fish awaits... Enter the Egg... Hoot! Hoot!"

With that Link entered the egg. Link went and fell through a pit. In the maze

underneath, Link followed the path in the Library book to another pit. He jumped in and came face to the Nightmare again, but combined into a powerful Shadow Nightmare. It first took on the form of a giant gel. Link used the powder on it until it change. It then turned into the form of Agahnim. Link used his sword to reflect the shots until it shed this shape. Then Link faced a Shadow of the Moldrom. Link slashed the tail until it transformed into Ganon. With no silver arrows, Link decide to confuse the shadow by charging it. Eventually the shadow changed into a Lanmola. Link used the Magic Rod to stop the charging shadow. But then, it transformed into Dethl, the master of the Nightmare's. Link heard, through stories that Dethl's eye was his weak spot. Using his arrows, he defeat Dethl and a stairway appeared. Link heard someone call him. He climbed the stair to see the owl again. The owl then said this:

"Hoot! Young lad, I mean.. Link, the hero! You have defeated the Nightmares! You have proven your wisdom, courage and power!...... As part of the Wind Fish's spirit, I am guardian of his dream world... But one day, the Nightmares entered the dream and began wreaking havoc. Then you, Link, came to rescue the island... I have always trusted in your courage to turn back the Nightmares. Thank you, Link... My work is done... The Wind Fish will wake soon. Good bye...Hoot!"

With this, the owl spirit disappeared and Link meet the Wind Fish. The Wind Fish then said this:

"...... I AM THE WIND FISH... LONG HAS BEEN MY SLUMBER... IN MY DREAMS... AN EGG APPEARED AND WAS SURROUNDED BY AN ISLAND, WITH PEOPLE, ANIMALS, AN ENTIRE WORLD! ...... BUT, VERILY, IT BE THE NATURE OF DREAMS TO END! WHEN I DOST AWAKEN, KOHOLINT WILL BE GONE... ONLY THE MEMORY OF THIS DREAM LAND WILL EXIST IN THE WAKING WORLD... SOMEDAY, THOU MAY RECALL THIS ISLAND... THAT MEMORY MUST BE THE REAL DREAM WORLD...... COME LINK... LET US AWAKEN... TOGETHER!! PLAY THE EIGHT INSTRUMENTS! PLAY THE SONG OF AWAKENING!!"

With this, Link played the song again. As the melody played, the island disappeared and Link was hit by a blast of water. Link awoke on the remain of his sea craft. As Link thought if this was just a trick of the mind, something blocked the sun. Link looked up and smiled. Flying above him was the Wind Fish, Link then knew that Koholint Island still existed. As he sailed home, he felt as he was being watched by an angel. Some people, after Link told them of the island of Koholint saw a Guardian Angel flying around Link. They swore that it looked just like the girl Link described as Marin. When they told Link this, all Link said was this, "Marin got her wish, she always wanted to fly." Some people even said that when he said this, there seem to be a tear in Link's eye.

------Shell Searching on the Koholint Island.

------

Some of the puzzling facts of Koholint Island is the Secret Seashells from Seashell Mansion. It is said that the find of these treasures will receive a special sword to defeat the Nightmares. Recently, I came across a map of Koholint Island marked with the location of every Shell. It cost me 1000 rupees and got it from Tarin in Mabe Village (For those of you who try this, it is impossible to get 1000 rupees since the counter stops at 999 rupees. It is a joke.) But for those who need its help, it is free. Here is the locations of every secret seashell on Koholint island with hints to get them.

Shell #1: Located in the Mysterious Forest. Move the rock near the cleverly hidden in plain sight chest. Shell #2: Located in the bushes south of the shop. Just cut them with your sword. Shell #3: Located in Madam Meowmeow's doghouse. Just do some digging. Shell #4: Located in Tail Cave. Bomb the west wall of the room that only has a mini- moldrom in it. Shell #5: Located south of the lone grave. Just dig in the figure eight grass area. Shell #6: Received in the Seashell Mansion if you have exactly 5 Secret Shells Shell #7: Located East of Seashell Mansion. Cut down some bushes. Shell #8: Located in Ukuku Prariae, south of Mansion. Lift a lone Rock to find it. Shell #9: Located near Owl statue on top of plateau. Dig in the ground in front of it. Shell #10: Located North of the Key Cavern. Dig at the center of the cross Shell #11: Received in the Seashell Mansion if you have exactly 10 Secret Shells Shell #12: Located in a chest under Richard's Villa. Shell #13: On Island in Martha's Bay. Dig near an owl Statue Shell #14: North of Signpost Maze. Ram Tree next to Phone Booth. Shell #15: South of Mabe Village, West of Tail Cave. Ram a tree to get this one. Shell #16: Located under a bush near the statue of Martha Shell #17: In Southeast of Yarna Desert. Lift a rock to find it. Shell #18: On a little island south of Martha's Bay with a lone bush on it. Shell #19: In the ghost's house. It is under a vase. The house is by the bay. Shell #20: Swim to a lone island east of Key Cavern. It has a bush on it to be moved from the north. Shell #21: In the area of the South Face Shrine. Under an Armos Statue is the location. Shell #22: There is an unreachable island on the rapids ride with steps on it. Go to the Northwestern steps in the Face Shrine and climb them to the chest on this island. You have found the shell. Shell #23: Located in a cave outside Konolit Castle, this shell can only be reached with the Flying Rooster. Get it before defeating Evil Eagle. Shell #24: On a peak of Tal Tal Mountains, Lift a rock to find it. Shell #25: Just southwest of the Eagle Tower is a lone chest on a peak. It is in that chest. Shell #26: Located in the Eagle Tower. Fall through a pit on the western edge of Hinox's room to get to the ledge with the chest on it. In this chest is the last secret shell.

On this map, I also noticed a ranking system for shell finders.

Finding 20 shells-A Beginner Finding 21 shells-A Novice Finding 22 shells-An Average Treasure Seeker Finding 23 shells-A Very Good Treasure Hunter Finding 24 shells-A Terrific Treasure Seeker Finding 25 shells-An Excellent Treasure Hunter Finding 26 shells-An Expert Treasure Hunter

------Lost Love. ------

It is common knowledge that Marin fell in love with Link when he came to the island. What she did not know was that the Windfish transferred her love for Link into Pieces of Heart Containers. The Wind Fish then hid the location in Marin's Chest of Drawers. After Marin had brought Link to her home, she discovered the paper and decided to get rid of it. When she finally reached the shore to get rid of the paper, the owl came to her and said these words:

"If you destroy that paper, Link shall never survive. His life will be lost to you. If you really love him, you will do what is right."

The owl flew off and Marin thought of what the owl said. She then ran home and put the paper on Link's shield. This is what the paper said:

"Finding the pieces of heart will continue life. Life is hidden in 12 parts of the island, either in sight or hidden. This location is in the words below.

1) In the Mysterious Forest, on a island surrounded by holes. Jump to it. 2) In a tunnel in the Mysterious Forest. Lift the skulls to reach it. 3) The well in Mabe Village. Jump in. 4) The Fishing Pond in the Village. Catch the Lunker near the edge. 5) In a hidden cave in Ukuku Praerie. Bomb it open, dash some stones and bomb a wall. 6) Under the sinking sands in the Yarna desert. Bomb the north wall. 7) In the cave east of the Angler's Tunnel. Dive in the water to find the Piece of Heart. 8) In the moat around Koholint Castle. Dive near the cave in on the south shore. 9) In a cave just outside Animal Village, open it up and bomb a rock in the cave. Then hookshot to get to the piece of heart. 10) There is a cave under a tombstone. Bomb the rocks and use the hookshot to reach the piece of heart. 11) Bomb the south wall in the cave to find the piece of heart in Tal Tal Mountains. 12) Outside the one door of Turtle Rock is the last Piece of Heart.

------

Trade Game. ------

It was once found out that one of the best ways to get something on the island of Koholint was by trading. Link found this to be true when he got the magnifying Lens. He still laughed when he thought about it. It started out when he won the Yoshi Doll at the Trendy Game. Link knew that the Quadruplets' little sibling wanted one. Link gave it to the child and got a ribbon in return. He then gave the ribbon to the pup in the doghouse near Madam Meowmeow’s. For this he got a can of Dog Food. Link remembered that Sale loved Canned Food. Link gave the food to Sale and got some Bananas. He later gave the Bananas to the monkey and all the monkeys built him a bridge. The monkeys left a stick behind that Link took. On his travels, Link found Tarin and gave the stick to him. Tarin used to stick to knock down the Honeycomb. Link took it after the bees chased Tarin away. He gave the Honeycomb to Chef Bear to receive a Pineapple. In Tal Tal Heights, Link meet Paphal and gave him the Pineapple for a Hibiscus in return. He gave the Hibiscus to Ms. Goat to get a letter to take to Mr. Write. Upon the letter's delivery, Link got a broom. Link gave the broom to Grandma Ulrira, who was in either Mabe or Animal Village, he could not remember, and got a fishhook. Link then went to a bridge and dived under it to see the fisherman from the fishing game. He gave the Fishhook to the man and got Martha’s Necklace. He returned the Necklace and got a Scale from Martha. Link then put the scale on the statue to enter the cave with the containing the Magnifing Lens.

------Faerie, Faerie, Everywhere ------

Link had known for years that amongst the people of Hyrule, that Faerie’s existed, and that there were Great Faeries that ruled over the Faeries. In fact, it was said that the Faeries where the descendents of the three goddess’s that created the world of Hyrule. In five places on the island of Koholint Island. The first Great Faerie he encontered was at a spring in the Mysterious Forest. The second Great Faerie he encountered was in Ukuku Prairie, right near the tree with the beehive. The next Great Faerie he met was was the Great Faerie Queen, who was in the color dungeon. The fourth Great Faerie he met was in a cave near the Face Shrine. Finally, up on Tal Tal Heights, Link met the final Great Faerie just southeast of Eagle Tower. Each of them helped Link in his quest to wake the Wind Fish, by healing his wounds and the Great Faerie Queen gave him a gift.

------Warp Away, (Or Let’s Do The Tile Warp Again). ------

On Koholint Island, there were magical Warp Tiles scattered all over the island. They made for easy travel between locations on the island. Link had found them all. The first he found was just outside Mabe Village, north of the entrance to Key Cavern. The

second of the Warp Tiles was located south of Animal Village, in a very shallow pond. The third Warp Tile was located in Tal Tal Heights, just east of the Angler Keyhole. The last of the four Warp Tiles was found on top of Turtle Rock. Link found it between the two top entrances of the cave.

------The True Power Of Color. ------

On Koholint Island, Link discovered the secret of color. Link always wore a Green Tunic, like his ancestors did, since the legendary Hero of Time. Green was the color of Farore, Goddess of Courage. When he met the Great Faerie Queen in the color dungeon, she offered to give him a tunic of a different color. The choices were Red, the color of the Goddess Of Power, Din, or Blue, the color of Nayru, Goddess of Wisdom. The Red Tunic would allow Link to attack with more power, while the Blue Tunic would allow him more protection from attacks. He made his choice carefully, but she assured him that if he wanted to change tunics, all he had to do was return to her.

------Worth over 1000 words. ------

A while after Link had returned to Hyrule and took the post of Royal Protector, he was approached by Princess Zelda. She had noticed a book that mysteriously appeared in the castle and brought it to him. When he saw the book, he could not believe his eyes. She looked at him and said, “Link, what is this book?” Link looked at her and said, “It is a book from Koholint Island. Pictures of my adventure there.” He openned the book to the first photo, a photo of him standing in front of a curtain with a victory hand signal. “There was this mouse on the island that took these things called photo’s. He turned the page and there was a picture of him, and Marin, standing on a cliff. Zelda looked at the photo and said, “She looks a little like me, and of the girl Malon.” Link looked at her and asked, “Who is Malon?” “In the time of the Hero of Time, she was one of the owners of a ranch near the castle.” He turned the page, and he heard Zelda giggle. He knew why. The photo was of him, having fallen into a well, with Marin landing on top of him. He looked at her, and said, “Tell me if this one looks a bit funny.” He turned the page and there was another picture of him and Marin, and the Flying Rooster Statue, with Tarin in between them. Zelda just looked at him and said, “Look’s like you didn’t want him there.” The next picture showed a man in a rocking chair, at a strange device. “What is that?” Link just looked at her and said, “They called it a phone. That man never talked in person, just over the phone. I still don’t know what the phone is?” The next photo was him running away from Bowwow. He said to Zelda, “Now that is a scary creature.” She giggled as he turned the page. She stopped giggling and with a stern look

said, “Link, how could you do that?” The picture showwed him sneaking something out of the store. He looked at her, ashamed, and said, “I didn’t think he was right to charge 980 rupees for a Bow and Arrow.” Zelda gasped when she heard that and nodded. He turned to the next picture. The both started to laugh as they saw the fisherman in the water. The next picture showed him and Zora standing next to each other. Zelda looked at it and said, “I didn’t know King Zora had a place on the Lost Island.” Link nodded and turned the page. Zelda gasped and said, “What a lovely castle. Is that the owner next to you?” Link looked at the Photo of him and Richard in fron of Kanalet Castle and said, “Yes. He was happy to get it back, and here is a photo of another happy soul that went to his home.” He turned the photo and there was a picture of Link standing at a grave, smiling, with a ghost smiling in the photo as well. Zelda looked at it and said, “Is that a ghost?” He nodded and he noticed that she was in awe. Most Ghosts were Poe’s and they didn’t like Hyrulians. He turned to the next photo and she said, “Oh no, was he hurt?” Link looked at the photo mouse, taking a picture from a Tal Tal Heights bridge, and said, “No, he was perfectly fine.” He turned the page to the last photo and Zelda kissed him. He looked at her and said, “Why did you do that?” She smiled and said, “You look hurt in that picture.” He looked at the photo and saw him, in front of the curtain, with a stunned, hurt look on his face. She was right. He wondered if he refused a photo at some time. Zelda started to leave the room and stopped. She turned and said, “Link, I need you to escort me to the village tomorrow. They want me to help them out in a legal matter.” Link nodded as the princess left. Ever since he saved her life, he felt a special link to her, and some might call it love.

------End Notes. ------

These are my final thoughts on the Legend Of Zelda DX game. They changed some things, disabling some tricks, and correcting some bugs. In the original, Link could defeat Dethl with one strike of the boomerang. In the deluxe game, this is not possible. Other tricks, like the thievery, and Marin and Link in the well, are part of the Photo session. In the original game, the dungeons had slone slabs, while the deluxe has stone owls. More text was added, for example, the fight with the genie, and getting the Level 2 Sword. The Photo shop was added. The only thing that remains is the mysterious key in Key Cavern. Its purpose is still a mystery.

The guided tour of Koholint Island is brought to you by Richard B. Sampson Jr., who will help anybody who has trouble with any of the games posted in his help offering post. (This is almost a shameless self-promotion, but I don't post pictures of myself. Besides, this is FREE, and I don't get any money from this.)

To begin the Tour, one must understand how Link arrived on Koholint Island. Long ago in the land of Hyrule, Gannondorf, a master thief, stole the Triforce. He was later imprisoned in the world he escaped into. In an attempt to takeover the land of Hyrule, he had his servant Agahnim, take over the world and sacrifice the 7 female descendants of the 7 wise men who imprisoned him. Ganon was almost successful except that last girl, Princess Zelda had contacted a young lad to save her. This brave hero fought with courage to defeat Ganon. His name was Link. After this, Link went on a journey to distant lands to practice his skills, so he could serve the land he fought for better. When he felt he was ready, he set sail for Hyrule. On his voyage, a storm hit and wrecked his ship. He eventually arrived on Koholint Island, how he got there is a mystery, even to him. But before he fell asleep on the shores of this island, he noticed a volcano with an egg on it, and he thought he heard Zelda's voice.

As Link awakens, he is in the house of Marin and Tarin. Marin looks a lot like Princess Zelda, while Tarin bears a striking resemblance to Mario. As Link awakes, Marin says to him "What a relief! I thought you'd never wake up! You were tossing an turning.. What? Zelda? No, my name's Marin! You must still be feeling a little woozy. You are on Koholint Island!" After getting out of bed, Marin tells him that he washed ashore and the beach. He heads to the beach, but Tarin stops him. Tarin then returns Link's Shield to him. (Note: Shield can flip enemies if the charge Link.) Link then leaves the cottage and explores Mabe Village. He talks to the quadruplets and their parent. The mother has an interesting problem, the child wants a Yoshi Doll. There is a shop in town, too bad your broke. There is also a Dream Shrine, too bad you can't move the blocks. There is a Trendy Game, too bad you can't cut the bushes. The is the statue of the Flying Rooster. There is a Phone Booth, (Next Question for Link, What is a Phone?) There is the house of Madam Meowmeow, with her three dogs. The one want accessories. The other is outside. There is the Fishing Pond, tough luck you need cash to play. There is Ulrira's house with his wife outside. Finally, there is the library. Talk to everyone, and everything in town. Then, enter the Library and read all the books except 'Dark Secrets And Mysteries Of Koholint.' The print in that book is too small to read. After doing all this head to the beach. As you hit the area south of the village, you will see a sign that points out a place called Tail Cave. The cave is locked by the Tail Key. Bypass it for now, you will return later. Head for Toronbo Shore.

At Toronbo Shore, you main mission here is to locate you sword. It is located in an area surrounded by Sea Urchins. You can't touch them, but you must push them aside. Some protection will help here, maybe 'Shield'ing you hand might help. Once you have reached your sword, an owl appears and says this message: "Hoot! Hoot! So you are the lad who owns the sword... Now I understand why the monsters are starting to act so violently... A courageous lad has come to wake the Wind Fish... It is said that you cannot

leave the island unless you wake the Wind Fish... You should go north, to the Mysterious Forest. I will wait for you there! Hoot!"

After the owl flies off, grab your sword and get some rupees from monsters. You will also find a hidden cave, a bomb will open it. Then head to Sale's House O'Banana. You find out Sale love canned food and he has a brother. After you have about 20-25 rupee, return to Mabe Village.

After you return to Mabe Village, here are some interesting things to do. First, cut the bushes and jump in the well. In the well is your first piece of heart. After you get that, go fishing. If you catch a lunker, you land yourself 20 rupees. There are two lunkers in the pound. The more difficult of the two to land, (The one under you) holds the second piece of heart. That lunker is worth 32 rupees. A good fisherman can land both lunkers without catching any of the runts. After that, head to the trendy game. First grab the easy prize, the Yoshi Doll. After that, use your skill and timing to get over 200 rupees. It takes time, but it is worth it. Warning: Don't get the powder here. Remember this: It is sometimes better to get something for nothing. Why pay 10 rupees for Powder, if you can get it for free. Then, leave the trendy game and go to the field of bushes to the north. Cut some of them down to get a Secret Seashell. Then head to the shop and buy a shovel and Bombs. You will need them later. After this, go to the house of the Quintuplets and give their mother the Yoshi Doll. She will give you a Ribbon. Then talk to Marin at the statue of the Flying Rooster. After you talk to Marin, enter the Doghouse at Madam Meowmeow's and give the Ribbon to her dog. Her dog will give you some canned food. Sale will take that, but for now, do some digging to find a second Secret Seashell. After that, you may enter the forest.

After leaving Mabe Village, Link heads north to the Mysterious Forest. He cuts the bush blocking the path. As he enters the forest, he encounters the owl again. The owl tells Link this:

"Hoot! Ho, brave lad, on your quest to wake the dreamer! Welcome to the Mysterious Wood! Much of mystery you will find on this uncharted Koholint island! I'm afraid you may find it a trifle difficult to leave the island while the Wind Fish naps. ... By the way, have you ever visited the Tail Cave, which is south of the Village? Go there with the key you find in this forest... The Wind Fish is watching...Hoot!”

In the forest, you work your way north. You find a chest you cannot reach. You will need something to move the rocks. Continue north and you will encounter the Raccoon. The raccoon will cause you to get lost, but he says he has an allergy problem. North of the tree you arrive at via magic is a Faerie fountain. They will tend to Link if he need aid. You will find a cave that cannot be entered. Head east until you see a Piece of Heart. You can't get it until you can jump to it. Head south and east to the Witch's House. She will give you a Magic Powder if you can get her the Sleepy Shroom. Head back to the forest and find a tunnel you can enter. In this tunnel is a chest and a piece of Heart. You will have to come back for the Piece of heart later. But some crystal

smashing and rock moving on loose footing, can get you through the tunnel with 50 Rupees. Once you get the Sleepy Shroom, return to the witch and she will make you some Magic Powder, Return to the Racoon and use the Powder on him. The Raccoon turns into Tarin. Head north and then get the Tail Key. The owl return and gives you this message:

"Hoot! Take the key and go to the Tail Cave. Retrieve the Instrument that is hidden there! Go now! The Wind Fish is waiting! Hooot!"

Head south past the village and follow the sign to the Tail Cave. Use the key to open the cave and enter.

Link enters Tail Cave to find the first Instrument of the Sirens. As he enters he heads west. Two rooms to the west, he find the compass. On his way east, a beep sounds from the compass. There is a key in the room. He defeats the monsters in the room and the key appears. He then heads north from the entrance. Another beep is heard, another key is in this room. He defeats all the monsters and steps on a button causing a chest to appear. In it is a key. He heads east to another room. He fights the monsters in the room and a chest appears when he defeats them all. In this chest is a map. On the map, he notices several chests to the north west using the compass. He heads west to find a passage north, ignoring the door to the north. To the north of a room with bats and weak floors, a Mini Muldorm was crawling around. He destroyed the crystals with his sword and defeated the beast and chest appeared containing 20 rupees. He then saw cracks in the west wall. He bombed it finding a room to the west. In this room was a chest. It contained a secret seashell. He then continued east. He heard the beep again in a room with a chest that was visible. Surrounding the chest was a Spark. With timing, Link opened the chest revealing a key. He went north to the location of another chest on the map. It was high on a ledge and he knew it contained a key. He continued to the room to the east to find the ledge was unreachable. He then headed east through a locked door guarded by two bats and stafos. In the next room, he could only go north. In that next room, three creatures that looked alike moved around. Link noticed that every time he hit all of them. They flinched when their symbols matched. He timed his swiped to when they all had hearts. The died leaving three hearts and a Chest. In the chest was a stone fragment. He held it in a stone slab in the room. The slab read "Turn aside the spined ones with a shield..." He then went west and north to a room with another locked door in it. As he approached the door, he saw a blade trap almost slice him. He need to stop that trap. He pushed a block so it would stop the trap. He then entered the door. The area he entered had another door in it. He had to work his way around to the door, dodging sparks. When he reached the door, it wouldn't open. Just before he gave up, Link leaned on a block that move. As the block moved, the door opened. In the room were spined creatures. Link remembered the words of the slab and defeat the creatures with ease. With there defeat, a underground passage was revealed. Link traveled through it to enter another section of the Tail Cave. He followed a passage north to an area with a chest in it. He triggered to blade traps and while they were resetting, he ran for the chest. In the chest was the Roc's Feather. With the feather, he could jump the gaps in the floors. He

could even grab flying items. He returned to the other part of the cave and went back to the previously unreachable ledge. Once he jumped the gap, he opened the block at the base of the stair to the ledge. He arrive at the chest to discover the Nightmare Key. The key that would let him into the Nightmare's Lair. He then headed to the door that was previously unreachable. This room was the room he had gone north from to reach those odd creature that looked alike. He went through the east door to run across Rolling Bones. This funny-looking monster had a giant rolling bone which Link knew could flatten him. Link jumped it and slashed at the creature. Eventually, he defeated the monster, rescuing a fairy in the process. The faerie healed him and he went north. He also noticed that a warp to the entrance had appeared. In the next room were four blade traps. He trigger them and ran by them as they reset. He then entered the Nightmare's chamber. It was the Moldorm. Link knew that a good couple of strikes to the tail would stop the Moldorm. He was right. After he defeated the Moldorm, he got a heart container and head north to the next room. In that room he found the Full Moon Cello. As he took it, the cello played music and he was transported out of the cave hearing these words:

"...Swamp... A path opens... in the blooms... "

As Link headed back to the town he ran into the owl again. This time it gave Link these words:

"Hoooot! That is an 'Instrument of the Sirens!' I have to admit, at first I did not believe you were real... That Instrument, along with the seven others in the set, has the power to wake the Wind Fish! You must collect them all! I was instructed to give you directions... Your next goal is north, in Goponga Swamp!! Hoot, indeed!"

Before heading to Mabe Village, Link went to Sale's House O'Banana. He gave Sale the Canned Food, which he quickly gobbled up, can and all. He then gave Link some Bananas. Link returned to Mabe Village to find that everyone was upset. He heard Madam Meowmeow was at the center of peril, so he went to her. He knew something was wrong when he didn't see Bowwow. When he talked to Madam Meowmeow, he heard the name of an all to familiar problem... "Moblins" Link went to retrieve Bowwow. He went through the forest until he reached the unreachable peace of heart. He jumped the holes at got it with no problem. He then went north. He then went east at the rock barrier until Link found the cave. Near the cave was Owl Statue, on it was this inscription:

"THE WIND FISH IS IN NAME ONLY, FOR IT IS NEITHER."

Link then entered the cave of the Moblins. He got a warm welcome as the moblins charged him. He worked his way to the Moblin King. The Moblin King feared that Link was an assassin sent by Madam Meowmeow to kill him. The Moblin had a Flying Tackle Attack that left him stunned if he missed Link. Link Took advantage of this and destroyed the Moblin King. Another Faerie appeared and she healed Link. He entered the next

room and rescued Bowwow.

After leaving the Moblin Cave, Link heads east to encounter the owl again. The owl speaks to Link with this message:

"Hoot! That is a fearsome looking animal you have there! Do not forget, the next instrument is in Goponga Swamp!"

Link looked on the east side of the swamp to find an entrance only to find all ways blocked by rocks. He went back to the forest and headed for a western entrance to the swamp. To the north of the western exit of the forest was a house. In it, Link found a man by the name of Mr. Write. His hobby of writing letters has been boring for him since he doesn't have a writing friend. Link thought that he could help. Link then went north from the house to a cave. In the cave, Link found two chests. In the one was 20 rupees, the other was unreachable. Maybe later he will be able to move the skull blocking it. Link left the cave and went south. He found a phone booth that was next to Mr. Write's House. To the north of this cave exit was an owl statue. Link read the inscription on it before heading to the phone booth to the south. The inscription stated this:

"MUSIC, THE FISH STIRS IN THE EGG YOU ARE THERE..."

To Link, these words made no sense. When Link entered the phone booth to the south, he called the one person who could help him, Old Man Ulrira. Old Man Ulrira told Link to take Bowwow to Goponga Swamp for a feast. When Link approach the swamp, he read the sign:"DANGER! Keep out! (Except Bowwow)" Link took Bowwow into the swamp an Bowwow ate almost every danger there. Link found a chest in the swamp containing 50 rupees. Link then found the entrance to Bottle Grotto. He left Bowwow outside and entered Bottle Grotto.

When Link entered the Grotto, he noticed the chest in the vases. He couldn't move the vases and headed north. He entered a dark room. He knew what the powder did to lamps and used it on a lamp. To the west was a locked door, but a door had opened to the east. He went east and encountered two stafos. With there defeat, a key appeared. Link used the key on the locked door to his south. In this room was a dead end, but with the defeat of mimic in the room revealed the chest with the compass in it. He then went to the room east of where the first key was. He found a crystal switch. He knew how they worked and made his past the barriers. In the room to the south, he heard the familiar beep. He opened the chest in the room to find a key. He then returned to the first locked door he saw. He went through it into another dark room. When he defeated the bats, a door to the north opened. He went through the door with timing to dodge the blade traps. A chest was in the room, on the other side of a gap. Link defeat the monster guarding the chest and heard the door behind open again. He open the chest to find the map of the Grotto. He looked at it and saw why it had gotten its name. He then returned to where the second key was. In the room east of the location of the second key was a bunch a ledges. He heard the tone of a key in the room. Link jumped the ledges and

found the switch that caused the chest to appear. In the chest was the key. Link then went north with the powder he grabbed. Link found two Mask Mimics waiting for him. Link defeated them and saw a key come down, on the other side of a wall. Link retraced his steps a found a path to the key, and returned to his set path. To spiny shelled creatures rushed Link in the next room. But he defeated them using the same tactics as before. He then went north through a locked door. In the room to the north was a dead end. But Link thought this out, the door might be revealed with a little moving of blocks since that was all he could move. He pushed the blocks onto the diamonds to reveal some stairs. He followed the stairs to a room on the far side of the Grotto. The room he was in was dark but he found a one way door to the north. In the next room was Hinox, a giant, bomb-throwing cyclops. With fancy footwork and quick slashes, Link defeated Hinox and a faerie healed him. Another warp appeared in this dungeon. It lead back to the entrance and the chest. Link went east to a room with a stone slab and a closed off stairs in it. In the north room, were several creatures, including a vacuum mouth and a chest. In the chest was a piece of the stone slab. Link returned to the slab and read the inscription. It stated:

"First, defeat the imprisoned Pols Voice, Last, Stafos..."

Link thought of this as he went north. In the northern most room, he opened a chest with 20 rupees, grab a flying bag of powder and headed west using his last key. The room was dark, but not dark enough that Link didn't see the approaching Boo-Buddies. He lit a lamp and they ran. He chased them out and a chest appeared. In it was a power bracelet. He returned to the entrance to get at that chest. In it was 50 rupees. He then head back to the northern most rooms and went east. In the next room, link saw a chest and heard the beep denoting a key was in the room. He used the switch to get to the chest and found another small key. He continued west to a room with a exit to the south and east. He went south to find a meaning to the slab. He followed its words and a chest appeared with the Nightmare Key in it. He then went through the eastern locked door. Link used the pots to get to the passage to were the Nightmare had its Lair. He even found a faerie that healed him. In the passage, Link came across a stubborn elevator. Link figure some more weight would move the elevator. So he grabbed a vase and continued on. Link went through the nightmare door to find the Genie. The genie taunted Link that it was free from harm in the bottle. So Link broke the bottle when the genie entered it and dodged the genie's shots. Link, after destroying the bottle, defeated the genie. He grabbed the heart container and went west. In the room to the west was the Conch Horn. As he grabbed it, he was transported out of the grotto hearing these words:

"...PRAIRIE...... PRAIRIE... The Prairie is waiting..."

After Link left the Grotto, he decided to do something before returning Bowwow. He went to the cave with the unreachable chest in it. He moved the skull and opened the chest. In the chest, Link found 50 rupees. Link then headed south to the forest. Link headed to were he found the Sleepy Shroom. He entered the tunnel near it and worked his way to the piece of heart in the tunnel. He then found his way to the other side of the

tunnel. He now had 6 heart containers at this time. He went north of the tunnel to the area west of the faerie pond. He thought that the lone rock hid something. He moved it to discover that hid a stairway. In this cave, he found the Mad Batter. He tricked the Batter into giving him more powder. He then left the lair of the Batter to head to the northern cave. He moved the rocks only to see a giant pit with a chest in the one corner. He left and went to the chest in the forest. In the chest was a Secret Seashell. He then return Bowwow to Madam Meowmeow. Link then headed east to Ukuku Praerie. He then went north to search a cemetery he saw. In the cemetery, he found a passage. In the passage under the grave, he found a piece of heart he couldn't reach. On the other side of the tunnel, he was in an area south of a lone grave near the witch's house. In this area, Link noticed a pattern of grass and dug in the area. In it he found a secret seashell. He returned to the Praerie. He searched the praerie, opening cave with bombs and finding 50 rupees in one cave. He found a warp zone. He also found a cave with some strange crystals in it. He also found a Faerie Spring where he could be healed. He then worked his way to a house near the signpost maze. In it was Richard. Richard told Link of his problem and Link offered to get Richard the Golden leafs. He went to Kanalet Castle on this quest for Richard so he could get the Key to the next Dungeon. Near the castle, Link noticed a strange Mansion. It was the legendary Seashell Mansion. Link entered and with his five Seashells, he was awarded a sixth. Outside the Mansion, Link was surprised to hear one of the trees talk. Link then went to the castle gate, and as he expected it was closed. He also noticed an unreachable stairway to the west. He then head east and encountered a monkey. The monkey offered to build a bridge for Link in exchange for the Bananas. Link gave the monkey the Bananas, and a group of monkeys appeared to build the bridge. When they left, Link picked up a stick that was left over. Link then went along the east side of the castle, look for a way in. He found it and entered the castle. He fought many enemies and met up with a mad bomber, who after defeat gave up a golden leaf. He fought a raven for the second before going inside. In the castle, after defeating knights and other beings in one area, a leaf fell from the ceiling. Link also opened the gate, by a switch. On the second floor. Link defeated a knight that was sealed in the wall, to get the fourth leaf. Link had to leave the castle to get to the part of the castle that the last leaf was in. He knew that a Ball and Chain Knight had it. He entered the ante- chamber to find the door wouldn't open without force. Link opened it with a vase and fought the knight to win the final leaf. He knew it was time to leave the castle. But first, he would search the landscape for more shells before heading to Richard's Villa. After Link left the castle, he decided to search the praerie for hidden treasures. To the left of the seashell mansion. Link found a Secret Seashell under a bush east of the Mansion. In the maze-like area near the mansion, Link found another Secret Seashell under a lone rock. He then entered a cave. While examining the walls, Link found a weak spot. He followed the cave to the top of a Plateau. On the Plateau was an Owl Statue inscribed with this message:

"AROUND HERE, SECRETS ARE NIGH"

Link decided to search the are and found a Secret Seashell. He then went back to where Richard's Villa was located. Link decided to check the lake north of Richard's

Villa. He jumped from island to island, till he got to the other side. There he found the next Dungeon. Just north of it, he found a cross in the ground. Link decided to dig there and found a Secret Seashell. He decided to head back to the Mansion. On his way back, he stopped at the Faerie spring to get healed. When he returned to the Mansion, he was awarded with an eleventh Shell for his Ten. He then thought about returning the leaves to Richard. When he did so, Richard showed him the to Pothole Field and the location of the key. Link enter the tunnel only to find it had a fork in it. Link decided to go to his left. It lead to a dead-end with a chest. In that chest was a Secret Seashell. Link took the shell and went up the other fork to exit the cave. The field, Link thought would be a breeze. He learned different when he cut down the bushes to find holes almost every where. He cut down the bushes till he found the path to the lone Owl Statue. On it was these words:

"IN SOIL SLEEPS SECRETS, BENEATH YOUR SOLES..."

With these words, Link dug until he found the Slime Key. He then headed to the keyhole in front of the cave. After opening the cave, he worked his way to and entered Key Cavern.

In side of the Key Cavern, Link noticed a room to the east. In this room, Link saw a chest. A strange object in the room kept Link from reaching it, so he returned to the entrance. Link searched the room for a switch before he decided to throw the last vase at the door. In the next room, Link found some walking bombs and some other creatures. After defeating the creatures, a chest appeared. In it was a key. Link headed north through a door. In the next room was three doors. After he defeated all the monsters in the room, the doors opened. Link opened the chest in room to discover another monster. He then went east to a room with an unaccessible chest. Link headed north until he reached steps. He went down to the second floor. At the bottom of the stairs, Link went through the door to the south. In a room full of convator belts, Link defeated several monsters by sneaking up on the next position and attacking them. He received a key for his efforts. Link then headed west from the stairs to a room with 2 Pairodds. Link used the same tactics to be rewarded another key. Returning to the stairs, Link headed north. Link defeated the two stalfos to receive a key a found a Crystal Switch. Link hit it and went back up the steps. Link opened the chest at the top of the steps to receive 50 rupees. He then returned to the second chest he could not reach. He got to it to find 200 rupees. Link then went back to the second floor and went east. He got to the step and went up to the first floor. At the top of steps, Link was in a room with a lone tile. Monsters appeared and Link defeated them to receive a key. Link continued north. In the next room, Link found a room with a week wall between two torches. Link bombed it to find a room to the east. Link also saw a stairway in the room. Link then headed east to a room with a large hole, too big to jump with the Roc's Feather. Link also saw cracks on the north wall, which he bombed. In the room to the north, Link saw a chest on a ledge, on the other side of a large gap. Link continued north. In the room were three bombs. With one strike they ran for Link so they could explode next to him. Each strike pushed them back until the exploded and the doors opened. He went west. In the chest in the next room was the compass. Link checked the west wall to find a weak point. He bombed it

finding a room with a key. He defeated the monsters and the key appeared. He also found a faerie in the room. Link then returned to the room north of the stairs and heads west. Link continued west and in the next room found a one-way door to the north. Link also received a key after defeating the monsters. In the next room, Link defeated the monsters and a chest appeared. He couldn't reached it until he went north. In the next room, Link found steps to ledge and went south to the chest. In the chest was the map, he returned to the the room with the door to the north. He went north to the room east of the room with the map. In the room was the Dodongo Snakes. Link couldn't hurt these legendary nightmares. He also heard that they eat anything. Link remembered that and gave the Snakes an explosive snack. A warp appeared to the entrance after the snakes were gone. To the east was a chest containing the Pegasus Boots. Link found with a dash attack, he could destroy some strange crystals in the ground. He returned to the warp and went east from the entrance. In the chest in that room was a key. He then went north of the entrance and down the long corridor on the west of the rooms. He then killed the Stalfos in the one room and a chest appeared. It contained a piece of stone slab. In the room with the crystal switch. Link read the slab to discover this Inscription:

"Far away... Do not fear, dash and fly!"

Link went to the holes and jumped them with the new knowledge. He dashed jump the hole to reach the Nightmare Key. Link then circled his way to the stairs he saw. In the passage, Link dash attacked a Mega Thwomp and dash jumped a pit of spike to get to the other side. In the room at the other end of the passage, Link defeated two Pairodds to continue west. To the North was the lair of the Nightmare. He entered the room, but it was empty. A voice taunted him, so he rammed the wall. From the ceiling came Slime Eyes. Link dashed the monster and it split into two eyes. After popping these eyes and getting the heart container, he went north to find the Sea Lily Bell. When he picked it up, he heard these words as he was transported out:

"...WATERFALL... It is hidden in the waterfall..."

After Link left the Key Cavern, he went east so he could climb the stairs to go to an area he found a cave in. He ran into the owl again. It gave Link these words:

"Hoot! How many Instruments have you gotten so far? When you play the Instruments in front of the Egg, the Wind Fish will wake and you will leave this island. Now, you must hasten to the Yarna Desert! The dark, monstrous inhabitants of the sand will show you the way! Hoot Hoot!"

Link then went to the cave and broke the strange crystals. Link found a weak wall in the cave. After bombing it, Link found a piece of heart. He also found a chest containing 50 rupees. Link then remembered that Yarna Desert was near Animal Village. Link headed for Animal Village. On his way, he met Tarin next to a tree with a bee's honeycomb in it. Tarin asked Link for the stick so he could get the honey. Link gave Tarin the stick. As Tarin bumped the hive. The bees came out, very angry and attacked

Tarin. As Tarin ran, the honeycomb fell and Link took it. Maybe he could find someone else who would want it. Tarin might not want it after this. Link searched the praerie and found a tunnel south of Kanalet castle that took him to the side of the bay where Animal Village was. When Link entered he talked to everybody. Everybody missed Marin. Link met Sale's brother and learned that his sculpture of Martha was missing something. Link also learned some manners from Ms. Goat, but where can he get a flower. Link also learned of the dream shrine and the lazy walrus that sleeps near the entrance of Yarna Desert. He last visited Chef Bear. He gave Chef Bear the Honey for a Pineapple, now who would want a pineapple. He also found out that Marin could wake the Walrus.

Link decided that before searching for Marin, he would search the area near Animal Village. Just south of the village, Link saw another Warp Tile or Warp Zone. Link continued exploring the area. He found the annoying, fat walrus. It was dreaming about Marin. Link headed north to find a blocked Cave entrance outside of the Village. He bombed it open to search the cave. He bombed a wall in the cave to find another path. Link bombed a rock so he could get to a Piece of Heart later on that he saw in the cave. Link decided to search the area west of the village. Link was only able to go an island via bridge. On the island was an owl statue. He read the statue to discover these words:

"SECRETS ARE LIKE WATER WHEN IT COMES TO BRIDGES"

Link figured there was something under the bridge, but he couldn't swim without flippers. He dug around the island and discovered a secret seashell. Link then headed for the Warp Zone. Link stepped on to it and fell into a hole. Then, like he was shot out of it, he soared into the air. He came down light as a feather near the tile in Ukuku Praerie. Link decide to dash some trees. From one near the tile he arrived at, he found a faerie that healed him. He then traveled south of the entrance to Mabe Village to a Phone Booth. He dashed the tree right near it to find a secret seashell. Once he entered the village, Link talk to some people in town to find Marin had left the village. In her house, she left a note. It read "At the beach... Marin" Link decided to head down to the beach. On his way, he went to a lone tree by the Tail Cave. He dash attacked it to find another Secret Seashell. Then he searched the beach to find Marin at a lone area. He started to talk to her. She then talked to him as they watched the ocean. He words are as follows:

"Oh, Link, I'm glad you found this place. Will you stay and talk to me for a while?" "I wonder where these coconut trees come from? ...Tarin says there is nothing beyond the sea, but I believe there must be something over there... When I discovered you, Link, my heart skipped a beat! I thought, this person has come to give us a message..." "...... If I was a sea gull, I would fly as far as I could! I would fly to far away places and sing for many people! ...If I wish to the Wind Fish, I wonder if my dream will come true...... " "Hey! Are you listening? Link, are you listening to me?" "I want to know everything about you...Err...Uhh, Ha ha ha ha!"

"Hunh? The walrus wants me to go to him? It doesn't matter, I will go with you to him..."

Link decided not to take Marin to Warp Tile. He first moved some rocks to open a chest containing 50 rupees. Link and Marin then made there ways to a passage in the ground, on the other side of a large gap. Inside, they found deep water. They continued north to find a lone bush near the statue of Martha. Under it was a Secret Seashell. We headed through a cave to the rock maze near the bay. We then went through the tunnel to the village. We continued to the Walrus. Marin sang her song and the walrus jumped out of way. Marin then went to Animal Village to sing. Link headed back to the Warp Tile and entered Mabe Village. In the shop, Link bought a bow an arrow set for 980 rupees. Link then headed for the Dream Shrine. Once inside, Link got into the bed. Once he fell asleep, he was in another temple. He worked his way around the temple to reach two chests. In the first was 100 rupees, and in the second was the Ocarina. Link tried to play the only song he knew from a long time ago. He knew that he learned the words, but never the tune so his "Lumberjack Tune" didn't fit the song. Then it hit him, "Go to Marin, maybe she will teach you her song." Link went back to the Warp Tile and return to Animal Village. Link showed Marin the Ocarina and she taught Link the Ballad of the Wind Fish. Surprised at how well he could play that tone, he decided to test it at the entrance of the desert. When he played the there, the walrus appeared, looking for Marin. Link then entered the desert. Link did some searching and found a path on the east side of the desert. It led to a lone area. Under one of the rocks in the area was a secret Seashell. Link also threw powder on a lone skeleton and it told him to use a bomb under the swallowing sands. Link then found an owl statue with these words on it:

"SEA BEARS FOAM, SLEEP BEARS DREAMS, BOTH END IN THE SAME WAY CRASSSH!"

One word entered Link's mind. This statue was telling him to wake the Wind Fish. He then entered the area of the swallowing sand. Waiting for him was a Lanmola. Link slashed at its head while avoiding being sucked into the sand. After defeating the Lanmola, a key appeared and got swallowed by the sand. Link followed it and got the Angler Key. He then bombed the north wall. In the northern chamber, he found a piece of heart. Link then exited the cave.

Link decided to leave the desert. On his way out, he ran into the Owl again. The owl told Link these words:

"Hoot! The shape of the key shows a fish, swimming up a cascade of water! Go now to the mountain waterfall! A leap from the top and you will reach your goal!"

Link decided to head to the mountains. But the only way he knew was near the Bottle Grotto. He worked his way there to go pass Mount Tamaranch. In the area east of the Mount, Link found a Warp Tile and the Angler Keyhole. When Link put the key in the key hole, the waterfall stopped flowing and the cave was revealed. He then climbed to

the Tal Tal Heights. Link went through a tunnel to find some chests in the tunnels. Link left through on exit to find a chest with 50 rupees. Link reentered the tunnel. He had sensed a piece of heart in the cave, but couldn't find it. Link also saw an unreachable chest in the cave. He left the cave and walked around. Link saw Papahl on one of the cliff. Papahl was waving to Link. Link found a tunnel that took him to Papahl. In the tunnel was a chest. When Link opened it a monster popped out. When Link got to Papahl, Papahl told him that he was famished. Out of kindness, Link gave the Pineapple to Papahl. After Papahl devoured it, Papahl gave Link a Hibiscus. Link thought that Ms. Goat would love this flower. Link went back to the lower tunnel and went through the shallow water to where the waterfall was. At that point, Link took a leap of faith. Link arrived at the entrance to the Angler's Tunnel. Link decided to enter the cave.

Once inside, Link headed north and up onto a ledge. He walked along the ledge and to the north, he found a chest. In this chest was a map. Link then headed south to some steps near a cross shaped pit. Link dash jumped over the pit and continued east. Link bombed a brick and pushed another to get at a chest. In that chest was a key. Link continued north and saw another chest. He bombed the block in front of it and opened the chest to find a key in it. Link returned to the room north of the entrance. From there, Link east on the ledge and opened a chest which contained a piece of a stone slab. Link finally left the edge North of the entrance an went east. In the chest in that room, Link found compass. He went south then to find that a key was in the room. He opened the chest in the center of the room to find the key. He went back to the room with the compass and went east through a locked door. He continued north through another locked door. In the next room was an unreachable chest. He then came to the cross shaped pit. He jumped it and went north. He saw some stair but decided to head west. In the next room, Link heard the tone of a key, but when he defeated the monsters, the key fell into a pit, with a splash. Link went south to find the stone slab. On the slab were these words:

"The glint of the tile will be your guide..."

"What did that mean?" thought Link. Link continued south to find a key he need to open a door he found to the north. When he couldn't go south, he started to circle the cave, until to the east of a room with five tiles he heard the tone. On the way he found a chest containing a monster, but the chest in this room had a key in it. Link returned to the door and opened it. In the next room was Cue Ball. Link thought this monster was invulnerable, until he hit its back. Link took several more swing at Cue Ball's back until, it disappear. A faerie appeared and healed Link and Link continued north. In the next room were bricks, four of which tried to seal the room. Link saw a pullswitch in the room and pulled it to max length. He then ran for the west door. In the next room were flippers. Link could now swim in deep waters. To the south was a room with 5 tiles, like Link saw before, but there was light on these. The words made sense. Link followed the light and opened a door. He then went to the other set of tiles and repeated the process, revealing a stairway. Link worked his way by the Thwomps, even used one as a jump point until he reached a ledge. In a chest on this ledge was the nightmare Key. On his way to the stairs

he spotted earlier, he found 50 rupees in a chest. He also saw another stairway, blocked by a keystone. Link then went in the passage. In the passage, Link found a pool with a key in it. Link then returned to the unreachable chest. In it was 50 rupees, Link also found a faerie that healed him. Link went to a closed door with a floor switch in front of it. In pushed it and went to the stairs he saw earlier. He saw through the passage to reach the Nightmares Lair. Link enter the Lair only to find a stairway. Link went down it into a big pool of water. Waiting for him was The Angler Fish. Link thought if the fish didn't see him, he could defeat it. Link slashed at the light on the tentacle. After hitting it enough times, the fish explode and Link grabbed a heart container. After leaving the water, Link went north to find the Surf Harp. He grabbed it and the Music played. With it, he heard these words as he was transported out:

"...BAY... Your road goes into the bay..."

Link heads west from the Angler's Tunnel to a cave he spied earlier. In the cave, Link found a giant fish. The fish's name wad Manbo, child of the Sun Fish. He asked Link if he had a Ocarina. When Link said yes, Manbo taught Link "Manbo's Mambo". It was a mystical song of Transportation. Link left the cave and entered a tunnel near the Angler's Tunnel. As Link went thru this cave, he came out east of the Warp Tile. To the east Link saw a cave in the water. Link jumped in the water and swam to it. In the cave was a Piece of Heart under water. Link then went to the moat around the castle. He swam through it until he found another Piece of Heart. Along the way, Link noticed a ghost following him. It said, "... the house...... take me...... the house...... at the bay..." Link had passed this house earlier with Marin. Link decided to help the ghost, but he was feeling lonely and decide to do some exploring with the ghost at his side. He returned to the cave in the bushes and traveled through it. It was a tunnel to a hidden grove. He went west to another cave. In the cave was the Mad Batter, which this time gave Link more Bombs. Link then went to the lone Island and found a seashell under the bush on it. He then took the ghost to the house. In the house the ghost said these words:

"...Nostalgia...... unchanged...... boo hoo...... Enough...... cemetery...... take me...... my grave..."

Link figured that the grave was that lone grave near the Witch's House. Link thought about the distance and decided to play "Manbo's Mambo". He arrived near the house of someone called Crazy Tracy. He thought about going back there. He went east and south to the cemetery. He worked his way thru it until he reached the witch's place. It took some walking until we reached the Ghost's Grave. The ghost then told Link this:

"...Thank you...... a jar...... in my home...... look inside.. ...bye...bye..."

The owl then appear and said:

"Hoot! It has been some time since our paths crossed, lad. You must dive into waters of Martha's Bay to enter the Catfish's Maw... The closer you get to the Wind Fish,

the more restless he sleeps. Carry onward! Hoot!"

Link decided to go to Tracy's first. She gave him some special potion for 28 rupees. Link then went to the Warp Tile in Ukuku Praerie and warped to Animal Village. He then gave the Hibiscus to Ms. Goat. Link received a letter, which he took to Mr. Write. When Link reached Mr. Write's house and gave Mr. Write the letter, Mr. Write was so happy. He even showed Link a picture in the letter, but instead of it being of Ms. Goat, it looked like Princess Toadstool, a name from another kingdom. Mr. Write gave Link a broom. Link started to wonder how Grandma Ulrira's broom was doing. Maybe she need a new one. He ran to Mabe Village. He found Grandma Ulrira upset. He gave her the broom and she gave him a hook. Link headed for the beach and bombed a cave he saw earlier. It was empty. Link wondered if he wasted a bomb. Maybe something would appear later. Link returned to the house to find a Secret Seashell under one of the vases. Link then dived into Martha's Bay. While swimming, Link encountered Martha, she was looking for her necklace. Link saw, in the center of the bay, was the Catfish Maw. He continued swimming until he went under a bridge. There he met the fisherman. Link gave the fisherman the hook and the fisherman gave Link his next catch. Luck would have, the next catch was the lost necklace of Martha. Link had a feeling he was missing something near the Key Cavern. He went to the lone island with the bush near the Key Cavern. He cut it from the north to make sure the item didn't fall in the water. He found Secret Seashell. Link then Warp to Animal Village. From there he went to the bay and went to Martha. Martha allowed Link to take a scale from her tail once Link return the Necklace. Link then dived into a passage in the rocks around the Catfish's Maw to reach the dungeon itself. Once there, Link enter the dungeon.

Upon entering the Catfish's Maw, the only direction Link could go was west. He past a chest he couldn't reach and fought his way west until he reached a room with a stairs and a chest in it. In the chest was the compass. Link then went through a passage, jumping quickly, and came out in a room with crystals and stalfos. At the defeat of all the stalfos, Link move the blocks to form a square. A key appeared and Link went back through the tunnel. Link then went to a locked door he saw earlier. He went north and then fought his way west. In the room with two iron masks and a sparks, Link found a chest with a map. Link then went back east until he could only go north or south. He went north until he reached a room with a skull on the floor and a block in the corner. This was when he ran into the Master Stalfos. Link remembered the enemy in his quest to defeat Ganon and used a slash and bomb technique. After about 3 attacks and the Master Stalfos leaves. Link head east to find a chest. But when Link opened the chest he found this note:

"I've got what was inside this box. Come and get it, if you can! -Master Stalfos"

Link saw a stairway, but decided to pass it by. He went north and worked his way around to the button in the next room. He then went east. In that room to the east of the cross room, he encounter the Master Stalfos again. He used the safe tactics and was

successful again as the Master Stalfos ran. Link then headed north. In the next room, he head east and located a key in the room. But the key was unreachable. Link continued on a zig-zagged pattern and ran into the Master Stalfos in the next to last room of the chain. After defeating the Master Stalfos, Link found a chest containing a fragment of the stone slab. Link returned to the stairs west from the entrance and pass through the passage again. In the room west of the stalfos was the Master Stalfos. Link and the Master Stalfos fought a final battle until Link won. For his victory, Link won the Hookshot. Link then went to get some of the chests he couldn't reach. He also found he could remove the Iron-Mask s masks. In one chest near the entrance, Link found 200 rupees. Link then went to the next stairs he saw. Link went through that passage to appear in a room with to lamps in it. Link went east to find a stone slab with these words:

"Dive under where torchlight beams do cross..."

Link saw this area north of the room to the west of the cross room. Link went to the water and dived in. He went through an underwater passage to a room with a type of key in it. Link the Hook Shot to get to a bridge to walk across. In the chest that Link could then reach was the Nightmare Key. Link returned to the cross room and went north to the rooms with the chest in them. In the first chest Link reached was 50 rupees. Link went east to reach the chest with the key in it. Link then went to the chest north of the first chest to find 50 more rupees. Link then went to the room east of were Link found the map. Link went north to the next room. From that room, Link worked his way west using the Hook Shot to cross difficult gaps. In the western most room, Link found a key. Link the went east to the room two rooms away. He used the Hook Shot to get the bridge and cross it. Link saw a stairs in the next room, but he had to go west to pass the barrier. In the room to the west, Link found the Gohmas. These two spider-like beings had huge mouths. Link decided to give them an arrow snack. Link noticed that if they shook, they were going to charge him. After defeating the Gohmas, Link went to the stairs. Link went through the passage to the room east of the Nightmare's entrance. Link used the Hook Shot to cross the gap and enter the Nightmare's Lair. Link encountered Slime Eel. The Eel stayed in the walls and attacked Link. Link need to pull the eel out and thought. He tried to fish the eel out with his Hook Shot. When he pulled the eel out, sometimes it went back in, and Link found it was real. When it stayed out, he knew it was fake. He eventually defeat the real Slime Eel. It said these dying words:

"TSSSK, TSSSK! You don't ssseem to know what kind of island thisss iss... KEEE-HEEE-HEEE! What a fool... KEEE-HEEE-HEEE!"

With that, Link got the Heart Container and went north to get the Wind Marimba. Link was transported out hear the music and these words:

"...SHRINE... An island secret in the shrine,,,"

After Link left the Catfish's Maw, Link decided to check out some areas he could not reach. He first went to the cave in the Mysterious Forest. In the chest that he reached

with the Hook Shot, he found 50 rupees. He then went to Crazy Tracy and bought a new potion for 42 rupees. It was the same potion but for a different price. He then went to the tunnel in the cemetery. He used the Hook Shot to reach the Piece of Heart that he had seen earlier. After obtaining the Piece of Heart, Link headed south to the signpost maze. He used items he had as well as common sense to navigate through the maze. He went from sign to sign in straight lines. He followed the signs in this order: South, East, South, West, North, East, South, East, North, West, South, West, South, West. At the last sign, a cave appeared just east of the sign. Link entered the cave to meet Mamu. Mamu offered Link to sing his new song of soul for what he felt was a reasonable of 300 rupees. Link paid the money and learned the song. He then went north to the Warp Tile to go to Animal Village. Link then entered the cave near the village. Link entered the cave and use the Hook Shot to cross a large pit near the Piece of Heart. After he grabbed it, he left Animal Village and searched Martha's Bay for the statue of Martha. When he reached near the Bay's entrance, he found the statue. He had to use Hook Shot to reach it. He noticed that the statue was missing a scale. He replaced the scale with the one he got from Martha. The statue moved aside to reveal a cave. In a chamber North of the stairs was the Magnifying Lens. As Link left with the Lens, He saw many monsters near the stairs. He then left the cave, after defeating the monsters, and use the Warp Tile to head to Tal Tal Heights. At the Warp Tile in Tal Tal Heights, Link went east and used the Hook Shot to reach the Island that held Rapid's Ride. He paid 100 rupees to ride the Rapid to discover a chest containing 20 rupees, another chest containing 20 rupees, some flying items, and an owl statue with these words:

"NOW YOU NEED LOOK FAR FOR A SECRET..."

He also saw a chest on an unreachable island with a cave on it. He traveled the rapid ride again by entering a tunnel at the bottom that took him to the top. He paid another 100 rupees to search the rest of the ride. At the end of the Rapids, Link went west to find a blocked cave. In it was a faerie fountain, where Link decided to get healed. Just south of the fountain, Link ran into the owl again. It said these words:

"Hoot! There are two shrines, one to the north, the other to the south. First head south, where ancient ruins speak of the Wind Fish... You will learn much there..."

Link head for the passage to the south shrine. Near that passage was a tree with an owl statue. On the statue were these words:

"THE WIND FISH SLUMBERS LONG... THE HERO'S LIFE GONE..."

In this tree near the passage, Link found a faerie. Link caught it and headed to south shrine. In the area of the south shrine were several armos statues that came to life with a touch. In one area was two sets of four statues, under the southeast statue of the western set was a cave. A chest in that cave held a Secret Seashell. Link then went west to the southern shrine and entered it. In the shrine, Link could only go north. In the next room, Link encounter the Armos Knight. Link would not attack this thing close up, so he

used his bow. 5 arrows destroyed the shield, 5 more destroyed the helmet, and the last 5 destroyed the knight. When the knight disappeared a key appeared and Link took it. It was the key to the shrine. Link continued north to find an engraving on the wall. He lit some lamps to read it. On it were these words:

"TO THE FINDER... THE ISLE OF KOHOLINT, IS BUT AN ILLUSION... HUMAN, MONSTER, SEA, SKY... A SCENE ON THE LID OF A SLEEPER'S EYE... AWAKE THE DREAMER, AND KOHOLINT WILL VANISH MUCH LIKE A BUBBLE ON A NEEDLE... CASTAWAY, YOU SHOULD KNOW THE TRUTH!"

Link could hardly belief this, as he left the south shrine. The owl appear to him and said this:

"Hoot! I see you have read the relief... While it does say the island is but a dream of the Wind Fish, no one is really sure,,, Just as you cannot know if a chest holds treasure until you open it, so you cannot tell if this a dream until you awaken... The only one who knows for sure is the Wind Fish,,, Trust you feelings... Someday you will know for sure..." Link the returned to the north shrine. Link then headed for the island with the two armos statues on it. Under one was a tunnel, which Link entered and used the Hook Shot to cross a hole in it. It came out at the location of the north shrine. Link found the Keyhole of the Shrine and put the key in it, revealing the shrine. Link then entered the Face Shrine.

As Link entered the Face Shrine, he headed west. In the next room, Link encountered the Wizzrobes. Link found that he could stun them with the Hook Shot. He then Bombed them out of existence. Link went north through the left door and continued to a room with a crystal switch in it as well as a mask-mimic. Link bombed the crystal switch and continued north before the explosion. In the next room, Link moved some vases so he could find a switch that would allow him to head west. In the next room, he saw switch on the other side of a barrier. He also encountered Wizzrobe. After defeating them, a chest appear containing the map. Link then continued north. In the next room, Link went east. In the room Link entered, he saw a chest and some stairs he couldn't reach. In the chest was a piece of stone slab. All Link had to do was find the Stone Slab. Link went west and threw a vase at the door and headed north. Link then continued east to a room with a chest and access to a ledge. Link open the chest to find the compass. Link then went on the ledge and followed it to a room with crystal switch barriers. He hit a crystal he saw earlier on the ledge and went back to the room. He defeat the monsters in the room to receive a key. Link then returned to the room west of the stairs to this ledge. He continued south until he returned to the room east of where he found the map. He hit the switch enough time to reach the stairs to the ledge in that room. He followed it to a stone slab. On the slab were these words:

"Enter the space where the eyes have walls..."

Link looked at the map and thought of the eyes of the map. It had looked like a face. He went to the bottom of the steps to the ledge and bombed the wall, finding the

entrance to the room. Link lit the lamps in the room and fought the monsters to find stairway. Link traveled the tunnel carefully, but double backed to find a crystal switch barrier. He returned to the one switch that he bombed and bombed it again. He returned to the barrier to find it was gone. After defeating the monsters in the room, Link went north. In that room was a chest contain the Level 2 Power Bracelet. Link could now lift the statues in the dungeon. Under a vase in the room was a faerie. Link moved the statue and threw it so he could go through the door. On the other side was the switch he had bombed. He worked his was to the room west of the compass. He threw the statues at the door and went north. In the room was a chest with 100 rupees and a door to the outside. He went outside to discover he was on the island in the rapid's ride. In the chest on the island was a secret seashell. Link reenter the Face Shrine and jumped to the crystal switch in the room. He threw the horse heads in the room to open the door in the room. The door opened when both horse heads stood up. Link then continued to the switch he had bombed. Link picked up the statue and threw it at the door in the room. He entered it and headed towards the entrance. Along the way, Link found two chests, in one was 100 rupees, in the other was 50 rupees. Link then headed for the entrance and continued east. Link entered a room with nothing in it. Then tiles rose from the floor and attacked him. He deflected the attack with his shield until the door opened. Link continued north to the next room. He used the key he found earlier to head north. In this room, Link remembered the stone slab and bombed the north wall. He continued north to meet Smasher. Link found out that Smasher was an expert and pitching. Link dodged the ball and threw it back to Smasher. The ray-like creature, while being a great pitcher, stunk at catching. Link repeated the process until he defeated Smasher. A faerie healed him and a warp to the entrance appear. Link continued north to the next room. Under one of the statues, Link found a passage. He followed to a room with another tile attack. After surviving it, a key appeared and Link got it to continued north. Link then headed east, by throwing statues and horse heads to reach the stairs he saw earlier. He enter the passage and dashed under the thwomps to arrive at a room with 3 Pol's Voice in it. Link remembered that they had big ears and played the 'Ballad of the Wind Fish'. The trembled and exploded and Link headed north. He worked his way thru a twisting passage and continued north through a door. In the northern-most room, Link found a chest which contained 200 rupees. Link repeated the horse head trick and went south to a room with his least favorite guardians, what he decided to term these minor boss creatures, The Dodongo Snakes. Link repeated the bomb snack and went west with the demise. He entered the water first when he saw the key stone. He went north to find a chest containing a key and returned south till he found stairs out of the water. He figured he would have to work his way back to the ledge he fell of. He continued south to encounter four Wizzrobes and to see a chest on a ledge. He bombed them and continued south to find a way to the ledge. When he entered the room, he found a crystal switch barrier in the way. He decide to go north and continue west. He came out 3 room south of the passage north of where Smasher was. Link retraced his steps to the ledge with the keystone on it, using Hook Shot to reach it. He went north to find a chest. When Link threw a vase at it, it opened to reveal the Nightmare Key. Link then hit the crystal switch and continued to the room south of the four Wizzrobes. Link noticed that three crystal barriers where up in a strange pattern. Link jumped on top on the set of two and jumped

to the one in front of the stairs and climbed the stairs. Avoid the blade trap, Link walked on the ledge to the chest to discover 50 rupees. Link then worked his way to the room of the second tile attack and went south. In the next room, Link defeated all the monsters and headed east. He then worked his way north to the Nightmare's Door. In the room of the door, He lights the lamps and the sparks turn into Faeries. He goes north in the Lair to what seems an empty room. Then a face appears to float in the room. It starts to mention its weak spot, but Link has already figured it out. After a tile and vase attack, Link places Bombs under the face. Facade, this phantasm of a face, is defeated and utters these last words:

"Okay, listen up! If the Wind Fish wakes up, everything on this island will be gone forever! And I do mean... EVERYTHING!"

With this, Facade disappears and a Heart container appears. Link grabs it and heads north. In the next room, Link grabs the Coral Triangle. It plays out a tune as it teleport Link out of the cave. While it plays, these words are heard.

"...MOUNTAIN... Something calls ...from the mountains..."

Link then goes to jump in the water to encounter the owl south of the entrance of the shrine. The owl tells Link this:

"Hoot! The many monsters of this island fear that the Wind Fish is about to awaken! The monsters' power is real! They may conquer the island and destroy their foes! That day may come soon! Now, go to the mountain tower! Fly like a bird! Hoot! Hoot!."

Link decided to find a bird that would allow him to fly. He remembered the statue in Mabe Village. He decided to go their by way of the beach. He worked his way to cave on Toronbo Shores. In it was someone who offered Link a Boomerang. Link traded it for his shovel. Link then went to Mabe Village. He first entered the Library to find out the secret of the egg in the one book. He then went to the statue and pushed to discover a cave. In it was the remains of the rooster. He played the song of soul and the rooster came to life. When Link picked it up, Link found he was flying. Link then left the cave and went to the outside of Kanalet Castle. He flew to the cave he couldn't reach and entered it to find a secret seashell. Link then went north to the mountains. He was about to enter the pass to the mountain when he encountered the owl. It gave him these words:

"The going is much more trying from this point! You have only two more tasks to accomplish! The first is in the east part of the mountains, the second in the west. Go! The Wind Fish grows restless!"

After the owl left, Link traveled through the cave of to reach the eastern half of Tal Tal Mountains like he did earlier. Link decided to get to the chest he saw in that cave earlier. In it Link found 50 rupees. After Leaving the cave, Link walked east through the

water to some stairs in the cliff face past where the waterfall had flowed. Link worked his way to a small building on top of the mountains. In it, Link meet a chicken keeper. He was in awe that the rooster Link had was flying. Link then headed east to cross the bridge. It led to a dead end plateau, but on the way, Link found a Secret Seashell under a rock. Link then returned to the where the Chicken Coop was and entered a cave under it. In the cave, Link found a room with a lot of holes in it. He went north by moving rocks and using the Hook Shot and came to a room with an enormous hole in it. Link grabbed the Rooster and flew over and headed to the west. In the room that Link entered, Link found the Bird Key. Link left the cave and returned to the water to continue to areas farther east. He entered a cave. In the cave, Link found a patch of land on the water. He bombed the wall to find a room with a stairway in it. The stairs lead to a second level with a room containing 5 chests in it. In each chest was 20 rupees. Link then left the cave to come out on a plateau. On this plateau was a chest Link saw as he entered the cave. In the chest was a secret Seashell. Link then went to the cave and travel thru it to arrive on the other side of the plateau. Link continued east and climbed some steps to reach the next cave. Link went through the cave to come out on a ledge. Link went west and entered another cave. In this cave, Link walked over to some stairs and went down. On the lower level, Link climbed on a ledge and walked around it. He then used the Hook Shot to reach the other ledge and left. Link then bombed a closed cave and entered to find a Faerie Fountain. Link got healed there and continued to a cave to the north. He traveled through it and came out of a building on top of the ledge. To the west of this building was Eagle Tower. Link figured it had to be Eagle Tower with the giant Eagle on top of it. Link moved some rocks and put the key in the Key hole and entered Eagle Tower.

On the first floor of the Tower, Link noticed a ledge circling the floor. Link thought that the ledges might contain something. Link went east to the corner of the floor. Link defeat two creatures in the corner room to find a key. He went north to a room with a stairway in it. Link climbed the stairs to head to the second floor. Link saw a chest surrounded by crystal blocks in the room. Link decided to go north from their. Link found a sphere in the room as well as a stone plaque. Link grabbed the sphere and pulled the lever to go to the western room. Link threw the sphere at an enemy in the room and hit the pillar. The pillar collapsed and missed the enemy. After this Link went north to a room with two Horseheads in it. Link threw the horse heads to find a chest with map in it. Link then made his way south to a room with another pillar in it. Link got the sphere again and threw it at the pillar. After that pillar fell, Link went south and hit a crystal switch and head north until he could go west, He entered a room with another pillar. He threw the sphere near the pillar and went back to a room he went thru. In it were the Three-of-a-kinds. He defeated them to find a chest with the compass. Link went down stairs and worked his way south to some stairs. He went up the stairs and went east. He entered the room and bombed the walls. He then went to south and encountered Hinox. After defeating Hinox, Link got a key and headed east until he reached keystone. He then climbed the steps and traveled to the chest he saw earlier. He jumped down to it to find the Mirror Shield. Link returned to the room north of Hinox and went north, He waited for the attack to stop and headed east. He threw the sphere at the pillar and then dropped

the sphere down the hole. Link went after it, but couldn't find it. Link opened a chest that contained part of the stone slab earlier. The chest was near the stairs he climbed earlier. Link worked his way up to the sphere room again. On the slab, Link read these words:

"The riddle is solved when the pillars fall!"

Link figured out the riddle, it meant the pillars must fall all four of them. Link worked the sphere to the last room, by throwing it over low barriers. Link, while getting the sphere to the target room, jumped to the ledges, without the sphere to find in the chests containing a key and a secret seashell, Before Link reached the final pillar, he found a chest with 20 rupees just south of the pillar. With the fall of the last pillar, the tower floors changed, Link then made his way to the top floor. On the top floor, Link worked his way to the eastern edge. In the first room of the eastern side, he encountered the Grim Creeper. After killing all 6 of the creeper's bats the creeper ran away. Link then went north to the next room. Moving two blocks together revealed the chest containing the nightmare key. Link looker around the floor and in a room with two horseheads and a laser on a moving floor, Link found a chest containing 100 rupees. As Link made his way to the nightmare's lair, Link went outside to find grim creeper riding the Evil Eagle. Link hit the buzzard in the beak and stayed on the tower. After defeating the eagle, Grim Creeper said this:

"My energy... gone..I...lost! But you will be lost too, if the Wind Fish wakes! Same as me...you...are...in...his...dream..."

After this Link got a heart container and retrieved the Organ of Evening Calm. As it played the music and teleported Link outside, Link heard these words:

"...OCARINA... The music of the Ocarina leads..."

As Link left, he looked for the Rooster. He headed for the coop to find the chicken keeper had it. Link headed west from the coop to cross the bridges. On one, Link found Marin stranded, he got her off and she thanked him. After she left the owl appeared and told link this:

"Hoot! That girl sang her song in front of the Egg! Her 'Ballad of the Wind Fish' is a song of awakening! Did she actually intend to wake the Wind Fish?! The next Sirens' Instrument is in the west. Play your melodies so unliving stones might hear! Show your courage! The Wind Fish waits for you! Hoot!"

Link went west to a cave under a bush. He bombed a wall just as he went in to get the piece of heart he sensed earlier. He worked his way through the cave to find across a chasm was the exit to the western mountains. Dodging boulders he climbed the mountain. On top of one peak, Link found a chest with 50 rupees and under a rock he found the final Mad Batter's Lair. After getting more arrows, Link continued west. Link jumped down to find a cave. After he entered it with a bomb, he walk toward the Flame Fountain.

Using his shield, he passed it. He left the cave via stairs and went west to Turtle Rock. After using the song of soul to wake it, Link defeat the turtle's head and entered Turtle Rock.

Upon entering Turtle Rock, Link went north to a room with a winged demon in it. Link defeated the demon and went west. Link entered a room with three little snakes in it. Link defeated them and went north. Link met up with the Hinox again. Link defeated Hinox and headed west. He found a room with a large hole in it. Link pushed on the block with a glowing orb on it and filled the gap. As the hole closed up, a chest containing 20 rupees appeared. Link then went south to check the rooms in this area. In the first room he encountered, Link found a chest containing 50 rupees. Link then west to the next room and encountered Rolling Bones. After defeating Rolling Bones, Link went south to find a room with a chest. In the chest was a compass. Link then went to the room north of the lair of Rolling Bones. Link defeated the creatures in the room and found a key. Link then headed back to the room north of the entrance and went east. He continued east form the next room by pushing a hidden button under a vase to open a door, east until he found a chest containing a monster and a pit that was too large to pass. Link returned west to a room with a door to the south. He went south to a room with some monsters in it. He defeated the mimics to find a stairway. He went through the passage to come out in a room with a stone slab in it. Link moved a vase to push a button and went south from this room to encounter Smasher. After defeating this little pain, he went south to find a chest with a piece of the stone slab. He return to the slab to read these words:

"Fill all the holes with the rock that rolls, this (+) is the key!"

Link the went to the room west of Smasher. Link came out at the pit he saw earlier. He pushed the rock and filled in the gap to received a key. Link also bombed the wall to find a weak point. Link then returned to the room with fragment and followed the stairs to a passage. He came up in a room near the entrance and bombed the wall. He went south to find a chest that contained a map. Link then jumped the lava and went east near the southern wall. Link made a path over a lava pit to an area between to blocks to the north. He pushed the right one and went north to a key block. After getting by it, he went east. He continued east until he had to go north, In the room north of a stairway. Link noticed an arrow on the floor. He bombed the wall it was pointing at and went in that direction. He stopped when he hit a keystone. He then went back to the arrow room and went north to a room with weak floors. He defeated the monsters and got a key. He headed west to meet the Dodongo Snakes. Link saw a ledge in the room and thought about tossing the bombs from there. He ran west to find a room with the Nightmare's entrance on a island with a stairway on it. Link continued west to a room with a demon in it. Link defeated the demon and went south to a room with a statue in it. He shoot the statue with an arrow to get a key. He then went west to a room with chest. In the chest was a key. Link then got on the ledge and went south to a dark room. He saw he could not reach the lamps and went back to the room with the statue and went south to grab some items. He then went north to were the demon was and went through a door to the

outside.

On a ledge near the door Link came out was a Piece of Heart. He grabbed and got another heart of life. He went east and found a warp tile. He took it until he was in the Ukuku Praerie and went to the seashell mansion. There he got the Level 2 Sword, which when his hearts were full, shot an energy blast. He then returned to the warp tile at turtle rock. He went east and enter Turtle Rock right above the Snakes. He gave them a bomb snake and when they were gone he got a key. He then went west and north. To the north he saw a chest on a ledge. He hookshot to it an found 20 rupees. He followed the passage to the north to a stairway. Through a tunnel, Link came out in the room with the one way door. Link went west to the room north of where the huge pit. In that room was a crystal switch. Link hit and went to the arrow room. He went followed the path and doubled back to reach a ledge with a stairway on it. He entered it and came out near a chest. He went south to fight Blaino. He fought the bird by getting under him and dodging punches. He then went north to find the magic rod in the chest. Link then headed for the dark room he found earlier. On the map, Link saw it was north of the first chest he found. He used the magic rod to light the lamps and a chest appeared. In the chest, Link found a key. Link then went to the lava pit and made a path to the stairs on the ledge. He traveled through the passage, melting ice. To come out in the northwestern part of the dungeon. In the room west of were he came out was Cue Ball. He defeated Cue Ball as he did before and went north, He filled in the hole in this room and got the Nightmare's Key. Link went back to the room with the steps and went to a ledge that lead to the room to the east. He used the Hook Shot to reach a chest that contained 50 rupees. Link then headed to the room between the crystal switch and the lava pit. He climbed the stairs and used carefully the fire rod to reach the Nightmare's Lair. In the lair, Link met Hot Head. Link couldn't reach Hot Head because of the lava. Link decided to try the rod. It was useful in beating Hot Head. As Link beat Hot Head, the Nightmare said this:

"C-C-CRACKLE! Why did you come here? If it weren't for you, nothing would have to change! You cannot wake the Wind Fish! Remember, you... too... are in...... the dream..."

With this Link got the last heart container and went north to get the Thunder Drum. Link was transported out and heard these words with the music:

"...EGG.... The Egg on the mountain calls!"

As Link left the Turtle Rock, he headed for the egg. As he climbed the mountain towards the egg. The owl met him and said this:

"Hoooot! The Wind Fish sleeps long and dreamily in the Egg above... When you play the eight Siren Instruments in front of the Egg, he will awaken. This, my friend, is the only way for you to leave the island! Hoo!"

Link went to the Egg and played Marin's song in front of the egg. All of the

sudden the Instruments of the Siren started playing the song and the Egg opened. The owl flew back and said this:

"The time has come... The Wind Fish awaits... Enter the Egg... Hoot! Hoot!"

With that Link entered the egg. Link went and fell through a pit. In the maze underneath, Link followed the path in the Library book to another pit. He jumped in and came face to the Nightmare again, but combined into a powerful Shadow Nightmare. It first took on the form of a giant gel. Link used the powder on it until it change. It then turned into the form of Agahnim. Link used his sword to reflect the shots until it shed this shape. Then Link faced a Shadow of the Moldrom. Link slashed the tail until it transformed into Ganon. With no silver arrow, Link decide to confuse the shadow by charging it. Eventually the shadow changed into a Lanmola. Link used the Magic Rod to stop the charging shadow. But then, it transformed into Dethl, the master of the Nightmare's. Link heard, through stories that Dethl's eye was his weak spot. Using his arrows, he defeat Dethl and a stairway appeared. Link heard someone call him. He climbed the stair to see the owl again. The owl then said this:

"Hoot! Young lad, I mean.. Link, the hero! You have defeated the Nightmares! You have proven your wisdom, courage and power!...... As part of the Wind Fish's spirit, I am guardian of his dream world... But one day, the Nightmares entered the dream and began wreaking havoc. Then you, Link, came to rescue the island... I have always trusted in your courage to turn back the Nightmares. Thank you, Link... My work is done... The Wind Fish will wake soon. Good bye...Hoot!"

With this, the owl spirit disappeared and Link meet the Wind Fish. The Wind Fish then said this:

"...... I AM THE WIND FISH... LONG HAS BEEN MY SLUMBER... IN MY DREAMS... AN EGG APPEARED AND WAS SURROUNDED BY AN ISLAND, WITH PEOPLE, ANIMALS, AN ENTIRE WORLD! ...... BUT, VERILY, IT BE THE NATURE OF DREAMS TO END! WHEN I DOST AWAKEN, KOHOLINT WILL BE GONE... ONLY THE MEMORY OF THIS DREAM LAND WILL EXIST IN THE WAKING WORLD... SOMEDAY, THOU MAY RECALL THIS ISLAND... THAT MEMORY MUST BE THE REAL DREAM WORLD...... COME LINK... LET US AWAKEN... TOGETHER!! PLAY THE EIGHT INSTRUMENTS! PLAY THE SONG OF AWAKENING!!"

With this, Link played the song again. As the melody played, the island disappeared and Link was hit by a blast of water. Link awoke on the remain of his sea craft. As Link thought if this was just a trick of the mind, something blocked the sun. Link looked up and smiled. Flying above him was the Wind Fish, Link then knew that Koholint Island still existed. As he sailed home, he felt as he was being watched by an angel. Some people, after Link told them of the island of Koholint saw a Guardian Angel flying around Link. They swore that it looked just like the girl Link described as Marin.

When they told Link this, all Link said was this, "Marin got her wish, she always wanted to fly." Some people even said that when he said this, there seem to be a tear in Link's eye.

------Shell Searching on the Koholint Island. ------Some of the puzzling facts of Koholint Island is the Secret Seashells from Seashell Mansion. It is said that the find of these treasures will receive a special sword to defeat the Nightmares. Recently, I came across a map of Koholint Island marked with the location of every Shell. It cost me 1000 rupees and got it from Tarin in Mabe Village (For those of you who try this, it is impossible to get 1000 rupees since the counter stops at 999 rupees. It is a joke.) But for those who need its help, it is free. Here is the locations of every secret seashell on Koholint island with hints to get them.

Shell #1: Located in the bushes south of the shop. Just cut them with your sword. Shell #2: Located in Madam Meowmeow's doghouse. Just do some digging. Shell #3: Located in Tail Cave. Bomb the west wall of the room that only has a mini- moldrom in it. Shell #4: Located in the Mysterious Forest. Move the rock near the cleverly hidden in plain sight chest. Shell #5: Located south of the lone grave. Just dig in the figure eight grass area. Shell #6: Received in the Seashell Mansion if you have exactly 5 Secret Shells Shell #7: Located North of the Key Cavern. Dig at the center of the cross Shell #8: Located near Owl statue on top of plateau. Dig in the ground in front of it. Shell #9: Located in Ukuku Prariae, south of Mansion. Lift a lone Rock to find it. Shell #10: Located East of Seashell Mansion. Cut down some bushes. Shell #11: Received in the Seashell Mansion if you have exactly 10 Secret Shells Shell #12: Located under a bush near the statue of Martha Shell #13: Located in a chest under Richard's Villa. Shell #14: South of Mabe Village, West of Tail Cave. Ram a tree to get this one. Shell #15: North of Signpost Maze. Ram Tree next to Phone Booth. Shell #16: On Island in Martha's Bay. Dig near an owl Statue Shell #17: In Southeast of Yarna Desert. Lift a rock to find it. Shell #18: In the area of the South Face Shrine. Under an Armos Statue is the location. Shell #19: Swim to a lone island east of Key Cavern. It has a bush on it to be moved from the north. Shell #20: On a little island south of Martha's Bay with a lone bush on it. Shell #21: In the ghost's house. It is under a vase. The house is by the bay. Shell #22: On a peak of Tal Tal Mountains, Lift a rock to find it. Shell #23: Just southwest of the Eagle Tower is a lone chest on a peak. It is in that chest. Shell #24: There is an unreachable island on the rapids ride with steps on it. Go to the Northwestern steps in the Face Shrine and climb them to the chest on this island. You have found the shell. Shell #25: Located in a cave outside Konolit Castle, this shell can only be reached with the

Flying Rooster. Get it before defeating Evil Eagle. Shell #26: Located in the Eagle Tower. Fall through a pit on the western edge of Hinox's room to get to the ledge with the chest on it. In this chest is the last secret shell.

On this map, I also noticed a ranking system for shell finders.

Finding 20 shells-A Beginner Finding 21 shells-A Novice Finding 22 shells-An Average Treasure Seeker Finding 23 shells-A Very Good Treasure Hunter Finding 24 shells-A Terrific Treasure Seeker Finding 25 shells-An Excellent Treasure Hunter Finding 26 shells-An Expert Treasure Hunter

------Lost Love.. ------It is common knowledge that Marin fell in love with Link when he came to the island. What she did not know was that the Windfish transferred her love for Link into Pieces of Heart Containers. The Windfish then hid the location in Marin's Chest of Drawers. After Marin had brought Link to her home, she discovered the paper and decided to get rid of it. When she finally reached the shore to get rid of the paper, the owl came to her and said these words:

"If you destroy that paper, Link shall never survive. His life will be lost to you. If you really love him, you will do what is right."

The owl flew off and Marin thought of what the owl said. She then ran home and put the paper on Link's shield. This is what the paper said:

"Finding the pieces of heart will continue life. Life is hidden in 12 parts of the island, either in sight or hidden. This location is in the words below.

1) The well in Mabe Village. Jump in. 2) The Fishing Pond in the Village. Catch the Lunker near the edge. 3) In the Mysterious Forest, on a island surrounded by holes. Jump to it. 4) In a tunnel in the Mysterious Forest, Lift the skulls to reach it. 5) In a hidden cave in Ukuku Praerie. Bomb it open, dash some stones and bomb a wall. 6) Under the sinking sands in the Yarna desert. Bomb the north wall. 7) In the moat around Koholint Castle. Dive near the cave in on the south shore. 8) In the cave east of the Angler's Tunnel. Dive in the water to find the Piece of Heart. 9) In a cave just outside the village, open it up and bomb a rock in the cave. Then hookshot to get to the piece of heart. 10) There is a cave under a tombstone. Bomb the rocks and use the hookshot to reach the piece of heart.

11) Bomb the south wall in the cave to find the piece of heart in Tal Tal Mountains. 12) Outside the one door of Turtle Rock is the last Piece of Heart.

------Trade Game. ------It was once found out that one of the best ways to get something on the island is by trading. Link found this to be true when he got the magnifying Lens. He still laughed when it started out as a Yoshi Doll. Link knew that the Quadruplets' lithe sibling wanted one. Link gave it to the child and got a ribbon in return. He then gave the ribbon to a pup that wanted it. For this he got a can of Dog Food. Link remembered that Sale wanted some Canned Food. Link gave the food to Sale and got some Bananas. He later gave the Bananas to the monkey and it built him a bridge. The monkey left a stick behind that Link took. On his travels, Link found Tarin on his travels and gave the stick to him. Tarin used to stick to knock down the Honeycomb. Link took it to Chef Bear to receive a Pineapple. In Tal Tal Heights, Link meet Paphal and gave him the Pineapple for a Hibiscus in return. He gave the Hibiscus to Ms. Goat to get a letter to take to Mr. Write. Upon the letter's delivery, Link got a broom. Link gave the broom to Grandma Ulrira and got a fishhook. Link then went to a bridge and dive under it to meet the fisherman. He gave the Fishhook to the man and got the Necklace of Martha. He returned the Necklace and got a Scale from Martha. Link then put the scale on the statue to enter the cave with the Lens.

Space Hunter Training (A Guide To Metroid 2) (Written By Richard B. Sampson Jr.) (Note: The character who relates the guide is based off a friend of mine, with permission to use them as a character) ======Intro ======Setting: The Space Hunter's Guild Headquarters

I can't believe it, after weeks of training and proving to be the best of class, every apprentices dream is about to come true for me. The Guild Master had called me in especially since the call from the Galactic Council. I'll find out why, very soon. I guess I should explain my excitement. Every apprentice of the guild strives to be the best they can be. The reason for this is only the very best becomes the apprentace of the great Samus Aran. According to Space Hunter history, Samus Aran was the only Space Hunter to beat the odds. Samus defeated Mother Brain when the Metroid treat appeared a year back, and even before that, Samus had captured and defeat some of the toughest threats to the Galactic Council. Some say it was due to the mysterious battle armor that Samus had. When Samus first appeared at the guild with the armor on, they thought they were being attacked. The door openned to the office and a woman, wearing an armor suit, entered the room. She appeared to have purple hair, but the suit she wore appeared to be the suit of Samus Aran. Every apprentice had bets going of what species and gender Samus was. Now I could tell everyone the answer. Samus was a Terran woman. I must admit, no human has ever gotten close to her strength and agility without bionics. The Guildmaster spoke up. "Hello Samus, nice of you to stop by." Samus took a look in my direction. "Is this the apprentice I get this year? She looks almost like I did when I joined. Except she looks like she lacks the attitude to be a space hunter." I looked her square in the eye. "Maybe we should settle this Space Hunter style." "My mistake, she may just be my predicessor. So, what her name?" "Her name is Kyra Ivory. She is the top of her class and almost bested one of your records, the one you set in marksmanship." "I'm impressed. So what's our first assignment. I assume that there is more to than this than the new apprentice." "Indeed there is Samus, remember your last apprentice." "Burt, wasn't it." "Yes, this was a month after the Metroid incident and you said that a Metroid was easy to kill." Metroids easy to kill. If this was the case, what was the big fuss. From what I studied, freeze them then hit them with 5 missles and everything was OK. "This just came in from the Galactic Council. They sent it to me since it was a mission Burt was with." He pushed a button and we all listened. I was shocked at what I heard.

"This is Space Hunter Burt. We have encountered a strange form of Metroid. It is not as Samus had described it. It isn't affected by the Ice Beams. It's charging. Anybody who heres this, send help to SR-...... " "SR-what. What happened?" Samus yelled. "Your preaching must have only been needed for one form of Metroid. That was sent from SR388, the Metroid homeworld. He was sent as part of a group to destroy all the Metroids. It is a preventive measure in case the pirates get reorganized. This way, they can't use the Metroids and the Metroids won't ever get out of control." "I understand the measures, sir. Let me guess. I am going to go to SR388 and destroy all the Metroids." I looked at the Guildmaster and said, "Am I going along on this mission?" "Yes. This way, if Metroids pop up again, we have two people who can handle them." Samus looked at me. "Well, Kyra, It looks like your first mission will make you an instant Space Hunter. I felt I was ready for anything. I found out how ready I was when we got to SR388.

======SR388 ======The Mission: Destroy the metroids.

As we aproached SR388, I noticed a homing signal was coming from one of the canyons on the surface. I reported it to Samus. Samus took the ship down and told me to power up my suit and load up on missles. We left the ship and headed east to an opening. As we entered we saw a couple of the inhabitants in the cave. Samus turned to me and said, "Most of these creatures will fall with a couple of shots. Don't let them touch you or else you'll lose energy and if these suit lose all their energy, well, let's just say you don't want to know." I didn't need to here that. I don't want my first mission to be my last, and I don't think I want to die in the suit. From what I studied, if the suits lost all their energy, the suits would disintergrate itself using the wearer's body as fuel for the procedure. We destroied the creatures and found path downward at the end. We dropped down it and each landed on a small ledge. Samus shot down at one of the blocks and it disappeared. A couple of seconds later, it reappeared. "It appears that once we open a hole, we have to move quick," she said. I looked at the wall behind her and said, "Maybe not, there is tunnel behind you. We might have to crawl through." "No, roll through," she said and she turned into a ball and rolled though it. I quickly did the same. After some time, the floor seemed to disappear and landed on a ledge that Samus was on. We notice it was made of the same blocks as the other. We started a downward descent into SR388 by blasting the blocks and travelling down. When we got to the bottom of the shaft, we saw two tunnels going what appeared to be east and west. Samus said to me, "There is Burt's initials, he must of headed this way and

encountered the metroid. Let's go." She ran to the west and I followed her. We had justed reached the end of the cave when Samus stopped. I ran past her and fell into a vertical shaft. I would have been okay if I hadn't hit a creature on the way down. Samus had jumped down, ledge to ledge and blast the creature. It left a ball of energy behind and Samus told me to grab it. The energy I had just lost was renewed. We fought each of creatures on the way down the ledges and headed west again. If that tunnel, some of the creatures dropped missles. When we reached the end of the tunnel, we found a metroid. I was almost shocked. This creature was dangerous and it was sitting there. As we neared it, its shell open and it came out in a new form. It had an armored shell and small claws. It started to attack us and we fired Missles at it. The missles were the only thing that harmed it. "Well, with the armor shell, it's no wonder that the new Metroids aren't affected by the Ice beams. How many missles did it take to destory it?" I said. "About 5, and my radar unit detects an energy charge and missle battery in here. Must have been left by a former civili....", Samus stopped talking when then whole planet shook. After the shaking stopped she said, "Must of been a planet quake. Let's recharge everything and continue back to where the cave split. Where we found Burt's initials." We did as she suggested and returned to the location and headed into the east cave. We took a small tunnel in the formation we landed on and came to a strange device. As we approached the device and examined it, I notice my chronometer stopped. "Something's wrong Samus, my chronometer has stopped. I don't know what caused it." "I can tell you what caused it, it's this device. It must stop time on anything in it's vacinity. This could be a good place for us to rest up." "I don't think that could be good for us either. Would time keep going for us, I mean we could age for years and nobody would notice." "I don't think so, when I was being raised by the Chozo, I saw a device like this once. The mechanism appears to be one that makes time stop on everything inside the aura. In fact, we might be in a small outside pocket of time. One designed to allow rest, and when we leave, no time will have passed." "The Chozo, what are they?" "I tell you later, right now we have to figure out what kind of metroid that was?" "I think it might be the next stage in the Metroid life cycle. I remember hearing rumors about a creature that when through stages in a life cycle. I think it should be named an Alpha Metroid. But if this just a second stage, how many do they have?" "I hope not to many, because they will get tougher to kill in the more advanced stages. Let's go to the east now. From what my insturments tell me, there are four more in that direction." We left the area of the device and headed for the east. We worked our way down the tunnels, blasting creatures, until we came to and open cavern. Samus looked at the size of the cavern and asked me. "Do you hear that?" I waited for a moment and listened, there was a bubbling. From what I could tell, it sounded like lava bubbling, although the molten rock smell wasn't there. I said, "I think it is bubbling lava, but I can't smell the molten rock smell that accompanies it." She moved forward and said, "Follow me, and we won't get hurt. As we got to the other side, I fell in to the lava. I had hit one of the creatures and fell back in to the lava. My suit started taking heavy damage. I was glad I didn't fall to far in it. I hit a

platform and jumped out very quickly. When I got out, Samus helped me get to the other side. I felt like I almost blew it. "Are you OK?" "I think so, I hope I can get energy quick. I don't know how much more the suit can take." We work our way along the tunnels, going east and climbing up. Eventually we came to a tunnel that went both up and down. I had grabbed every energy ball we found and said, "Something tells me that we should head up. I'm getting some strange reading from up there. There must be some advance equipment up there. I think there might be a Metroid up there as well." "Ok, let's head up." We started blasting our way up to the top of the cave. We came to a cave full of nests. We ran through it and blasted every creature that attacked us. Eventually, we came to a cavern that had a building in it. We entered the building and checked it out. In the ground level door, we found another one of those devices. We decided to stop at this one and rest for a while. While we rested, Samus said to me, "So Kyra, what made you join the Space Hunters?" "Well, I joined for the adventure and the exploring. I love dealing with the unknown. Besides, I hope to be one of the best someday. I also wanted to do something in my family that no one has ever done before. By the way, why did you become a Space Hunter?" "That a long story that starts when I was very young. When I was a little girl, my parents were stationed on one of the old Terran colonies. One day, the pirates attacked the colony, my parents were killed in the attack, along with everyone else. I was the only survivor. In all the killing and pillaging, the pirates over looked me." "How did you survive?" "I'll tell you later, right now, we should explore this building and the area outside." We left the protective device and headed into the building. We entered a tall vertical shaft and fell to the bottom. We went west and came to a door. Samus examined the door and said, "Five Missles should open the door. I've seen this make before, but I can be sure when we enter." We blasted the door and found a statue holding something. Samus then said, "The Chozo civilization must have lived here at some time. That is a Chozo Artifact Statue, and it is holding bombs. We can use these when we are in ball form to destroy walls, floors, rocks." I picked up the bomb and said, "I'm detecting something in the floor. I think it might be a Missle Battery." I bombed the floor only to find extra missle. Samus and I grabbed then and returned to the vertical shaft. We jumped up the ledges of the shaft and found a room to the east. We destroyed a firing device on the wall in the room and entered a tunnel above it. As we travelled through, we found we had to bomb the wall and entered a room with an Energy Tank in it. "Great, we can boost our energy reserves. That way we can last longer before a recharge." We used the Enengy Tank and the power in our suits went from a max of 99 to a max of 199. We left the room and entered a vertical shaft. We went up to a exit to the east. We exited the building and ran into a cave. We went through the cave and fell down a pit. At the bottom of the pit we found a strange device call the Spider Ball. We started to wonder what it was used for when I activated it and rolled to the wall. I started to roll up the wall. "Samus, I think I have discovered the use to our new device. We can use it to get

to cave on the wall and ceilings." We used the Spider balls and exited the cave. On a ledge above the cave was a metroid shell. "There is a Metroid somewhere." "Good guess. I see a cave up there, it is probably in there." We rolled up to the cave and encountered another Alpha Metroid. We took it out with 5 missles and destoried it. Afterword, we reentered the building and went down to the next room past the energy tank room. We found three missle unit in there. The most difficult one was the one on the ceiling. We then fell down to the lowest room in the vertical shaft and found a door in the room. Behind it was a Chozo statue holding an Ice beam. We grabbed it and went to the top of the vertical shaft. In the room at the top, we found 2 more missle units and found an exit to the west. We bombed a rock in the way and were outside the building. I looked up at the roof and saw an energy charge and missle battery. We returned to the vertical shaft on the other side of the nest area and went down to the bottom of the shaft. The exit was on the east side of the cave and entered a cavern with another metroid shell. As we worked our way through the tunnel, the ice beam turned the creatures into frozen platforms. Below the shell, we found our way was blocked by boulders. We bombed them and I noticed a shaft above us in the ceiling. "Samus, I'm detecting a Energy Charge in the shaft above us." We used some bombs to give us the momentum to get up to the wall and climbed it to the energy charge. We then rolled over the cave and came out near a sand covered tunnel. We blasted throught the sand and travel down to another Metroid shell. From that shell we went east, to find an Alpha Metroid waiting for us. We defeated and returned to the Metroid shell and went west. We entered another vertical shaft and at the bottom was a third Metroid shell. There were four Metroids in this area and we destroied 2 of them. We ran east again and found an Alpha Metroid. After destroing it, we ran to the west, past the shell and eventually found the last Alpha Metroid. Shortly afterward, a quake almost knocked us off our feet. "I bet the lava must be linked to the Metroids. It probably has lowered again." We ran back to where the lava was and it had lowered. We entered where the lava had been and followed the tunnels to the lava. We got some energy from some of the creature, as well as missles. At the level of the lava, we had to travel west to a cave to find the next area Metroids were in. We figured that Metroids were there since we saw a Metroid shell. We continuded to a vertical cavern and jumped to the top. In the next cave, we found some strange creature. They didn't hurt us, but we could stand on them. We continued west and encountered the Alpha Metroid. It took no time to destroy it and we entered a large cavern with another building. Inside the building, we found another of the time devices and rested. I turned to Samus and asked, "Samus, what are the Chozo? I have never seen anything in the record books about them." "The Chozo are a peaceful people. When the pirates had destory the colony, the chozo came afterwards, checking for survivors. They found me and raised me as one of there own. They always said to be it was my destiny to be the protectors of this universe and built by suit. They also taught me to fight." "I thought they were peaceful people, why did they need to fight?" "They never forgot survival insticts, but they have been peaceful so long that the left their fighting skill grow weak. To highten my abilities, the gave me some Chozo

blood an I have become more skilled that any Space Hunter due to my highened abilities. As for the Chozo statues here, I can only guess that this was a Chozo colony at one time." "It would also explain the device we have found here like this one. I guess we better continue then." We got up and head west, throught the building and past some transport tubes in the large room. We passed another of the the protective aura devices and continued out of the building. We ran off the platform and fell almost in a lake underneath the building. I glanced around and saw a Metroid shell. I pointed out to Samus and said, "I think we've found were another Alpha Metroid is hiding." "Under the boardwalk, I see. I guess we better check out this area of the building thats underwater. We travel through the water until we came to ledges and a small ledge in the ceiling. We climbed up there to find some more Missles and then traveled down the ledges. As we started running through the water filled cavern, we came across the Alpha Metroid. It rushed us and we destroied it. As checked out the cavern, I noticed one of the columns we passed earlier was accessable here. We climbed it in spider ball form and came to another door. If it was a Chozo Statue, with no item. "Somebody must have gotten the item in this room. But how could they have gotten passed the metroids." I notice the floor was hollow underneath and said, "Maybe there was no item because it was so powerful it had to be hidden. Follow me, Samus." I bombed the floor and found a secret passage in hollow chamber. The passage led to a room with many artifact items. We bombed them until we found the one that contained the Varia. When we grabbed it, both our suits were enhanced. We ran back to the building and the device we passed on our way out. Samus wanted to tell me about the Varia's abilities before we went on with the elimination of the Metroids. "Ok Kyra, let me tell you about the Varia. Chozo Technology contained inside the Varia will enhance any power suit. It will allow us to use Chozo Technology better, and it can prevent half the damage that can done by anything. It also makes the suit easier to handle. Just be careful, the Varia can be damage in a certain spot and deactivated. That's how I lost the Varia I found on Zebes." "I think I understand. Do you think we should climb the building and see what's farther up." Samus nodded and we left the building and climbed it's western wall. We came to a ledge and ran to wall with a rock in it. We bombed the rock and entered the tunnel behind it. We eventually came to a room with a Metroid in it. As we aproached, it shed it shell and became an Alpha Metroid. We took care of it and bomb the floor of the room. We found a hidden passage that lead to the other column we saw earlier. At the bottom, we entered a room with wall to the west and passage far to the east. I examined the wall and said, "Samus, there is a tunnel in the wall. We worked our way through the tunnel and came to a room with a door at the end. In the room was a Chozo statue holding a Wave Beam. We equiped our suit with it and a beam shot out moving in a wave pattern. We then returned to the bottom of the column and ran for the passage to the east. We found a shaft with columns of destructable blocks. We went down the east side of the tunnel and found a door. The door emptied into a vertical shaft in which we fell straight to the bottom. At the bottom was a door which we opened with our missles. In the room, there was a Chozo statue. We found it was holding some shoes. "Yes. High Jump Shoes. This will come in handy. The will double the height we jump." I took them and then noticed the floor was hollow. We bombed it and found a

path to a chamber. In the part we could access was a Missle Unit and another Energy Tank. We were now up to 299 Energy Units Max. I was thinking that eliminating the new Metroids would be a piece of cake. We returned to the vertical shaft that led to this room and rolled up the wall to the other shaft. We traveled down to the bottom of the shaft and found a tunnel to the west. In the tunnel, we found two more Missle Units and we continued to the west. We entered a shaft full of small columns. At the bottom, we found a door that led to the other half of the room we saw earlier. We grabbed the missle and traveled back to the column that we entered this area from. We traveled up the column and headed outside to continue climbing the building. At the top we found some strange plants that fired spores. The wave beems destroied them and we found a pit. We jumped in to find a room at the bottom and to the west. We opened the door and found another Chozo statue. We blasted the ball to find out the incased artifact. When we head an alien voice say, "Who dares awaken Arachnus, master pirate." All of a sudden the ball jumped, and transformed into a creature. We jumped to high ground and the pirate looked at us and said, "Samus Aran, the one who destroied Mother Brain. I was hoping to defeat you when I found another Metroid, but now I have an item that can defeat you." Samus fired at it and the thing rolled up in a ball and jumped away. Samus turned to me. "We can't shoot that thing. We need to trap it and bomb it." I said, "Samus, I think I know what you're thinking. We need to trap it behind the statue and set bombs above it." "Exactly," Samus said. We jumped to the statue, firing so the creature would follow us. Every time we shot, it tried to ram us. Eventually we trapped it behind the statue and kept planting bombs until we destroied it. What it left behind was the Spring Ball. We left the pit and went down the eastern side of the building. We found a small tunnel with a Missle Unit at the end. We then traveled down the building and ran for the device inside the door we ran in when we first entered this section. When we arrived, I asked Samus, "I thought you destroied the pirates of Zebes?" "No, I just caused a major upset when I defeated Mother Brain. Some of the more ambitious pirates figure that if they kill me, they will become the new leader. My guess is that Acachnus got trapped in the building and has been waiting for me. Of course, he could have gotten trapped and was waiting for someone to free him and then betray them. Anyhow, let's continue on. I saw a cave across from the other exit of this building." We left the protective device and ran to the cave. We entered a vertical cavern and went down. Eventually we found a cave off to the east. We entered a small vertical tunnel which had a Metroid shell at the bottom. We head east from the shell and eventually ran into the room with the Alpha Metroid. As we approached it, it mutated. It grew larger and it's legs grew longer. It charged us and shot lightning sparks. We avoided the lightning and blasted the new Metroid with Missles until it was gone. When it was gone, I turned to Samus and said, "That one seem tougher." She looked at a count on her missle launcher. "It took 10 missles that time. I think is going to be every Alpha Metroids next mutation. They are growing to a new form. Let's hope we can toast them all before we have to deal with the next phase. We'll name it later. Let's see what to the west of the Metroid Shell." I nodded and we ran back to the shell. We ran into the western cave and found an Alpha Metroid waiting for us.

We started blasting it after it scored the first hit. We were lucky that we won. We continued throught the cave to another vertical cavern. At the bottom of this one was a Metroid shell. Samus indicated to the right, and I followed her lead. Past a sand filled tunnel, we found a cave containing a Metroid Shell. Samus turned to me and said, "Let's hope this one is an Alpha Metroid." "Agreed. We are starting to run low on energy." We headed for the next cave and found the Alpha Metroid coming toward us. It didn't mutate and we creamed it. I then noticed on my indicator that an energy charge was to the west of the first shell on this level of the cave. Samus noticed the same thing. To the west of the first Metroid shell was a sand covered cave. Hidden in the cave was an Alpha Metroid and it mutated to the new form. Just what we didn't need, but we used our wits to defeat it. The tricky part was keeping a sandfree part of the tunnel with the room to fight the Metroid. We ran into the next room and found the energy recharge. While we were refueling, a disturbing thought hit me. I said to Samus, "I think the Metroids are getting smarter. This one was guarding the energy we needed." "Kyra, I hope you're wrong, because if the Metroids are getting intelligent, they will be a problem to kill." We headed back to the vertical cavern we had first entered and headed past to exit to the building and straight to the top. We exited the cave and reentered the big cave on a ledge. Samus said, "There is one more Metroid in this area. There might be cave above us, why else have a ledge here." I agreed with her and we jumped to the wall and use the spider ball to find the cave. It wasn't to far from the top of the building, but we cound jump to it from the roof of the building. We headed west in the cave. Avoiding the spikes, we found the Alpha Metroid and destroided it before it mutated. Samus said to me, "Let's make a run to were the lava was. There will be another quake and it will have lowered." We ran out of the cave and jumped to the building and continued to exit of the cave containing the building. We reached where the lava was and followed the cave downward until we found the lava again. When we reached the lava, it appeared we would have to head east under the tunnel we had came in. As we followed that cave, we rolled through a series of small tunnels until we reached an area with another lava pit. On the other side was a vertical tunnel. We climbed to the top, passing and eastern exit about midway and exited at the top to the east. We passed a sand covered tunnel and a nesting grounds and entered another large cavern with buildings in it. I check my scanner and said to Samus, "There's a Missle Battery below us." Samus jumped off the ledge and I followed. We cleared the sand covering it and then we scaled the buildings, searching for rooms containing items. After crossing the top of the first building, we drop down it east side, and checked the sand for a hidden door. We found it and entered the building. We climbed into a room with a Chozo statue holding the Space Jump. "This is tricky to use. It will allow you to jump in space, but you must due so at the top of the normal jump and while spinning." We left the building an used it to reach the top of the oth building. I must have lost my self in the fun of Space Jumping and jumped over the building entirely. I fell to the bottom of the cave and landed with a thud. Samus jumped down to me. "Are you Okay, Kyra?" "I only hurt my pride. I must have looked foolish. Falling to the ground and

landing on my butt." "No, I've made made that mistake myself. On the way down, I detected a Missle Unit and Battery Tank in the wall. We'll get them on the way up. I scanned the eastern wall and saw a cave." We blasted the sand and at the bottom was a Metroid Shell. "There must be a Metroid in that cave. Let's go." We jumped in the cave and fell to the bottom, where an Alpha Metroid mutated into the new form. After we destroied it, we found we really needed the Energy Tank. We went back to the section of the wall where Samus had located it and bombed the wall to enter. We bombed a blockade to get to the Energy Tank and found a path to the Missle Unit. After grabbing that, Samus said, "Let's head back to the top of this building, a saw a pit into the building." We did so and found a pile of sand in the room. We blasted the sand and found a room containing anothe missle unit. We then went to the west to another of those devices. We decided to rest a while there. I turned to Samus and said, "Do you know why the Chozo might have lived here? Didn't they know about the Metroids?" Samus sat quietly for a moment and then said, "There's the basis for what might be an interesting theory. Think about it. What if the Chozo are a peace loving, secluded race because of the Metroid." "It would partially explain the stautes. Do you think the Chozo might have woken up the Metroids?" "Maybe more, Kyra. The Chozo are some of the most advanced life forms in the galaxy." "I think I see what you're thinking. You think that they might have accidently created the Metroid and went into hiding after buring the caves." "It's possible. As far as I know, there are only two places where I have seen Chozo relics. Here and on Planet Zebes. The Chozo still live on a part of the planet that the pirates can't locate due to Chozo technology." "It might also explain why you were chosen to be the protector of the universe." "Interesting theory, but I think it would be too far fetched to be true, besides the Metroid probably evolved on it's own. They show intelligence, and growth in this new Metroid form we have seen. Maybe we should name it Gamma Metroid." "Ok, but I just had a desturbing thought. What if the Metroid is just like that other creature I read about. It could be that all these Metroid's are male, and there is one female. A Queen that is controlling them." "That might explain why it took a couple of bombs to knock the Metroid's loose that got a hold of me on Zebes." She thought about it for a moment and laughed. The laughter stopped when she said, "That is a scary thought, because if the Queen is the mother of all these Metroids, then Mama is going obliterate us instead of feeding on us." "You might be right. Mothers don't like it when you hurt there kids." I leaned back and forgot about the pole that the device was on. It narrow and I missed it and fell back into a large vertical column. I thought I was going to fall forever before reaching the floor, but I hit something real quick. I looked at what I fell in, a Metroid Shell. Samus jumped down to me and I said, "Another kid is growing up." She nodded and said, "Let's hope the kid is at the bottom of the shaft." We jumped down and passed an exit on the eastern wall. At the bottom was an exit to the west. We entered the room and made our way to a door at the other end. We opened it

and found a Spazer Lazer in the room. The Spazer shot three beams at once. We then made our way to the eastern exit from the column. We entered a large room. I detected a Missle Unit in the room. As we worked our way to it, a Alpha Metroid pulled its mutation into a Gamma and attacked us. After defeating it and getting the missles, via bombing the ceiling, Samus noticed that the floor to the chamber was fake. We blasted the sand covering the floor. We fell through it and right onto a platform overlooking another Metroid Shell. I looked at it and plainly said, "I am getting sick and tired of Metroids." Since the last time we went west there was a weapon and no Metroid, a figured to go for a new weapon by running west. I ran and Samus ran in after me. Before I could react, a Gamma Metroid rushed me. I forgot the most important rule of Space Hunter, never assume anything. It was almost on me when Samus fired a Missle. I joined her in the Missle barrage and we destroied the Gamma. I was upset. I just sat down and was thinking, "How could I forget the primary rule." Samus came up to me and said, "Don't be to hard on yourself. I have done stuff like that before. That's what makes you the best. Making mistakes and learning from them." She picked me up and we continue to the west. We eventually found a door to another artifact room. In the room was the Plasma Beam. It was more powerful than the original beam in the suit. We then ran back to the east, past the Metroid Shell to a vertical shaft lined with spikes. On the way, we picked up a Missle Unit. Once at the spiked covered shaft, we space jumped up to the top and ran back to the west. We avoided the robot's in the rooms, and came to a Metroid Shell. We climbed the wall and found a weak spot. After bombing it, we entered the chamber of the Metroid. It was an Alpha and easy to destroy. We continued to the west and found an Energy Tank. We need more Energy, especially if the Metroids got toughter. Our energy went to a Max of 499 Units. We then returned to where the device was located and from there left the cavern with the buildings. We returned to the vertical cavern we enter the huge cavern from and went to the exit in the middle of the shaft. We followed it to the east to find another of the devices. We decided to rest there for a while. It was a little while before either one of us spoke. I was still thinking about the mistake I had made and I turned to Samus. "Samus, did you honestly make mistakes like that one?" "A couple of times, the thing is that I learned from my mistakes, and you should learn as well. Now, from my counter, there are six Metroids left in this area. Let's go take them out." We stood up and entered pit that we jumped over to reach the device. We traveled all the way to the bottom of the cave. Midway in the cave was an exit to west and three quarters down was an exit to the east. We took the eastern exit and came face to face with a Gamma Metroid. It did come from the shell at the bottom of the previous cave. After destroying it, we entered another vertical cavern. Toward the top of the cave was a Metroid Shell. We traveled up to a room full of webbing. In the midst of the webbing was an Alpha Metroid. We took it out and notice a path in the ceiling. We rolled through it and came to another Metroid. I stood on the shell and found a tunnel that lead past the wall. In the chamber on the other side was a Gamma Metroid. We blasted it, and the webbing, until both we gone. We returned to the vertical tunnel and continued east. We ran east until we hit another vertical cave. We droped down to the

bottom and headed west. We passed a Metroid Shell and figure that a Metroid was nearby. We entered another vertical shaft and a detected an Energy Charge at the bottom. Protecting that recharge was a Gamma Metroid. We defeated it and recharged. "They are getting smarter," I said to Samus. Samus nodded and we headed up. We entered the first western passage and contined up another vertical shaft, and west to a room containing a newly mutated Gamma. We jumped through the Shell and surprised it. In no time, we continued to the west and then up through the ceiling. We ended up in the Metroid Shell we saw earlier. We were in the first vertical cave with the device at the top. We went to the western exit and entered a room containing another Gamma. We destroied and ran to the west. We felt the ground shake. We found another false ceiling an jump through a bed of spikes. We cleared the spikes and went west to find the lava level hadn't changed. "The other lava flow. It must have lowered." Samus ran off in that direction. I followed her and she was right. We followed down until we hit the lava again. We jumped to the western edge, we found a Metroid Shell. We followed the cave, blasting creatures until we reached a Gamma Metroid. We obliterated it and ran for the lava. Another quake hit, and when we reached the lava pit, it hadn't lowered. Then I remembered the other lava flow. We ran back to where it was and found it had lowered. We followed the cave, avoiding spikes. We started climbing up another cave and found a Metroid Shell half way up. We went west and at the end of the tunnel we found a cave with an Energy Charge as well as an Alpha Metroid. We killed the Metroid and recharged. We returned to the ledge and saw a Metroid shell on the next ledge. We followed the caves until we found a Gamma Metroid. We found a Missle Battery and restocked our Missles. We returned to the lava flow since we felt a quake. We followed the caverns until more lava was found. We had to use missles to blast some boulders, but we reached the lava. We went to the western side of the lava and climbed up. Eventually, we headed west. We ran along a narrow tunnel and into the claws of a waiting Gamma Metroid. We destroided it and entered a cave contining another building. We found the shell of the Gamma Metroid and headed for the building. We saw another shell over a hole. We jumped in and into the water, wear we found a Missle Unit. We ran into the building and jumped up to a western ledge contain another of the devices. We sat down and rested for a while. Samus looked at me and said, "Kyra, remember when you compared the Metroids to some other life forms?" "Yes." "What else do remember about them?" "I do believe that they communicated by some sort of telepathy or ultrasonic signal. But that's all rumors." "That might be true here. I'm starting to think that the Metroid is like a hive being. When I destroied Mother Brain, the Metroids attacked anything at will. But, when she was alive, they only attacked me. They are free roaming unless they have a leader." "That means there must be a queen, an egg-layer. But, how can we prove that one." "Simple, if the Metroid Count suddenly jumps while we are in an area, we know that we have an unhappy mother."

"And if I remember the rumors of the other life forms, the queen was a pain in the butt and almost impossible to kill. Which means..," I dropped the sentence and thought for a moment and said, "I wonder what my epitath will be." "I was just starting to wonder that myself. Oh well, I had this problem before and just remembered I am one of the best." "What do I do?" "The same. Remember, only the best get to be the apprentace to Samus Aran." "You're right." I stood up and said, "Let's go get-em." "That's the spirit." We got up and ran out the western exit. We fell down to the bottom of the building. We passed a ledge with a Metroid Shell on it. On the cave wall opposite it was an entrance to a cave. We got our missles ready and entered the cave. At the end of the cave was a Gamma Metroid. As we approached it, it molted and became I biped creature with small claws and very quick. It shell only allowed a missle attack to the direct front or back. It took us a while but after 15 Missles, we won. If we fought these again, we were going to need another Energy Tank. Samus said, "I think that we will call a Zeta, and pray that Zeta don't get any harder." I glanced at her. "Bad pun. Good wish." We went back to the building and jumped up to an enterance just above the door to the device. We continued to a room with a fake ceiling leading to four rooms. In the first was an Ice Beam, Wave in the second, Spazer and finally Plasma. We grabbed the Ice Beam and went to the top and through the ceiling. We left to the west and notice a cave below our location. We jumped to it and saw a Metroid Shell on a ledge opposite us. In the cave, we found a newly mutated Gamma Metroid. We defeated it and returned to the building. We worked pur way to the top and found a pit. We found a missle unit in the darked maze and found a way out to an Energy Tank. We had a max of 599 units and noticed a Metroid Shell above us. We jumped through it and notice a cave high above us. We jumped up to it and found a Gamma Metroid waiting for us. We destoried it and worked our way down the other side of the building. We found a boulder blocking a tunnel. We blasted it and entered the tunnel and entered a room containing a Zeta Metroid. We found a tunnel in the ceiling and after a couple of well placed bombs, we reached a Chozo Statue holding the Screw Attack. We grabbed the item and Samus said, "When we spin during a jump, we will create a field of energy that can't be penitrated." We worked our way down the building, finding a missle battery and then noticing a cave in the ceiling. We had seen a Metroid shell near the missle Battery, and figured the Metroid was in the cave. We found a Gamma Metroid and entered a nook a blasted it from there. We then entered a tunnel on the west side to an energy charge. We then worked our way down the east cave wall. On the small ledge below the cavern, we found a fake wall, an bombing it revealed a Missle Unit. We continued down to a cave. We entered the cave and went east until we found a Zeta Metroid. We had to move some sand, but we took out the Metroid. A quake started and we ran to were the lava was. We worked our way down to the lower levels, but the lava stopped us again. We had seen a cave above us nearby and we searched for a Metroid. We found one at the top of the loop of caverns. It was an Alpha Metroid, and we watched it molt. After we destroied it, I noticed another shell, and it was empty. "Samus, I don't

like the looks of that shell. I think there is another Metroid around here." We continued through the loop and felt a quake. No metroid, but when we reached where we entered, the lava came up to the entrance of the loop. We continued round the loop and at the top was a Zeta waiting. It must have heard the death of the other one and came to investigate. When it saw us, it was enraged. We then saw it mutate into a large form. It was faster, stronger, and more agresive. It took 20 missles, but will killed it. We used the screw attack to prevent damage from charges. After that, the lava lowered. We followed the tunnels until we reached another device. We rested for a moment and I said to Samus. "So, what should we called these large Zeta's?" "Well, we used Alpha, Gamma, and Zeta. How about Omega for these latest mutations of the Metroid. Since Omega is the last letter of the Greek Alphabet, let's pray that this is the last mutation. These things are getting smarter, or the big bad 'mama' is getting them more organized." "Well, if 'Mama' is catching on, then we better get this done before she devices a fifth phase." "Good point." We left the aura of the device and climb the cave to the top. We entered another vertical cave and went to the top. At the top we went west and found an Omega Metroid. We fought it off and won. We the returned to the vertical shaft and went east. We jumped over a pit and to a vertical shaft. At the top was another device, were we took a quicvk rest and continued. At the bottom of the shaft was and exit to the east. It lead to a small cave with an exit on the east and one below us. On the other ends of each cave was an Omega Metroid. We made our way to the pit we saw earlier. We figured that the last Metroid was down there. A quake shook the area and we were positive of our last destination. We worked our way through the tunnels of the pit, crossing sands, up tunnels until we reached a device. We rested breifly and then jumped through the ceiling. Above us was a building with three entrances, straight up. In the right one was a badly need energy charge and missle battery. In the middle was and ice beam and in the left one was a path. We followed the path and all of a sudden, the Metroid count jumped. "I guess there is a Queen." "Yes, and there are probably new Metroids. Remember the basics, ice beam and 5 missles. If they grab hold, bomb them loose." I remembered and we made our way through the tunnels, freezing Metroids and destroying them. With the destruction of the last one, we heard and loud and frighting roar. "I think 'Mama' is mad, Samus." "Well, let's show 'Mama' that we aren't afraid of her." When we entered the queen's lair, we started to wonder if we would survive. It started to attack first with it's teeth and head. Since they were on an extendable neck, it was hard to dodge. But then I noticed something, when I fired a missle into it's open mouth, it froze in shock. We used this to our advantage. After two strikes from the head, it fired fireballs we dodge with ease with a screw attack. After about 170 missles, we killed the Queen Metroid. The treat was over. I notice the platform under her platform had closed, so we entered her cave. On the way out, a rock started to move. We then noticed that it was a Metroid egg. A baby Metroid came out. It noticed Samus and, like a baby duck, thought she was its mother.

"Do you think we should, well, kill it?" "No, Kyra. It would make us no better than the pirates. Besides, I think these crystal are food for baby Metroids. I also think that our weapons won't work on them." She was right, and with the help of the little Metroid, we made it to the surface of the planet. With a quick travel to the east we found the ship. The caves were sealed and the total time of the mission was 2 hours and 2 minutes. On our way back to the Guild, I asked Samus, "Samus, how do you think everybody will react to 'Junior'?" She had been in the back of the ship and when she came to the front, she had hung up her suit and was in a purple jumpsuit. The baby Metroid was still following her. I think it recognized her voice as well. "I don't know. They may be a bit leary, but if you have the little one studied for science, we might find a benifit. By the way, you might want to take your battle suit off, they tend to get uncomfortable if you spend time just sitting in them. I did the samething she did. I removed the suit and came out in the standard gray jumpsuit issued to all first time Space Hunters. I then said, "Do you think the threat is over now, Samus?" She turned and gave a wry smile, "What do you think, Kyra?"

======Epilogue ======When we returned to the Guild Headquarters with a report of the mission, a couple of events happened. I was made an instant space hunter for my work on the mission. I was given a ship and my first solo mission. Samus was commended for her job on SR388. Some people understood her concern for the baby Metroid and agreed that it should be studied. Samus agreed to this on the condition that the Metroid be unharmed. I have been recording some of the information gathered from SR388 on the Metroids and hope to have it made part of the itinerary. I plan to drop it off at the Space Academy after my mission. Samus has taken the baby Metroid there and I feel the information I provide will be of help.

======Metroids (From the files of Kyra Ivory) ======

After my mission with Samus, I decided to record all the information I could gather on the Metroids.

Baby Metroids: A smaller version of the standard Metroid. It mainly feeds on small crystals until it reaches the size of a normal Metroid. Behaves like Terran ducklings. This was demonstrated when the recent baby started following Samus. Can recognize vocal identification.

Metroids: The standard Metroid cannot be affected by any weapon except an ice beam. The metroids could not take an explosive attack when frozen. They are fast and will attack anything living. Eight were located on SR388

Alpha Metroids: After molting the Metroid shell, the metroid adds a shell and starts growing limbs. Eyes become apparent, and the ice beam is useless. It takes about 5 Missles to destroy it. There were 15 on SR388.

Gamma Metroids: After spending some time as an Alpha Metroid, it mutates into a Gamma Metroid. If becomes larger and uses lightning attacks. It takes about 10 Missles to destroy it. There were 16 on SR388.

Zeta Metroids: After molting the shell of the Gamma, the metroid becomes the Zeta phase. It becomes a biped creature similar to a miniture Terran Tyranosaurus. It has a long tail and an attitude. It charges their advisaries. They require 15 missles to kill. There were 3 on SR388.

Omega Metroids: Upon there next mutation, the metroids become larger and more agressive. Their speed makes them almost unstoppable when moving. They require 20 missles to kill. There were 4 on SR388, anymore would have ended the mission.

Queen Metroid: In the final phase of the Metroid life cycle, this is the master form. With the limited knowledge on this one, we can say little. The queen is large, on four legs and has an extendable neck. It launches fireballs at opponents and has rows of teeth. It takes about 180 missles, maybe less, to destory this ultimate Metroid. If there is more, there must be only one on each colony.

======Chozo & Their Technology (From the files of Kyra Ivory) ======

From what I have learned about the Chozo from Samus, I have decided to include this information. I have excluded some information from the records at the request of Samus.

Chozo: They were a humanoid race of being. With the appearence of walking birds, they appear at first frightning. The Chozo were a peaceful race of being that learned that war was not the answer. It appears that the Chozo had homes on SR388 and Zebes. Their technology has survived them and is normally held by statue that represent the Chozo's form.

Technology: The technology of the Chozo is compatable to most of the power suits worn by Space Hunters. Most of the equipment appears to be completely compatable to Samus' power suit. The items made small adjustments to my suit for

complete compatblity to my suit. The items are list below with a breif description.

Missle Pods (or Units): These items will and 10 missles to the total number carried and up the maximum carriable by 10. There were 18 in total on SR388.

Missle Batteries: These device will create missles and place them in the missle launcher until the maximum is reached. These devices seem to have an endless supply of materials.

Energy Tanks: These items store energy and will increase the amount of Energy that is in a suits reserve by 100. They also refuel the suit to maximum. There were 5 located on SR388.

Energy Charge: These perperual energy sources allowed the suits and tanks to be refilled to max.

Bombs: The bomb unit is installed into the suit and can be activated in the Ball form. The bombs don't damage the suit in anyway, but will damage creatures and barriers.

Spider Ball: This attachment creates the ability to roll on walls and ceiling when activated. The device can be deactivated by jumping or by being close to a bomb detonation, or being hit by an enemy.

Spring Ball: This attachment allows the ball form of the suit the ability to jump.

High Jump Boots: These special boots will enhance the height of the jump. With these, the power suits max height is doubled.

Space Jump: This attachment to the boots allows one to jump during a jump. The leads to a perpetual jump. It can only be achieved only during a spin.

Screw Attack: This special attack will allow one to do damage during a spin. This will prevent one from being knocked out of a jump by an attack.

Varia: This item enhances every part of the power suits. In some cases, it also increases the size of the suit. It allows the damage taken to the suit to be cut in half.

Ice Beam: This weapon will freeze an enemy and turn them into a place to step. They can inflict no damage when frozen.

Wave Beam: This weapon travels in a wave pattern and damages anything in its path. It is best for damaging armored creatures.

Spazer Beam: This weapon fires a three way beam in a range of the size of the suit. This is handy for clearing a path for running through.

Plasma Beam: The most powerful weapon there is, it can destroy almost anything, except a Metroid.

======Tactics ======

Space Hunters have discovered that monsters sometimes carry energy and missles. Use this information in gathering stuff.

Space Hunters have stopped armored creatures by hitting them in there weak spots. A wave beam covers all angles of attack and serves that purpose.

Bombs can boost you up to higher areas, past gaps in the wall and to the ceiling if the Spring Ball is not installed.

The Screw Attack can prevent damage from Metroids. If you spin when a Metroid is attached to you, no damage is take.

Don't assume everything is as it appears. A wall can be destroyed by a bomb. There are paths everywhere. They may not be evident so check everything. If you can see an item in the wall, there is a way to it.

If you need to run back for a recharge, head back to the closest recharge area. Don't run back for recharges to often, or else you won't get the best ending.

Endings vary on one factor, time. If you complete the mission in under 2 hours 30 minutes, Samus will jump up and come down out of her suit. If not, the suit will remain on.

Richard B. Sampson Jr.'s Guide to Mortal Kombat 2. ======The story ======500 years ago, Shang Tsung gained control of the Order of Light's tournament of Mortal Kombat. His mission was to win the tournament 10 times to unbalance the furies and allow Outworld to invade the realm of Earth. With the aid of his student, Goro, the takeover of Earth seemed in reach of the Outworld. During the last tournament, Liu Kang, who represented the Order of Light, defeated the Shokan prince and then defeated Shang Tsung to stop the invasion. Shang Tsung was called back to the Outworld and was held accountable for Goro's apparent death. If not for the Shang's quick thinking, Shao Khan, the emporer would have killed him. Shang convinced the evil emporer to hold a tournament and bring the survivors to the Outworld to compete. When Shao Khan agreed to this he had two of his secret fighters to get bait for the tournament to get some of the fighters to come back. He had his fighters kidnap Lt. Sonya Blade and the Black Dragon assassin Kano. With these two fighters held by Shao Khan, Rayden, the protector of Earth sends his fighters to save Earth and them.

======Basic Training ======Any Mortal Kombatant should know some basic move to have a 50-50 chance of surviving 4 rounds. Here is a list of all the basic moves.

Block:Simple Defence, will prevent some damage- Start Punch:Self-Explanatory- B Button Kick:Self-Explanatory- A Button Uppercut:As the opponent comes close, hit them with a skyward hit.- Down and B Button Foot Sweep:Just as your enemy is within range, sweep them off their feet- Away and A Button Roundhouse Kick:Send your enemy flying with a boot to their face- Towards and A Button A Jumping Kick or Punch can be executed by pushing up and the designated Button.

======The Fighters and their moves ======Liu Kang: Member of the Order of Light. After winning the first tournament, Liu Kang returns to his temple to find his brothers killed by Outworld warriors. Liu now ventures into the outworld to seek vengence for his fallen brothers.

Liu Kang has 4 special moves and three ways of finishing his opponent.

Standing Fireball: Liu can launch a fireball at his opponent from a standing position or in mid-air- Foward, Forward, B button. Crouching Fireball: Liu can launch his fireball from a crouched possition- Down, Foward, B button. Flying Kick: Liu Kang jumps towards his opponent with superhuman force, kicking his opponent- Toward, Toward, A Button. Bicycle Kick: Liu Kang demonstates his fast pedalling of a bicycle with his opponent's face- Hold A Button for 3 seconds.

Fatalities Liu Kang can turn into a Dragon and Burn his fallen foe into fried foe- Down, Foward, Back, Back, A Button Liu Kang can also Uppercut his opponent his foe onto the spikes in the Kombat Tomb to kill them- Back, Toward, Toward, A Button Liu Kang can also transform his foe into a baby but must not use punch in the winning round- Down, Down, Toward, Away, A Button.

The ending story for Liu Kang: After defeating Shao Khan, Liu returns to his temple to morn the deaths of his fellow monks.

Jax: Major Jackson Briggs, went in search of Sonya Blade after her disappearance from Shang Tsung's Island. He enters the tournament to find her and Kano.

Jax has 4 special moves and three ways of finishing his opponent.

Ground Slam: Jax gives the ground a foe shaking blow- Hold B button for 3 sec. Gotcha Grab: Jax grabs his opponent and brings them close to his fist- Forward, Foward, B button. Energy Wave: Jax moves his arms so fast that a wave of energy flies at his opponent- Toward, Down, A Button. Back Breaker: Jax jumps up and grabs his opponent from an air attack for a good wrestling move that would scare any wrestler- Block in the air.

Fatalities Jax applauds his foe for their attempt with a head shattering clap -Hold B Button, Toward, Toward, Toward, Release B Button Jax can also Uppercut his opponent his foe onto the spikes in the Kombat Tomb to kill them- Up, Up, Down, A Button Jax can also transform his foe into a baby but must not use punch in the winning round- Down, Up, Down, Up, A Button while holding Block.

The ending story for Jax: After defeating Shao Khan, Jax frees Sonya and their enemy Kano. In the

confusion, Kano escapes them and Jax and Sonya vow to hunt Kano down.

Scorpion: A dead ninja bent on the vengence of his death. Scorpion has entered the tournament to take out Sub-Zero in the belief that the ninja escaped death at his hands.

Scorpion has 3 special moves and three ways of finishing his opponent.

Spear: Scorpion throws a spear at his opponent and pulls them to him as they are dazed by the attack- Back, Back, B button. Teleport Punch: Scorpion moves throught the barrier of the dead and living so fast that he appears behind his opponent for a punch- Down, Away, B Button Air Throw: Scorpion jumps at his opponent and throws them through the air: Block in the air.

Fatalities Scorpion removes his mask to reveal his skull and breathes fire onto his foe- Hold Block, Up, Up, B Button Scorpion can also Uppercut his opponent his foe onto the spikes in the Kombat Tomb to kill them- Back, Toward, Toward and Block. Scorpion can also transform his foe into a baby but must not use punch in the winning round- Down, Back, Back, A Button.

The ending story for Scorpion: After defeating Shao Khan, Scorpion protect Sub-Zero after discovering that it is not the Sub-Zero that killed him.

Sub-Zero: Member of the Lin Kuei, he has entered the tournament to kill Shang Tsung as it appeared that his brother did not do the dead.

Sub-Zero has 3 special moves and three ways of finishing his opponent.

Ice Ball: Sub-Zero launches a ball of ice at his opponent that freezes them for an attack- Down, Forward, B button. Ground Freeze: Sub-Zero can ice the ground his opponent walks on, causing them to lose their balance- Down, Back, A Button. Slide: Sub-Zero slides at his opponent, dodging any projectile attack- Back, B and A Buttons all at once.

Fatalities Sub-Zero freezes his opponent and gives them a shatter punch- Toward, Toward, Down, A Button. Then get close and press Forward, Down, Foward, Forward, B Button. Sub-Zero can also Uppercut his opponent his foe onto the spikes in the Kombat

Tomb to kill them- Back, Toward, Toward and Block. Sub-Zero can also transform his foe into a baby but must not use punch in the winning round- Down, Back, Back, A Button.

The ending story for Sub-Zero: After defeating Shao Khan, Sub-Zero has done more than his duty. He also has earned the respect of Scorpion as a guardian spirit.

Kitana: One of two assassins in the tournament to kill any one who threatens Shao Khan. But she is more than she seems.

Kitana has 4 special moves and three ways of finishing his opponent.

Fan Swipe: If her foe gets to close, Kitana with cut them back with a slice of her razor fan- Back and B Button. Fan Lift: Kitana lifts her opponent into the air with a spin of her fan and leaves them open to attack- Back, Back, B Button. Fan Throw: Kitana's fans become a deadly saw blade that can be thrown, even in air- Foward, Foward, A and B Buttons. Air Attack: Kitana takes to the air and punches her foe in the air- Down, Back, B Button.

Fatalities Kitana comes up close to her opponent and demonstrates how sharp her fans are- Block, Block, Block, A Button. Kitana can also Uppercut her opponent onto the spikes in the Kombat Tomb to kill them- Toward, Down, Toward, A Button Kitana can also transform her foe into a baby but must not use punch in the winning round- Down, Down, Down, A Button.

The ending story for Kitana: After defeating Shao Khan, Kitana retakes her rightful role as ruler of Outworld. She vows to return it to the world of beauty it was.

Reptile: Member of a race of beings in the Outworld and Shang Tsung's personal guard. He enters to find out some of the truth as well as to serve his master.

Reptile has 4 special moves and three ways of finishing his opponent.

Force Ball: Reptile launches a ball at his foe that knocks them towards him- Back, Back, B and A Buttons. Acid Spit: Reptile spits out deadly acid to scar his opponent- Forward, Forward, B Button.

Invisiblity: Reptile uses his natural camafloging skills to hide and attack- Hold Block and hit Up, Up, Down, B Button. Slide: Reptile slides at his opponent, dodging any projectile attack- Back, B and A Buttons all at once.

Fatalities Reptile has a dinner in your honor as he shows his real face. At least, he has a good head on his shoulders- Back, Back, Down, B Button. Reptile can also Uppercut his opponent onto the spikes in the Kombat Tomb to kill them- Back, Toward, Toward and Block. Reptile can also transform his foe into a baby but must not use punch in the winning round- Down, Back, Back, A Button.

The ending story for Reptile: After defeating Shao Khan, Reptile lives in peace with his people. He had discovered Shao Khan's plans to enslave them and stopped them.

Milenna: One of two assassins in the tournament to kill any one who threatens Shao Khan. But she is more than she seems as she might be Kitana's twin.

Mileena has 3 special moves and three ways of finishing his opponent.

Teleport Kick: Mileena disappears into the floor and jumps down from above with a powerful kick- Toward, Toward, A Button Ground Roll: Mileena curls up in a ball for an attack with that bowl all her friends over- Back, Back, Down, A Button. Sia Throw: Mileena takes her Sais and throws them at her opponent, even in the air- Hold B Button for 2 seconds and release.

Fatalities Mileena shows her opponent her devouring smile.- Hold B Button for 3 seconds. Mileena can also Uppercut her opponent onto the spikes in the Kombat Tomb to kill them- Toward, Down, Toward, A Button Mileena can also transform her foe into a baby but must not use punch in the winning round- Down, Down, Down, A Button.

The ending story for Mileena: After defeating Shao Khan, Mileena takes over the rule of outworld with her lover, Baraka.

Shang Tsung: Master of the last tournament, the demon returns with his youth renewed and a vendetta.

Shang has 3 special moves, 7 morphs and two ways of finishing his opponent.

Skull Fireball: Shang launches a flaming skull at his opponent- Back, Back, B Button. 2 Skull Fireballs:2 of above- Back, Back, Foward, B Button 3 Skull Fireballs:The ultimate attack Shang has- Back, Back, Foward, Foward, B Button

Morphs: Shang, being a demonic soccerer, can assume the identity of a foe and use there abilitys Liu Kang:Back, Back, Forward, Forward, Block Reptile:Hold Block, Up, Down, Up Sub-Zero:Forward, Down, Foward, A Button Kitana:Block, Block, Block Jax:Down, Forward, Back, B Button Mileena:Hold B Button for 2 seconds and release Scorpion:Hold Block, Up, Up

Fatalities Shang grabs his opponent and steals their soul- Hold Block, Up, Down, B Button. Shang can also transform his foe into a baby but must not use punch in the winning round- Back, Forward, Down, A Button.

The ending story for Shang: After defeating Shao Khan, Shang takes over outworld and our world.

Smoke- To fight smoke, do an uppercut on the pit 2. When "Toasty" appears, hit down and start at the same time to fight him. Jade- To fight her, use nothing but sweep kicks on one of the rounds before the question mark.

The Lore of New Urth: The Writings of one of the survivors of the Cataclysm. (by Richard B. Sampson Jr.) ======Introduction ------During the later part of the twentith century, a meteor collided with the Earth. Some people viewed this as an act of an alien species of reptile people. Others feared it was the doing of something calling itself Apocolypse. Some viewed it as a test from the true God. These views somewhat changed with what happened next. As the planets surfaced re-arranged, giant animals arose from a long sleep. People worshiped them as gods and formed cults around them. As far as people knew, there were 6 "gods". That was until an ancient text was discovered decribing what our world was like before the civilization was the norm.

From the ancient text: ======In the beginning, there was rage. As lifeforms developed and multipled, a delecate balance was discovered between to maintain the world. In control of this was 8 "gods" They represented the fundimentals of lifeforms. The gods were of Hunger and Survival, Life and Death, Insanity and Decay, and most important, Good and Evil. They took forms to suit their needs and what they represented. The "gods" fought in battles the intensified and as life spread to all corners of the Earth, the skies shook. At this time Dinosaurs evolved and civilizations emergerd. Then, the balance was disrupted. A wizard from another world appeared calling himself Balsafas. He feared that the "gods" would soon threaten the galaxy with their battles. He planned to stop the battles by destroying the delecate balance. He banished one to the a tomb in the center of the moon. The disturbance of the balance caused catastrophic effects on all the Earth. The "gods" went into slumber and man evolved.

The world of the ancient texts is gone. Earth is now Urth. The "gods" are angry. They devour some of their followers as grub. The Primal Rage has begun again.

Fighting of the Gods. ------When the gods fought in their battles, they hold it in three rounds. The third round was usually a tie-breaker. The use of combos was encouraged in fights. This would make an opponent get dizzy very quickly. When a "god" won two rounds, it had the choice to destroy the other "god". These moves, as well as special fighting moves, was achieved by the use of a chant that sounded like "HOLDAB" and a series of moves. It sounded like something you would do with a unit called a Gameboy, if technology still existed. Sometimes, the "gods" have to fight themselves to preserve their own homes. It is believed that when a "god" has conquer all, they will fight all of their foes again in a hidden area, unknown to men.

Picking a "god" to follow.

------It is said that each area of New Urth is the home of a "god", but the small areas in each area have a temple built with images of the 6 "gods" engraved in stone. The "gods" are chosen by the persons own thoughts on the "gods". Then, they put their hands to the image of the "god" they want and disappear, only to reappear and the home of the "god". The wall is set up in the following manner.

+------+------+------+ | Sauron | Talon |Blizzard | +------+------+------+ | Chaos | Armadon | Diablo | +------+------+------+

The "gods" ------Each "god" represents one of the many aspects of life. Athough, the ancient texts listed what each "god" represented, they have been lost since the cataclysm. What is known is what was relayed through the followers of each "god".

Armadon ======

Armadon had lived in a cave beneath the Earth's crust for over a million years. There he was telepathically linked to the biomass. With the battles for supremacy over the changing planet tortured him, he thought that he must leave his cave and settle the battles to prove himself the best. From his home of the Hollows, Armadon attacks the vial forces that violates his world. The hollows resemble his cave that he slept in.

Moves \/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/ (All moves use the Hold A B method) The Gut-Gouger: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Armadon moved toward and back. This caused him to lunge forward with his horn, hook his opponent and toss them over his shoulder.

The Bed-O-Nails: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Armadon moved down and up. This caused him to curl up into a ball with his spikes protruding. Any opponent who would attack him then get a sharp pain.

The Iron Maiden: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Armadon moved up and toward. This caused him to jump in the air and come down on his opponent with his spikes. Similar to an old torture device, it inflicts the same pain.

The Flying Spikes: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Armadon moved back and up. This caused him to whip his tail at his opponent. When the tail was over

Armadon's head, the spikes on his tail would fly at his opponent.

The Finishing Move [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]

Meditation: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Armadon moved toward, down, back, toward and toward. Armadon then approached his opponent and rolled up into a ball. Electricity then left from him to his opponent, turning his opponent into spoking remains.

It is said that when Armadon conquer New Urth, he will return to his cave and rest. The world maybe scarred, but it will be at peace.

Blizzard ======

For over a million years, Blizzard, a noble "god" who was the essence of the animal spirit, was frozen at the heart of a Hymalayasian glacier. He was released when the meteor hit and went down to defend land and stop the other "gods". His home of the Cliffs has his face carved into the mountains.

Moves \/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/ (All moves use the Hold A B method) The Freeze Breath: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Blizzard moved back and toward. This caused him to throw and iceball at his opponent and freeze them. This would leave them open to another attack.

The Air Throw: While jumping and stating the chant of HOLDAB, Blizzard could grab his opponent if they were in the air and throw them to the ground. A risky attack that was worth the risk.

The Throw: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Blizzard moved toward, down, back and up. This caused him to grab his opponent and throw them. This could finish off a combo.

The Mega Punch: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Blizzard moved down and toward. This caused him to slide forward with a outstretch fist and knock his opponent into the air.

Combo 3 Hits: Freeze the opponent, mega punching them and air throwing them seems to be a favorite of Blizzard.

Combo 3+ Hits: Freeze the opponent, mega punching them and punching them on their way down, then repeating the process seems to do more damage than the other.

The Finishing Move [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]

To-Da-Moon: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Blizzard moved down, down, down, down and up. Blizzard then approached his opponent and uppercuts them into the sky. In the distance, you can see them come crashing down to New Urth.

It is said that when Blizzard conquers New Urth, he will return to his throne in the cliffs, awaiting to protect his home from the next threat.

Chaos ======

Chaos had been the mightiest witch doctor of his time During his quest for power, a speel backfired and transformed him into the beast he is now. During the Cataclysm, Chaos prayed to Throshti, the god of Crrion, for release. To regain control of his life, he most defeat all his enemies. His home, the Ruins, is the last reminder of the old life.

Moves \/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/ (All moves use the Hold A B method) The Ground Shaker: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Chaos moved back, up, back and down. This caused him to jump up in the air and hit the ground with tremendous force. His opponent would then fly towards him, open to attack.

The Grab-N-Throw: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Chaos moved toward and back. This caused him to grab his opponent and throw them over his shoulder.

The Battering Ram: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Chaos moved toward and toward. This caused him to charge his opponent and send them flying. This would set his opponent for a difficult juggle combo.

The Power Puke: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Chaos moved up and toward. This caused him to puke at his opponent. When the pukehit his opponent, it would cause a highly painful burn.

Power Puke Combo: Sometimes Chaos would hit his opponent with a battering ram attack, he would continually puke at his opponent. It was once said that Chaos juggled an opponent of 8 Power Pukes. This was a very powerful 9 hit combo.

The Finishing Move [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]

Upchuck: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Chaos moved down, back,

toward, down and toward. Chaos then approached his opponent and threw up on his opponent. The acidic puke dissolved his opponent into nothingness.

It is said that when Chaos conquer New Urth, he was returned to his human form. He then lead his tribe to greatness.

Diablo ======

Diablo is evil incarnate. The Cataclysm had released him from his firery prison. When he conquers the planet, he will enjoy his rule be torturing his followers. His home of the Inferno, is as most people had invisioned hell. It was littered with volcanoes and lave streams.

Moves \/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/ (All moves use the Hold A B method) The Pulverizer: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Diablo moved down and up. This caused him to pounce on his opponent and jump a couple of times on his opponent.

The Inferno Flash: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Diablo moved up and down. This caused him to disappear and reappear in an aura of flame. Any opponent who would attack him then get a nasty burn.

The Torch: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Diablo moved up and toward. This causes him to breath a small flame from his mouth. His opponents who are near him will get burned.

The Fireball: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Diablo moved back and toward. This caused him to spit a fireball at his opponent. When the fireball hits his opponent, they have a nasty burn that has hurt them.

The Finishing Move [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]

Fireball Death: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Diablo moved up, back, down and down. Diablo then approached his opponent and set them on fire. All that is left is a pile of ash.

It is said that when Diablo conquers New Urth, he will return to his cave and all the humans that are left will fight for his amusement. Fight to the death.

Sauron ======

Sauron is the god of Hunger. When he awoke from his slumber, he realized that he needed to eat human flesh to remain immortal. Those who follow him fear him for their lives. He found out that he can also feast on the followers of others. His home, the Cove, overlooks the ocean when many humans come to use the waters.

Moves \/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/ (All moves use the Hold A B method) The Cranium Crusher: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Sauron moved down and up. This caused him to jump at a jumping opponent and smash his skull into their stomach. It could discourage most opponents from trying a jumping attack.

The Earthquake Stomp: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Sauron moved up and down. This caused him to jump in the air and hit the ground with an earthshaking stomp. Any opponent who is standing will fall.

The Air Throw: While jumping and stating the chant of HOLDAB, Sauron can grab an opponent when they are in the air and toss him to the ground. It can be as effective for Sauron as it is effective for Blizzard.

The Stun Roar: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Sauron moved back and toward. This caused him to roar so loud that his opponent was stunned. This would leave them open to another attack from Sauron.

The Finishing Move [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]

Flesh Eating: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Sauron moved up, up, up and up. Sauron then approached his opponent and let them fall. Sauron would then devour his fallen foe and leave the bone as a reminder to all who may challenge him.

It is said that when Sauron conquers New Urth, he will devour all of humanity, including his followers. Heaven help up if he does.

Talon ======

Talon was the chief of the Raptor Clan on a hidden island for eons. When the Great Meteor rearraged the continents, Talon's Island came into contact with the mainland. Talon went out to defeat his enemies and protect his family. Talon views human as cattle in his forest like home called the Strip.

Moves \/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/ (All moves use the Hold A B method)

The Face Ripper: While stating the chant of HOLDAB and standing close to his opponennt, Talon moved up and down. This caused him to jump at their face and give them some scars befor tossing them aside for more of a beating.

The Brain Basher: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Talon moved up and towards. This caused him to jump in the air and land on his opponents head. This delivered a deal of physical and mental damage to the opponent.

The Frantic Fury: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Talon moved down and toward. Talon transforms into a creepy cloud of flying claws. One hit from this attack send an opponent flying.

The Slasher: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Talon moved down, up and toward. This caused him to take two slashes at his opponent. It is rumored that projectiles past through Talon during this attack.

The Run: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Talon can run toward or away his opponent. This could be one of the best abilities Talon has. It allows him to move in, strike fast, and get out of dangers way.

The Finishing Move [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]

Shredding: While stating the chant of HOLDAB, Talon moved toward, down, back and up. Talon then approached his opponent and shredded them to pieces. It is a quick and painful death for his opponent.

It is said that when Talon conquers New Urth, he and his clan with take over and raise all of mankind for food and sport. Maybe the theories about the reptilian aliens is true in this case.

Epilogue ------The only way that New Urth's future will be decided is by these "gods". Let the rage begin.

Elements of Adventure. (A Guide For Quest RPG, Brian’s Journey) (by Richard B. Sampson Jr.) ======Introduction ======

I think what makes a good legend, and a good story, is that it could, and might have happened. The fact of the matter is that I have learned a good deal just from some of these stories. Many make excellent teaching tools, and others are merely entertainment. Such was the case when I met a mysterious lady. She saw one of my stories and said that if I liked a good story, she had one about a legendary quest, with what, at the time, sounded like the most unliky of heroes, and even more unlikely of quests. I motioned for her to begin her tale, but she smiled and said, “To begin this story, I must tell you a little bit about your own past. This story takes place in a part of your world that was known as Celtland, many years ago. The world had been divided into three main areas. In the northern region, was Kennishire, a land where Spirit Tamer’s learned to control their powers at the Melrode Monastery. It was kind land ruled by King Scottfort.” As is if I was in a dream, I could picture the towns of the area, with the castles and the monistary. She then said, “In the middle regioun of Celtland, there was Carmagh, the land of Merchants. It was ruled by the beautiful Queen Deanna.” Almost instantaniously, I saw the image change into that of a small town, where all the houses were obviously of very well off people. I was in awe until the image changed to a more forboding sight. A land covered in dark clouds. I shuddered at the sight of weapons of distruction when the woman spoke again and said, “And in the south was Highland, the Kingdom of the Sword. It was ruled by the iron fist of King Beigis. A truce was used so the could live in peace but Beigis wanted more. And he got what he wanted.” She hesitated and then said, “That leads us to the story about that hero who saved Celtland. It all began with an apprentace Spirit Tamer named Brian.”

======The Quest of Brian ======

It all began at Melrode Monistary, as Brian had entered the small courtyard of the monistary. A monster attacked when Brian entered. Before long, the monster was defeated. At that time, Lavaar and Gabriel arrived and told Brian to return to his fathers quarters. Brian’s father, Bart, was worried about him and told him to get to bed. He remarked how Brian’s powers hand improved, as the young apprentace went to bed.

In the morning, Gylmyne, a fellow member of the monistary told brian that Cerius had called him to the Chapel. Cerius was second under the Grand Abbot, and was viewed as a leader. Brian wasted no time in heading to the Chapel. Brian had in the Chapel many

times, and was always in awe at the mark of the 4 Spirit Elements painted on the floor. It was then that Brian learn that Lavaar and Gabriel had stolen a book from the monistary, and not just any book, but a very dangerous book. Bart was sent to find the book, but Brian was told to check in the town of Melrode, for gossip of where they went. Brian then left to do his task, but stopping at the stable to talk to his father. As Brian entered the stable, he saw what looked like smoke eminating from the hey, but he knew what it was. It was a spirit of the elements. He quickly taimed it to increase his own abilities. He then spoke to his father who told him to look after the house. He then went down to the town of Melrode. When he arrived, he entered every house, and talked to everyone, learning as much as he could. He heard of a suspicious person at the Ranch house. He went over to investigate it, stopping only to tame the spirit he saw in the Ranch field. He then entered the house, to overhear Tim, a fellow spirit tamer speaking in a dark tone. He attacked Brian. Brian was in his first real battle. He alternated between spells, trying to find the fastest way to defeat Tim. He couldn’t determine since his magic was so weak at the time, but he did defeat Tim. He felt he had to report back to Cerius. He ran all the way back to the Monistary, only to find out from Cerius that his father was missing. Then the Grand Abbott had summoned him to his chambers. When Brian arrived there, he found that he was due to take part on a great quest. He left and went about the Monestary, gathering info and items to use on his quest. He then left the monestary and headed down to the town of Melrode. In town, he got some White Wings so he could return to the town quickly, spoke to the people again, and rested at the Inn before heading out into the countryside.

In the morning, Brian embarked on his quest, and left Melrode. He had to find his father. On the way, he encountered many monsters. Along the way south, he encountered a few things, mainly monsters such as Man Eater, Hell Hound, and others. After he defeated them, he continued on to find a small hut, with a Fortune Teller. She gave him a free fortune reading. He returned to the path and continued south, finding another house along the way. In the house, he learned about bandits in Connor Forest. He decided that he would also stop at Donovan, to rest up, and also speak to the King of Kennishire. When Brian reached Donovan, he decided to talk to all the people first, finding out what he could. He heard more of the bandits in the woods. He also heard about the King’s daughter. He also heard about the Earth Orb for the first time. He also found a spirit and tamed it. He then got Yellow Wings so he could return quickly to Donovan. Finally he went to the Inn to rest for the night. In the morning, he would go to the castle.

After a good nights rest, Brian went to the castle. He went to speak to the King, but there were things afoot. They were going to see a Matchmaker, to find the king daughter a husband. Brian decide to search the castle for a bit. He came across several chest, found out some info, and even tamed a few more spirits. He eventually stumbled onto the princess’s chambers. He saw her and was amazed at her beauty. He was then spotted by someone who escorted him out of the room. He was waiting with the matchmaker when they were called into the King’s chamber. The scene would have been nice, but Solvaring appeared and abducted Flora. The husband that was found for her was

killed, but Brian fought the monsters left behind by Solvaring and defeated them. The Goblin and 2 Kobold’s proved to be a match, but one Brian could win. King Scottfort then asked Brian to save Flora, and mentioned the theft of the Eletale Book. Brian did not know what was stolen from the monestary, but he had heard tales of the book, and the evil imprisoned inside. He agreed, and left, first to rest at the Inn.

When Brian awoke, he left town and entered the forest. His first choice was to take the right path or left path. He chose the right path. As he explored it, he found many treasure chests, a few Spirits, and many monsters. Eventually, he had found 1 Spirit, and the door to the other side of Connor forest. Brian figured that it wouldn’t open until he defeated Solvaring. He returned to the fork and decided to explore the other branch. Along that path, he found more monsters, and more spirits. He also found a small house. He entered it to rest for a moment, and met Shannon for the first time. She was a mysterious lady, with silver-white hair. She mentioned Lavaar and Solvaring. Brian then found a Replica in the small cottage and a spirit. When he left, he searched the forest some more. By the time Brian reached the fortress of Solvaring, he had found two more spirits. Brian prepared for battle by healing himself before he entered Solvaring’s lair. When he entered, the maniac was waiting for him. Brian remembered people mentioning the Earth Orb, and figured that Solvaring would use Earth magic. As the fight comensed, Brian used attacks that Earth magic was weak against, mainly Fire and Wind magic. With Solvaring’s defeat, Brian retreive the Earth Orb, and rescued Flora. He could tell that she was impressed with his skill. She mentioned Brian’s father, and Flora mentioned that Bart told her to give him the Earth Orb. They returned to the Castle, and the King Scottfort rewarded Brian with the treasures in the hidden room, which included a Spirit. Brian then decided to go to the Inn and rest for the night before continuing his quest.

When Brian awoke, he decided to check Solvaring’s fortress again. He wanted to make sure he didn’t forget anything. In Solvaring’s lair, Brian found a spirit, and some chests. He then left the lair and made his way to the exit of the forest. He exitted onto Donovan Flats. Just as he exited the forest, Brian spied a Spirit. He quickly tamed it, and then continued south, knowing that he had to make his way to the ferry to Limelin. Brian encountered many monsters along the way, but eventually, he made he was south to the ferry, and taming spirits. When he reached the ferry house, he spoke to the people inside before the set sail. He met up with Shannon again, who told him about Larapool. He didn’t feel like site seeing, but something told him he was going to stop there anyhow. He talked with some other people in the ferry house, and then decided to rest before the long ferry trip.

In the morning, he talked to the ferry master, and they set sail. On the ship, he met Colleen, who said her father was a spirit tamer. Shortly there after, the pirate prince of Nord, Kiliac, attacked. Brian chose to defend the ship. Kiliac used Wind based magic, but Brian used various Magic against him, and used some health items, and soon Kiliac fell. He was about to try again, when Colleen came out and helped chase him off with dragon of the sea. Soon they arrived at Larapool, where Brian found out that the Winds were no longer co-operating. They were stranded. Brian entered the Ferry house and

rested for the night.

In the morning, he talked with the occupants, and then began heading west. Along the way, he encounted many monsters, as well as a few Spirits. At a crossroad area, Brian wen north to Larapool, finding a few Spirits along the way. By the time he arrived in Larapool, he had found two Spirits. When he arrived, he was immediatly talked to all the people he found, including the mysterious Shannon. He had learned much about the towns in the area. He also found 2 Spirits. He then picked up some Blue Wings in the shop and finally talked to Lelia who had him go for the Mermaid Orb in crystal valley, which was on the other side of the Blue Cave. Brian first claimed the spirit that was at the entrance of the cave, and then proceded to search the Blue Cave. Brian searched the Blue Cave thouroughly, finding many enemies and many treasures. When he reached the end of the Blue Cave, he had found 5 Spirits, and earned many in battle. At the end of a Blue Cave, there was a dead end. Just as Brian wondered what to do, a gust of water sent him across a wide gap, knocking him unconscious.

Brian awoke to a bird calling him. It ended up being Epona’s parrot. He followed the bird to Epona, who gave him the Mermaid’s orb, and then transported him back to Larapool, when Leila took the orb and it started to protect the city again. Brian then talked with everyone again, before he left heading south to Normoon. On his way to Normoon, Brian encountered many more monsters. As he approached the bridge only to find it was broken. He entered the cottage nearby, and the men told him what had happen. He also learned that he had to go through Cull Hazzard, and that was not an easy trek. After Brian left the hut, he made his way to the path to Cull Hazzard. It was a long trek just to get to Cull Hazzard. Eventually, Brian reached a small house, and the owner let him rest there for the night.

In the morning, Brian made his way into Cull Hazzard, but finding one Spirit along the way. It was a long trek once he entered the Hazzard, and he felt he had to search the entire cave. During his search, he encountered many monsters, found several chests, one containing some Spirit Gemstones and two Spirits. He then embarked on a long trek down a long vine like structure. Soon he reached a section high over water, and from the water emerged a Dragon. He said he would test Brian’s power. Brian was quick to dodge the flames of the Dragon and countered with Wind Magic. Brian then got the Spirit to his left, and then left the Cull and headed for Normoon. As he entered, he decided to head for the Inn, before trying to do anything else. The trek through Cull Hazard was very rough, and he needed to gather his strength. He went to the Inn only to find out he couldn’t rest there. He also ran into Shannon again, who told him about someone who held the Wind Jade. He then went to the upper level of Inn, where he met up with a magician named Leonardo. He challenged Brian to a fight, which Brian won using Fire and Water Magic. Afterwards, Leonardo told Brian about Zelse who lived in the tower and had stopped the wind. Brian then searched the town, talking to people, finding spirit Gemstones, taming three spirits, and obtaining the Green Wings. He then climbed to the top of the tower, only to find out from Leonardo that the spirit tamer that was there had left. Brian then trekked into the Windward Forest. He had to find this

Spirit Tamer and stop him so the ferry could move again. As he made his way through the forest, he found some spirits in the woods, and in a small cabin in the woods, where he found a spirit and some gemstones. Soon, he came across Zelse and Leonardo. Leonardo was not fairing well, and Brian jumped in against Zelse. Brian used Fire Magic to counter Zelse’s Wind Magic. Afterword, Brian got the Wind Jade. He then heard from Zelse’s dying words that Baragoon was trying to eradicate the spirit monks. Leonardo then left and Leila came, telling Brian grave news. He had to get another Mermaid Orb. He was instantly transported to Epona’s cottage in the Crystal valley, and Epona told him Colleen could provide him with one. He was then transported away, onto the pirate ship of Kiliac. The pirate was heading to the Isle of Sky, and gave Brian a lift to the Isle because he knew Brian was far from ordinary. Brian decided to rest up, knowing that it would be a long trip.

Brian was awoken when a Winged Sunfish attacked the ship. Brian defeated the fish, and the finally arrived at the Isle of Skye. When he entered the cottage, he was surprised who he saw. Colleen was the same girl he met on the ferry boat. She then told him of what had happened to the Water Jewel. He was determined to reclaim it. He started by checking the cottage for spirits, and then made his way up to the Stone Circle. When he reached the top, he had found 5 spirits, and fought many monsters. When he entered the stone circle, he found himself far below the sea, and he followed a path that led him to who had the Jewel, a spirit tamer named Nepty. The two fought, Water vs. Fire,Wind and Earth, and in the end, Brian claimed the Water Jewel. He then made his way back to Colleen’s house. When he arrived, Colleen thanked him and allowed him to take the Water Jewel with him. He was then transported back to Larapool. After giving Leila the new orb, he made his way back to the Windward forest. He found that the bridge was repaired and he wanted to check if he missed anything. He eventually reached the spot where he fought Zelse and found nothing. He decided to make his way back and head to the ferry. When they came to port, Brian decided to rest before trekking to Limelin.

When he awoke, Brian start the trek to the city of Limelin. He kept a watchful eye out for monsters, and spirits. During the long trek, he came across one spirit, but he sensed more in the area towards a tunnel. First, he had to go to Limelin. When he entered Limelin, he couldn’t believe the size of the town. Brian started by searching through the town, talking to people, taming spirits. After finding 6 spirits, and hearing that a evil spirit tamer named Fargo escaped from the jail in town, Brian went to speak to the Queen. As he made his way through the castle, he found 3 more spirit elementals, and some spirit gemstones. Then, he met with Queen Deanna, and she asked him to stop Fargo. Brian had a feeling he would meet up with Fargo the second he heard that the mad man had escaped. Brian then returned to the town, and headed for the shop for some Red Wings. He then spoke to the people in the tavern. Afterwords, he went to the inn, and met up with Shannon again. She spoke to him as if she couldn’t understand why the capitol was built, and then Brian decided to rest for the night before his trek into the ruins.

When Brian woke up, Brian went to a place called the lottery. It ran on the spirit

gemstones he had been finding. He then head out of Limelin, to the ruins of the tunnel. When he rached the entrance to the tunnel, he had found 4 spirits. He then entered the ruins to find his way to Baragoon. The first part of the ruins was a long trek, and Brian fought many monsters, and found many things, including 2 spirits and 1 gemstone. Soon, Brian was in the second part of the ruins, and it looked more constructed, like an old city. Brain seached this level, finding 1 more spirit. After he passes through a square room, Brian encountered Lavaar. It was the first time he had seen the spirit tamer since the night the book was stolen. It was Lavaar who stole it, and Lavaar had been cursed for using the magic in the book. Soon, he was fight Lavaar who had a fire dragon with him. Brian cast a Magic Barrier to protect him from the Dragon’s attacks, and did his best to bring Lavaar down. After defeating Lavaar, Lavaar headed back to Baragoon. Brian now knew the world was in real trouble. He rushed to get through the ruins. Eventually, he found his way to the third level of the ruins. He started to work his way around the ruins, look to find anything to help him. He found 1 spirit, a few chests, and then a big room. He noticed someone standing in the room. Brian knew who it was. It was Fargo. Brian prepared himself for the battle, being at full strength. Now was when Brian learned of Beigis’ ambition, that Beigis wanted all the orbs of power, and Fargo apparently had the last one. Soon, Brian was fighting the Fire using maniac. It was his most difficult battle, but he won with water attacks. Brian claimed the Fire Ruby and then searched for a way out of the ruins. Along the way, he found more chests, crossed through a room with floor suspended over a bottomless pit, and another spirit. Brian left the ruins and emerged in a desert. He saw a tent nearby and ran into it. He knew it was best to travel at night, and by the looks of the sun in the sky, it was the morning after he left Limelin. He entered the tent, claimed a spirit and rested until evening.

When Brian awoke, he left the tent and stopped at a small house. He spoke to the person there to find that he had fled Baragoon. He found one spirit in the vast desert to the south of the house, and came upon a mystical gateway to the ancient land of Shamwood. In what was left of the land, he found 8 spirits, several treasures, and 2 Spirit Gemstones. Then, he returned back to the house, and headed to the west. He had grabbed one more spirit on the outskirts of a ruined town. He felt washed out from his long trek in the desert, so he stopped in at an inn. When he got there, he ran into Shannon again. He also found he could not rest at the inn. He also wondered more about Shannon, because she talked like she wasn’t even human. He left the Inn and headed back along the path he was following. There had to be a path to Baragoon. He knew of something in this area called the Boil Hole. He had a feeling that that would be his passage to Baragoon. He continued west, and then headed north to find a spirit. He tried south then, finding the entrance to the Boil Hole and 2 more spirits. Brian then entered the Boil Hole. He had to explore the whole dangerous tunnel to find his way out, locating 2 spirits, many monsters. Soon Brian arrived at Baragoon Moor. He made his way down to find a place to rest, being wary to not be surprise by Beigis’ men. Brian knew that if Beigis was planning to strike at the spirit monks, his life was in danger by being here. He found an Inn, but the guy didn’t let him rest. Brian did find a spirit and several items on the top floor. He made his way to town, and by the time he got there, he had 6 more spirits tamed, including the one from the small house. In town, he heard talk of war, and

dispair. Brian also learned that his father was in the castle. Now he had to get there. He got Black Wings at the shop and made his way through town. He needed to rest as well. Again, no Inn was available. He quickly prepped himself, and left the town and headed to the castle. When he entered the castle, he saw Beigis preparing for war. He was then confronted by Shannon, who told him where Lavaar was. He was starting to have grave distrust about the silver haired woman. He found Lavaar, and again, a magic battle was on. This time with Lavaar’s defeat, Brian learned everything. That Shannon was helping Beigis. That she had been luring him to Beigis in the guise of helping him. Brian was then captured, and Beigis began the attack on the monistary. Then, to Beigis’ surprise, the monistary floated to safety, and Beigis realized that Shannon was using him. Then Bart and Leonardo rescued Brian and they made their way to the war room. Leonardo slew Beigis’ magician aide, then Beigis attacked with such force the Brian’s father made the biggest sacrafice and saved both Leonardo and Brian. Brian soon awoke with Epona tending to them. She then transported him to Meldore, where Shannon confronted him agian. She told him that he needed the mirror which was held by Shief. Soon Leonardo and Flora came and said that Shief lived in the Ruins of Shamwood. Brian knew of a quick way to get there, and he used his Red Wings to get to Limelin. At that point, they rested at the Inn.

In the morning, Brian and the others left and headed for the tunnel to Dindom Dires. It took them a while, but they made it through. Once they made it through, they had to traverse the desert to the entrance to Shamwood. If Brian hadn’t gone there earlier, he would have had a long search. Soon, they had arrived at Shamwood and made their way up to Shilf’s chamber. Shilf demanded that Brian should show her proof of his powers, and the two had a battle of magic. Brian got the Mirror, but it was damaged. Flora said that Clay in Dondoran might be able to take care of it. They left Shamwood and used the Yellow Wings to fly to Dondoran. They got a second set of Yellow wings and went to speak to Clay. He told them he could mend it, but he would need a Dragon’s scale. Brian recalled the dragon from Cull Hazzard and used the Green Wings to fly there. They entered the dragon’s lair and asked for a scale. The dragon demanded a rematch. Brian used the same tactics he used before, and the dragon fell, reliquishing a scale. They left Cull Hazzard, and used the Yellow Wings to fly back to Dondoran. They decided to rest up at the Inn, tomorrow, they would storm Castle Brannoch.

When they awoke, they headed for Clay’s house. Soon he had mended the mirror, and they left for the Isle of Skye. As fate would have it, Kiliac the Pirate Prince appeared and offered to help. Leila, the guardian of Larapool was waiting at the Isle of Skye also. Kiliac took them with no time to waist, and they went to the stone circle. In an instant, Brian, Flora and Kiliac were transported inside the castle, by the magic of the rights of light. As they arrived, Guilty, the magician brought to Brannoch by Shannon attack. Brian was ready and defeated the magic user quickly. He got the contents of the three chests in the room, and they made their way to Beigis’ throne room. When they entered Beigis’ throne room, he told them that he was aware that he was being used, but that he didn’t care. He then attack Brian. Brain used the amulets to help him survive this confrontation, as well as Water Magic. With Beigis’ defeat, they headed to the stone

circle behind the throne room. When the reached the stone circle, Shannon was waiting for them. She admitted to giving the orbs of power to Solvaing, Zelse, Nepty and Fargo so Brian could obtain them. She sounded like she knew Brian’s destiny was to confront Mammon. She then gave Brian the Eletale Book. She then said that she was a puppet, created to guide Brian. She then left, to await at the gate to Mammon’s realm. They then entered the stone circle and were in the monestary, floating high above the world. They worked their way through the various levels of the monestary new interior. They could see the path they had to take. The kept moving forward. After a long trek, they met up with Shannon, who gave Brian the key to the realm where Mammon waited. A mystical stone in the room also restored all Brian’s heatlh and magic. He then entered the door. He followed the tiny path all the way up to the giant demon, Mammon. Soon the battle insued. Brian used the Golden Amulet he had gotten along the way to minimize the damage he received, and counted the best way he could. In the end, after many attacks, Brian destroied Mammon. The demon died. The demon got the one thing it enjoyed most, death. The monestary started to fade, and Brian, Flora, and Kiliac escaped. Shannon was puzzled as she stood there. Mammon was destroied, yet she still existed. She had thought she was linked to Mammon. She rationalized that she was unbound since she thought Brian would win. She then left on another trek. Kiliac, Flora and Brian arrived safely on the ground. Celtland was saved, and the story of the Legendary Spirit Tamer, Brian, was added to the pages of the Eletale Book. Peace return all over. Leonardo returned home to Brannoch. Kiliac returned to his home. Flora returned home to her father, and Brain returned to the Monestary. It was even said that Brian and Flora married later in the future.

======The Elements Of Magic ======

I noticed that althrough her story, she had mention Magic and Elements. I had to admit I was curious how the Elementals and Magic tied together. She told me this. “In your world, at that time, Spirit Tamers tamed spirts acordingly, and used their magic in various combinations to create various spells. All novice Spirit Tamers knew the basic Elemental magic attacks, and with each Element, there was 15 spells. Let me start with Fire, then Wind, followed by Water, and lastly, Earth. I shall list the spirits needed, and the order of which they appear.”

Fire Spells: Fire is the element of hunger and hense, fire based attacks are generally use for attacks. 1 Fire Ball LV1 Shoots one Fire Ball against an opponent. Good for any distance. Homes in on target. (F)

4 Fire Ball LV2 Shoots two Fire Balls against two opponents. Good for any distance. Homes in on targets. (F-F)

4 Power Staff LV1 Brian’s attack ability will increase, allowing him to do more damage with his staff. (F-E)

6 Homing Arrow LV1 Shoots out 3 arrows that home in on his enemies. Good for any distance. (F-Wi)

7 Hot Steam LV1 Burning Hot Steam protects Brain from attack. Only covers 180 degrees. Hurts only close enemies. (F-Wa)

10 Compression Brian can shrink a monster, causing it to do less damage than it could before. (F-(F-Wi or Wi-F))

12 Vampire’s Touch Brian can use this spell to regain life just by striking his opponents with his staff. It will appear like a blue haze around Brian. (F- (Wa-E or E- Wa))

12 Power Staff LV2 Same as Power Staff LV1 except more powerful. (F-E-E)

13 Fire Pillar Brian can use this spell to generate a pillar of fire to appear in front of him. Hurts only enemies in front of him. (F- (F-Wa or Wa-F))

13 Magma Ball Brian causes lava to rise to the surface and engulf all his enemies. Good at all ranges. (F- (E-Wi or Wi-E))

15 Homing Arrow LV2 Shoots out 6 to 8 arrows that home in on his enemies. Good for any distance. (F-Wi-Wi)

15 Extinction If successful, Brian causes a rift in the surface that pulls his enemy into the abyss, never to return again. (F- (Wi-Wa or Wa-Wi))

16 Fire Ball LV3 Shoots three fire balls at Brian’s opponents. Good at all ranges since they home in on their targets. (F-F-F)

16 Fire Bomb Brian tosses a ball of fire, which explodes as it hits the ground, burning anything in range. Good for medium range. (F- (F-E or E-F))

23 Hot Steam LV2 Brian causes Hot Steam to fully surround him. Good to damage any enemy close to Brian. (F-Wa-Wa)

Wind Spells: Wind is the element of movement, hense, most of Wind spells affect movement in some way. 1 Wind Cutter LV1 The wind forms a blade and flies through the air, striking an opponent. Good at all ranges since it homes in on targets. (Wi)

3 Restriction LV1 Brian can command the air around one enemy to solidify, preventing his enemy from moving. (Wi-F)

4 Wind Cutter LV2 The wind forms 3 blades and strikes multiple targets. Good at all ranges since it homes in on it’s targets. (Wi-Wi)

5 Evade LV1 This Wind Magic allows Brian to move farther, allowing him to dodge attacks easier. (Wi-Wa)

6 Silence LV1 This spell will cause one of Brian’s opponents to be unable to cast spells, since spells are cast by oral incantaion. (Wi-E)

7 Large Cutter The wind forms a blade that soars across the battle field and strikes all enemies in front of Brian. Good range if opponents are in front of Brian. (Wi- (Wi-F or F-Wi))

8 Restriction LV2 This higher level of Restriction causes the wind to imprison all of Brian’s advisaries in place. (Wi-F-F)

11 Wind Bomb As the wind starts to encircle Brian, the force of the winds injure any foe close to Brian. The maximun range of the attacks is about a mid range attack. (Wi- (Wi-Wa or Wa-Wi))

11 Slow Enemy With this spell, Brian can cause the Winds to hinder the movement of one of his opponents. (Wi- (F-E or E-F))

12 Wind Cutter LV3 The wind forms 6 to 8 blades and strikes multiple targets. Good at all ranges since it homes in on it’s targets. (Wi-Wi-Wi)

13 Evade LV2 This spell increases Brian’s speed more than the first Evade did. (Wi-Wa-Wa)

13 Wind Walk With the wind adding his feet, Brian can traverse the entire fighting area, taking some enemies by surprise. (Wi- (Wa-E or E-Wa))

15 Cyclone With this spell, Brian can command a Cyclone to attack his opponents, although it’s course will not be know when he casts it. (Wi- (Wi-E or E-Wi))

17 Ultimate Wind This spell will cause the wind to form spikes to come crashing down on Brian’s enemies. (Wi- (F-Wa or Wa-F))

22 Silence LV2 This spell will silence all of Brian’s foes, allowing them only to try to attack physically. (Wi-E-E)

Water Magic:

Since Water is the element of life, many Water spells are purely for Health and Life information.

1 Water Pillar LV1 This causes a small geyser to spurt out of the ground in front of Brian. This is only good for attack if the enemy is right in front of Brian. (Wa)

4 Water Pillar LV2 This cause a medium-sized geyser to spurt out of the ground in front of Brian. This is only good for attack if the enemy is right in front of Brian (Wa- Wa)

4 Healing LV1 This spell will heal Brian, especially for small wounds that cost about 15 health. (Wa-E)

5 Soul Searcher LV1 This spell will allow Brian to see facts about an enemy he is fighting. (Wa-F)

8 Escape This spell can allow Brian to flee a battle, thus preserving his life and resources. (Wa- (E-Wi or Wi-E))

8 Ice Wall This spell causes a whole sheet of Ice to engulf the area, encased enemies in it’s deadly cold. (Wa- (Wa-E or E-Wa))

9 Ice Knife This spell allows Brian to summon icicles to come down and strike one of his opponent. (Wa- (Wa-Wi or Wi-Wa))

11 Exit If Brian was deep in a dungeon, cavern, or forest, and needed to leave quickly, he case Exit to return to the countryside so he could head to a town. (Wa-Wi)

12 Return With this spell, Brian could instantly return to the last town he had visited, but only if he was in the countryside. (Wa-Wi-Wi)

13 Water Pillar LV3 This spell summoned a large geyser to appear infront of Brian, causing devistating damage to any opponent infront of him. Only good in they were close to Brian. (Wa-Wa-Wa)

13 Healing LV2 This spell could heal Brian’s large wounds, around 40 health. (Wa-E-E)

14 Drain Magic When Brian used this spell, a magical mosquito would fly down and drain magic from one of his opponents and give it to him. (Wa- (F-E or E-F))

16 Invalidity With this spell, Brian could counter all spells that weakened him, except for Silence. (Wa- (F-Wi or Wi-F))

17 Soul Searcher LV2 This spell allowed Brian to know about all his enemies he

was facing. (Wa-F-F)

18 Walking Water This spell allows for Brian to create a moving column of water to head straight towards his enemies. It travels in a straight line. (Wa- (Wa-F or F-Wa))

Earth Magic: Earth is the element of Strength, and as such, strength is a subject of most Earth Magic. 1 Rock LV1 A Rock appears and strike the ground a short range from Brian. It is a mid-range attack. (E)

4 Rock LV2 A medium sized Rock appears and strikes the ground a short range from Brian. It is a mid-range attack. (E-E)

4 Spirit Armor LV1 A Brown haze appears around Brian as he casts the spell that strengths his defense. (E-Wa)

5 Rolling Rock LV1 A pair of boulders some rolling across the battlefield, injuring anything they strike. (E-F)

7 Weakness LV1 Using this spell, Brian could lower the defense of a single advisary. (E-Wi)

9 Confusion When Brian cast this spell, his enemies would start to attack themselves, or each other, and sometimes they would even attack Brian. (E- (F-Wa or Wa-F))

10 Magnet Rock When cast, two rocks would slam together, sandwiching an enemy in between them. (E- (E-Wa or Wa-E))

11 Weakness LV2 Using this spell, Brian could greatly lower the defense of a single advisary. (E- (Wi-Wa or Wa-Wi))

11 Spirit Armor LV2 A Brown haze appears around Brian as he casts the spell that greatly strengths his defense. (E-Wa-Wa)

12 Avalanche With a wave of his staff, Brian could cause a shower of Boulder to strike the ground nearby him, eradicating any enemy too close to him (E- (E-F or F-E))

12 Magic Barrier With the red haze protecting him, Brian was safe from all magical attacks. (E- (F-Wi or Wi-F))

16 Rock LV3 A large Rock appears and strikes the ground a short range from Brian. It is a mid-range attack. (E-E-E)

17 Rock Shower A rain of stones falls from the sky, hitting every enemy in the battle. (E- (E-Wi or Wi-E))

20 Rolling Rock LV2 A trio of boulders some rolling across the battlefield, injuring anything they strike. (E-F-F)

22 Weaken All. With this magic spell, Brian can lover the defense of all his foes in one spell. (E-Wi-Wi)

======Monsters or Myth ======

After she finished telling me about the spells, I had asked her about the monsters and all. She looked at me and said, “The monsters did exist, and they had to be fought in Celtland. They lived all over. Some were dangerous, and some were deadly, and a few others were just easy to beat. Brian learned may things about the monsters, where they lived, their alignment and all. Let me start with the Holy Fields.

Holy Fields: This is the area between Melrode and Dondoran. In habiting this area are a few monsters that are relatively easy to defeat. Very rarely does an adventure get cut short by one of them. Big Mouth: This creature looks vaguely like a crocodile. It lumbers around slowly, but if it gets close, it uses a Water Pillar attack. It is aligned with the Water Element. Bumbershoot: This creature could be an altered sunflower. It is always bouncing, and relies on magic like Fire Ball. It is aligned with the Fire Element. Hellhound: This demon dog attacks with Fireballs and travels in packs. It is aligned with the Fire Elemental. Man Eater: This monster is a mixture of mud, bones and dirt, and uses Rock. Its element is Earth, and is stationary. Parassault: This creature usually accompanies a Bumbershoot. It tries to freeze it’s advisary with Ice Knife. It’s Element is Water. Were Hare: This little monster could be thought of a hooded rabbit. It uses Wind Cutter, and it’s element is Wind. Were Hare’s have also been spotted in West Carmagh.

Connor Forest: In this forest is where Brian found Solvaring’s lair. There are many creatures that exist in these woods. Bat: These creature work there way towards their foe, casting Wind cutter until they get close. When they have gotten close, they attack with Water Pillar. With this fact put aside, they are clearly aligned with Wind. Frog Knight: A humanoid frog like creature, dressed up as a knight. It attacks with mainly Wind attacks, however, it is of the Water Element. Kobold: The jackal like creature creates cyclones with it’s kicks. One must watch for this attack. A Kobold is liked to the Element of Wind.

Man Trap: This large flower roams the forest with one lone eye. When an opponent is not close to it, it casts Healing to heal it’s wounds. It is aligned with the element of Earth. Marionasty: A living puppet that roams the woods. It does more damage when it is close to attack. It’s Element is Earth.

Dondoran Flats: On the other side of Connor Forest, is this stretch of land. It ends right at the ferry house that took people to other lands. Apophis: This was a giant serpent-like creature, that used a stronger version of the Wind Cutter spell. It is aligned to the Wind Element. Death Hugger: This was a giant bat and was many times stronger and fiercer than it’s small brethering. It is aligned to the Wind Element. Frog King: These amphibian were more powerful than the Frog Knights, and like there lesser forms, they were aligned to the Water Element. Goblin: These ugly brutes attack with the Homing Arrow spell. They were know to travel with other monsters. They are linked to the Fire Element. Hot Lips: This is the more powerful relation to the Man Trap. However, it got its name due to the fact that it is linked to the Fire Element. Mad Doll: This is the nastier, meaner version of the Marionasty. It is more powerful than its lesser form. It is linked to the Earth Element.

West Carmagh: This is the land where Larapool and Normoon is. There are many monsters that inhabit this countryside. One of them is the Were Hare, but many others are new to people who have never been there. Ghost Hound: This is the spirit equivalent of the Hell hound. Like the hell hound, it is attacks with magic, but since it is more of a spirit, it is linked to the Element of Wind. Gremlin: This is a green creature similar to the Parassault in the Holy field, and relies on Wind Magic. It is thusly related to the Wind Element. Merrow: This little girl like to weaken her opponents, and then strike with an attack. However, the are very fast. They are linked to the Wind Element. Ork Jr.: This little pig looking creature like to travel with the Were Hare’s. It only has one basic magic attack, and that is Rock. Thus, the element for the Ork Jr. is Earth. Skeleton: Animated body of bones that is created to fight by evil magic. They were little armor, and carry a sword. The creature is linked to the Fire Element. Wolf Goat: This wild monster likes to charge and cause a Rock Shower. This mix breed is very difficult to fight do to there large range of movement. They are related to the Earth Element.

Blue Cave: The entrance to this beautiful cave is hidden under Larapool’s waters. It connect the main country to the mysterious Crystal Valley, home of Epona. Crawler: This is a blue-caterpillar creature that uses Ice and Water Magic on their opponents. It is of the Water Element. Mimic: This is a mysterious creature that lives inside treasure chests. It tries to incapasitate its opponent, before it strikes. Its Element is Water.

Multi-Optic: This is a jelly-like creature, with multiple eyes. It likes to strike at its opponents with Homing Arrows. Its element alignment is Water. Scorpion: This transparent creatue is a scorpion of magical ice. It never attacks alone, and always tries to get close to its target. It is aligned with the Water Element. Skele Bat: This flying creature is a skull with two bat wings. They use wind attacks to attack there enemy. They are aligned with the Wind Element.

Cull Hazard: This dangerous cave is one of the links between West Carmagh and Normoon. The underground tunnel is very dangerous with many creatues, and is the home of a dragon. One of the monster inhabitants of the world is the Skele Bat. Blood Gell: This red jelly creatue, like its bretherin, uses homing arrows to attack its victims. They are know to accompany other monsters, or stick with their own kind. Its element is Earth. Lamia: The female snake-like creature uses very powerful magic to defeat her enemies. She never attacks with monsters, and always attacks one - to one. Her element is Wind. Scare Crow: This giant, walking, black bird very rarely attacks alone. It is usually occampanied by others of it’s kind, and sometimes with Blood Gells. Its element is Wind. Wyvern: This giant flying Dragonlike creature rarely attacks in groups, but sometimes two Wyverns will attack at once. They use Fire attacks to stop their foes. They are aligned with the Fire Element.

Windward Forest: This is the other route between West Carmagh and Normoon. This huge forest is on the other side of a bridge, and is very lengthy. Arachnoid: This giant spider likes to attack with a firey attack. They always attack in groups. They are aligned with the Fire Element. Giant Ant: These are gigantic ants that roam many area. They attack in groups, or with other monsters. They are aligned with the Water Element. Jack O’ Lantern: Like spoke of in legends, Jack O’ Lanterns walk around and try to destroy any human they meet. They are in small numbers and are aligned with the Earth Element. Ork: The grown up version of the Ork Jr. It is meaner and stronger than the Ork Jr., but uses similar attacks. Its alignment is the Earth Element. Sprite: This female ferry type creature floats above the ground and attacks with different attacks. Due to its flying, its alignment is Wind. Treant: A living tree, capable of moving and attack. It attacks with blades of Wind. Its alignment is that of the Water Element.

The Isle Of Skye: This small island is the only link to where Nepty hid with the Water Jewel. It is a small area, but it has a fair share of monsters, one of which is the Giant Ant. Grangach: This is a fishlike creature, on a pogo stick. It has one devestating attack, Walking Water. Its alignment is to the Water Element. Pixie: Another flying fairy creature. It is similar to its sister being, the sprite, but much more dangerous. It is aligned to the Wind Element.

Thunder Gell: This is the last of the various jellys that lived in Celtland. It uses Homing Arrows, and never attacks alone. It’s aligned to the Earth Element.

East Limelin: This is the area from the ferry port to the area between Limelin and the Baragoon Tunnel Ruins. There are many creatures that inhabit this area, including the Blood Jell, Scare Crow, and Wyvern. Catapillar: This worm like creature can either launch Homing Arrows and Fire Pillars at an unsuspecting prey. This proves its alignment to the Fire Element. Cockatrice: This bizzare bird like creature is a dangerous advesary. They are very rare, and hardly encounted, but their attacks are dangerous. It is aligned with the Earth Element. Cryshell: This turtle-like creature is slow moving, and prefers to use a long ranged magic attack to defeat its attacker. Its element is Water. Fish Man: These aquatic humanoids come on dry land to attack hapless people. The use a varity of spells of their element, Water.

Ruins, or Baragoon Tunnel: This complex area is what links Limelin to Dindom Dries. It is a ruined underground tunnel, but is being rebuilt. Some monsters, like the Giant Ant, and the Sprite have taken up residence in the tunnel. Dark Goblin: Like their goblin bretherin, these meaner, nastier Goblin, use stronger magic to defeat their advesary. They are linked to the Wind Element. Ghost: This invisible creature has a warped smile, and attacks with Fire Magic. This shows its linkage to the Fire Element. Will O’ Wisp: Usually part of groups, these creature are animated balls of pure Fire. By appearance alone, one can see that they are linked to the Fire Element.

Dindom Dries: This once beautiful land is now nothing but desert. It is home to many nightmarish creatures. Blue Man: This humanoid of the desert, is entirely Blue. It is aligned with the Water Element, but use Fire attacks to attack unwary travellers. Magma Fish: These fish love arid climates, and have been seen swimming in Lava. They use the Magma Ball attack, and attack in groups. They are obviously aligned to the Fire Element. Nightmare: Although they look like beautiful butterflies, these giant insect are no good dream. They try to hinder a magic user and then cast power fire spells. Their alignment is to the Fire Element. Sand Man: The giant faced walking rock pile, attacks with rocks. He will send either and Avalance or the unavoidable Magnet Rock. He is aligned to the Earth Element. Were Cat: These feline creature stalk the desert for travellers. They use fire magic to defeat their unwary prey, thus showing their link to the Fire Elemental.

The Boil Hole: This lava filled tunnel links Dindom Dries to Baragoon Moor. It is lava filed and is the home of many Fire Elemental Creatures, including the Magma Fish and Nightmare. Flamed Mane: These are lion like creatures, with manes of pure fire. They use fire

attackes to roast their prey alive. They are linked to the Fire Element. Ghost Stalker: This powerful ghost creature raps itself with bandages and puts blades on it’s arms. It is a very powerful member of those creatures linked to the Earth Element. Red Wyvern: This creature is very similar to its cousin, the Wyvern, however it prefers the area of volcanoes. It, unlike its Wyvern cousin, is linked to the Fire Elemental. Rocky: This smaller version of the Sand Man, is more powerful and dangerous that the Sand Man. It is linked to the Earth Element, like its larger cousin.

Baragoon Moor and Brannoch Castle: This is the dark countryside of Beigis’ country. All the monsters that inhabit this land are his subjects. This includes Rocky. Gloom Wing: This Butterfly like creature is darker in color to its cousin, Nightmare, but is more powerful and dangerous. It is linked to the Fire Element. Ogre: This huge, powerful, stupid brute patrols the land for victims. It uses Fire Magic, but is totally linked to the Water Element. Red Rose Knight: One of the two types of knight who serve King Beigis. They cast spells like the Large Cutter, but are linked to the Fire Element. White Rose Knight: Like their counterparts in red, they serve King Beigis, but they use Homing Arrows. They also are linked to the Fire Element. Winged Sunfish: Similar to the Magma Fish in appearence, the Winged Sunfish uses water attacks instead of fire. Its element, however, is that of Wind.

The Floating Monestary: When Brian had arrived in his monestary floating high above the air, he found it inhabitied by four different monsters. Judgement: A large stone statue that casts three spells. Thankfully since it is immoble, it’s attacks are easy to dodge. It is of the Earth Element. Pale Rider: A horse like creature suspected of having an invisible rider. It is lethal with the attacks of it’s element, Wind. Pin Head: Another snakelike creature, however it prefers to roast its enemies with the attacks of it element, Fire. Spriggan: This is a giant humanoid creature, which prefers to pummel its opponent to death. It knows only one spell, Silence. It is linked to the Water Element.

======Keep Your Friends Close, And Your Enemies Closer ======

When I mentioned about Brian’s allies and foes, the mysterious lady said, “Like I said in the story, he had a few friends, and many foes. I shall go through as he met them in battle and his journeys.

Lavaar: Brian first met him at the Monestary, before the theft. During his trek, he fought Lavaar once in the Baragoon Tunnel, and then two more times in Brannoch Castle.

Tim: He is a follower of Lavaar. He remained in Melrode, until Brian discovered

him. A battle quickly began which ended with Brian’s victory.

Flora: She is the daughter of King Scottfort. After Brian rescued her from Solvaring, she helped him in the later part of his quest.

Shannon: This mysterious lady appeared many times during Brian’s quest, and was key to it entirely. She, herself, believed to be a servent of Mammon, but questioned that with his destruction.

Solvaring: He was known as the King of Beasts, and had stolen the Earth Orb. He had mastered the Earth magics and hid in Connor Forest. With his defeat Brian obtained the Earth Orb.

Colleen: The socceress who took care of the Water Jewel. She was returning to her home on the Isle Of Sky when she met Brian. She returned there, after Brian left the ferry.

Kiliac: The Pirate master who attacked the ferry. He proved to be a valuable ally when Brian showed his talent in battle. Kiliac was impressed by Brian’s abilities, and later helped when the confronted Beigis.

Lelia: She is the protector of Larapool. She had asked Brian to retreive the Mermaid’s Orb for her. She had also openned the path to the Blue Cave for Brian.

Epona: She is the mysterious sage who lives in the Crystal Valley. She gave Brian the Mermaid Orb, and then transported him to Kiliac’s ship so he could get to the Isle of Sky. Later, she tended to his wounds after the attack by Beigis.

The Dragon: The dragon proved to be more of a test than a true advesary. He tested Brian’s abilities to see if Brian was meant to fulfill the Grand Abbot’s prophecy.

Leonardo: The magic user from Brannoch, he first challenge Brian in battle. Later, he proved to be a valuable ally, saving Brian’s life and helping to defeat Beigis.

Zelse: The keeper of the Wind Jade. He had caused the winds in the Windward Forest to destroy the bridge. He did not want Beigis to claim all the mystic jewels.

Nepty: She was the one who heald the Water Jewel at the bottom of the ocean creavace. She wanted to control the waterways.

Fargo: A murderous madman, who had mastered Fire Magic. He had escaped from Limelin and hid in the Baragoon Tunnel. He held control of the Fire Ruby and wanted all power.

Beigis: King of Brannoch, he wanted ultimate power. Brian’s first confrontation

led to his capture, but Brian’s second battle with Beigis ended Beigis’ mad reign.

Shief: Mysterious occupant of Shamwood. She held the Magic Mirror that would allow them to enter the castle a second time. She would not hand it over unless Brian proved his magical prowess.

Guilty: This was the monsterous magic user that served Beigis. His greatest desire were to preform hideous experements on any unfortunate magic user he encountered.

Mammon: This was the most destructive entity that ever existed. It was imprisoned in the Eletale book long ago. The Gems of the Elements were used to seal it into the book. With its destruction, Celtland entered into an era of peace.

======On a Wing and a Prayer ======

After she got finished telling me about the people Brian had met, I asked her about the Wings she had mentioned many times. She then said, “The Wings allowed Brian to quickly return to a town that they were from. They also are colored the major color that represents the town.

White-This color represents the peaceful town of Melrode. Since Melrode is quiet, White wings will always lead to this town.

Yellow- This color represents the earthen tone of the town called Dondoran. It was home of the Earth Orb, and Yellow Wings will always return you to this town.

Blue- This color represents the water tone of the city of Larapool. It is surrounded by water, and Blue Wings will always return you to this peaceful city.

Green- This color represents the wind tone of the town of Norwood. It’s many windmills turn with the wind, and the Green Wings shall always carry you to the town of winds.

Red- This firey color represents the beautiful city of Limelin. It housed the dangerous mad man, Fargo, and maybe that is why the Red Wings spirit you off to this beautiful capitol.

Black- These dismal wings represent Brannoch. Because of the dark countryside, only Black Wings will carry anyone to Brannoch.

======Be Prepared

======

After she told me of the Wings, I questioned her about items, and she said, “There were mainly 12 items that Brian used, plus the 6 Valuable Items that Brian truely needed.

For Health recovery, there were 4 items. Fresh Bread- This restored up to 50 points to Brian’s Health. Honey Bread- This would restore up to 100 points to Brian’s Health. Healing Potion- This mystical potion could restore up to 300 points to Brian’s Health. Spirit Light- In its magical chalice, this drink would restore all Health.

For Magic recovery, there were 4 items. Dew Drop- This restored up to 50 points to Brian’s Magic. Mint Leaves- This would restore up to 100 points to Brian’s Magic. Heroes Drink- This mystical potion could restore up to 300 points to Brian’s Magic. Dragon’s Potion- In its magical vial, this drink would restore all Magic.

There were 6 items that Brian could use for defense. Silent Flute- This strange flute would fill the are with sound canceling properties, making it impossible for magic to be done by enemies. Celine’s Bell- With one ring, sound waves would immobilize opponents. Replica- This doll would become life-size, allowing Brian to escape from battle. Giant’s Shoes- Once Brian wore these, he could run around the battle field unhindered. Silver Amulet- When Brian wore this, his defense rose to 1.5 times normal to protect him. Golden Amulet- When Brian wore this, his defense rose to 2 times normal.

The 6 Items Brian need to complete his quest were these. Earth Orb- Mystical gem of the Earth Element. Wind Jade- Mystical gem of the Wind Element. Water Jewel- Mystical gem of the Water Element. Fire Ruby- Mystical gem of the Fire Element. Eletale Book- The book that was stolen from the Monestary, containing both good and evil magic. Dark Gaol Key- This is the key to Mammon’s prison. It is the last thing that keeps Mammon imprisoned.

======Spirits, Spirits, Everywhere, and Not A One To Tame. ======

When I mentioned about the spirit that she mentioned before, the mysterious lady

then said, “Through out Celtland were areas where the element joined there forces to create clames of their power. The Earth would open a small hole, and the Water and Fire formed steam to shoot out, and the Wind would control it to look like a small puff of smore. A spirit tamer, like Brian, could recognized these signs. He found the spirits in many places.

Melrode Monestary - 1 Melrode - 1 Holy Fields - 0 Dondoran - 1 Dondoran Castle - 2 Conner Forest - 3 Solvaring’s Lair -1 Dondoran Flats - 3 West Caramach - 3 Larapool - 3 Blue Cave - 5 Cull Hazard - 3 Norwood - 3 Windward Forest - 3 Pirate Ship -1 Isle Of Sky - 5 East Limelin - 5 Limelin - 6 Caslet Limelin - 3 Baragoon Tunnel (Ruins) - 5 Dindom Dries - 6 Shamwood - 8 Boil Hole - 2 Baragoon Moor - 6

This is a total of 79, Brian starts with 4, and any spirit tamer can handle up to 50 in each element. This means that Brian would have to earn 117 spirits in battle.

======I Challenge Thee ======

When the woman mentioned battle then, I asked how battles worked. She then said, “A battle worked on basic rules that was followed.

Rule 1) A battle is not over until someone wins, or one side escapes from battle. Rule 2) It worked on a turn based system. An attack and a counter attack. Rule 3) You could move only when it was your turn, and then you could choose to escape.

Rule 4) Any action is a turn, if it is casting a spell, striking with your weapon, or using an item. Rule 5) If you leave the battle area, you can escape

If victorious, Brian could claim a spirt, a treasure, or a spirit gemstone.

======Spirits Gemstones, and Lady Luck. ======

When the lady mentioned the Gemstones, I again wondered what they were and she then said, “In Limelin, a man runs a lottery. The more Gemstones you find, the better prize you can try for. Brian could find them on an enemy, or in locations around the countryside, in chests.

Melrode Monistary- 2 Castle Donovan- 1 Cull Hazard- 1 Normoon- 1 Windward Forest- 1 Kiliac’s Ship- 1 Castle Limelin- 1 Baragoon Tunnel- 1 Shamwood- 2 Baragoon Moor- 1

Some of the lower prizes were stuff Brian could find, where some of the bigger prizes would have helped Brian, or they could have.

======The Next Chapter ======

When she finished her tale, she stood and said, “I must be going. Take care.” As she headed off, I noticed she left a book behind. I noticed the words on the book and immediately went to follow her. When I caught up to her, I turn her around and looked in her eyes and said, “Why did you feel the need to tell me this, and to leave this behind?” as I showed her the book. I watched as she brushed a strand of silver hair out of her eyes and said, “Because, you have the ability to grasp and express my story into words. I have told a few others, and have seen the results. Hopefully, you man be able to put it to writen word, what they had done by placing it on a small screen.” She then walked off again. As I watched, I saw as she disappeared into a crowd, or was it before the crowd. I looked down at the book in my hands and said, “I shall tell your story, Shannon.” I then decided to return to my home, and keep my word.

======Epilogue ======

As I write my final notes, I must say this about Quest RPG. When I first picked up the game for my Game Boy Color. I had expected a whole new game. I was a bit upset to find that the game was taking the N64 version and putting it on a small system. That however changed as they put more into the story, the characters, and reworked the whole game to make it run smoother, and more with a story. It is remarkably similar to it’s predecessor, but is superior in countless ways. I would recommend that if you own this game, and if you own a N64, look into getting Quest 64. You might enjoy playing the 3D version just for the 3D battles. There is much to take into account thought if you do that. Battles may be harder, but you can do it. One advantage the Game Boy version has is the ability to save anywhere, where in the N64 version, you can only save at rest points, Inn’s and the like. But in the Gameboy Version, you lose a battle and the Game is over, where as the N64 version only returns you to the last save point you encountered. It is rare that a remake of an original impresses me, but Quest RPG, is a remake that did justice to its predecessor, by improving on it. I recommend this game for any RPG entusiest.

The Wizard’s Challenge. (A Guide For Shadowgate Classic) (by Richard B. Sampson Jr.) ======Introduction ======

If it were that I was not a hero, I would not have left my kingdom. Alas, these people needed my help. They mentioned to me about the Warlock Lord and his plan to rise a creature so devistating that it would destroy their land, that I felt I had to help. I can understand their fear of this creature. Before I became king, I, with help of course, helped vaquish the dragon that threatened to destroy the land. Now, I was being asked to stop an indestructable creature of ages past. It was a task I had to do. I gave my wife a kiss goodbye and transported myself to the kingdom of Kal Torlin. When I had arrived there, I learned something very interesting about my lineage. Now being a king, I learned that long ago, my family was the rulers of this land. It was destined that I defeat the Warlock Lord, who once was part of the Circle of Twelve that helped my family that long time ago. I heard that a crew of dwarfs accidentally broke the magical prison he was kept in. Now I had enter his stronghold, Castle Shadowgate, and defeat the Warlock Lord.

======Quest Of Shadowgate ======

When I had arrived at Shadowgate, I was informed of the situation by the spirits of the Circle. I was informed again about the attempt to raise the Behemoth, and now I had to stop it. I approached the door, and tried to open it. It would not open. I cast a spell of openning at the door, only to have it fail. It was time for me to think on the scene. I glanced at the door and noticed that the skull above the door seemed odd. As I touched it, I saw it open to reveal a key. I figured that this key would open the door. I tried it again, only to see no keyhole in the door. I pushed the door and it openned. I rolled my eyes thinking how stupid I would have seemed.

As I entered the entry hall, I saw two glowing, blood red eyes look at me. Soon I heard the voice of the Warlock Lord. “Lakmir was a fool to send you to stop me. You will regret coming here, Richard Cale, for all that awaits thee is a horrible death.” An evil laughter echoed throughout the room as the eyes faded. He was powerful, to know my name. I saw a door to my right, which was locked. The key I had wouldn’t work on it. I then tried it on the doors opposite the entry. They openned. Before entering the next room, I grabbed the torch, feeling that I would need them.

I ventured slowly into the next room. It was a hall with a turn to the right in it. There was something about this room that I could sense. I looked at the shelf on the left hand wall. On it was 2 candles and a book. I openned the book, making sure to leave it

on the shelf, and found a second key. I then took the two torches on the wall, noticing the odd design on the one. I took the key back to the previous room and unlocked the side door. It contained a closet with a sword and a sling. Taking both of these items, I returned to the hall and pressed a stone on the wall. It turned out to be a door to another room. I entered the room and left the deadly hallway.

In the next hall I enter I saw a door out above me, but the ledge gave me little faith of entering the door. However, under the the door was a silver arrow, pointing to the left. That had to mean something. I also noticed that the arrow was hanging loose. Using a skill I picked up in another land, I took it with me. Then I decided to get the torches. The right one would not budge, however when I pulled on the left one, a door openned. It was the meaning of the arrow. I entered the passage that entered to my left.

I decended a set of stairs and when I was at the bottom, I looked upon a huge chasm under Castle Shadowgate. My good senses told me to take the left bridge, but I had a feeling I would need to return to this area later. With that, I slowly crossed the left bridge.

In the next room, I stood face to face with a Wraith. It was drapped in a purple cloak, but it blocked my way. Nearing it meant that it would curse me. I had to find a way to past this menace. I then noticed the one torch I had. I lit it and a white flame blazed from it. I threw it at the Wraith and the monstrosity vanish. After that, I took the cloak by the door, and the two torchs. I then continued on and through the door.

In the room was an inventory of items. I grabbed a few bottles that were in the room, but I thought the 2nd one was more important. I also grabbed the torch, and prepared to move head back when I noticed the sign. It said EPOR. I read it again and the EPOR spell was engraved in my head, but what did it do. I looked and saw the answer. I then cast the EPOR spell. Before I left through the ceiling, I read a scroll in the room, containing some interesting facts about my task.

When I reached the room above, I saw three mirrors, but I had to no way through. I went through the door behind me. In the room, I notice I had exited a coffin. I looked and notice the whole room was lined with coffins. Now I had a task, to find the right coffins to open. My own abilities told me a demon lurked in one coffin, and need to avoid it. Another was booby trapped. The first I openned was the closet to the normal door on the right. In it was a mummy. I used the torch on the wrapping only to find no corpse, but a scepter. I took the scepter and openned the next right hand coffin. I found a bag. I took the bag and decided to leave the room. I didn’t want to tempt fate, and headed out the closed door.

I openned all the doors in the ante chamber. I had a choice of where to go. I decided I should go in the left door first. I entered a frigid room. I took the torches and then decided to leave before I froze. I looked over the doors in my view and decided to enter the normal looking door. Hopefully I would leave the hellish cold.

When I entered the door, I enter an intence heat. I knew the heat well from my last quest. It was a Dragon’s breath. I saw a shield a quickly grabbed it. The Dragon breathed and I was protected from the fire. I saw a hammer. I quickly thought of the mirrors and grabbed it. I saw a spear, an item to protect me. I grabbed it and was assulted by fire again. I then grabbed the helmet. Fire again shot at me. I ran out, leary of chancing my luck. I decided to go to the room across from this in the antechamber.

I entered that room to find a lake. Out in the lake was a skeleton holding a key. I figured I would need the key, but a shark kept watch. I needed to stop that shark. I noticed the door in the back. Maybe something behind it held the answer. I openned the door and proceeded through.

I saw a waterfall as I entered the room. I noticed something behind it. I went through the cascading water and found a cave. I noticed an odd rock in the room. Hitting it revealed, a bag containing three gems. I notice that the one looked like it would fit the hole in the frigid room. I left the cave, and grabed a stone and placed it my sling. I ran back to the frigid room.

When I reentered the frigid room, I went to the hole. I placed the white gem in it, and a sphere appeared. When I picked it up, it was cold to the touch. I then ran for the lake room. When I place the sphere in the water, the water froze. I walked out to the key and got it. I then though I would need the sphere again. I quickly melted the water with my torch, being careful not to touch the orb with it. I then reclaimed the orb and returned to the room of mirrors.

When I returned to the mirror room, I notice that I had to go through one mirror. It was the only way to continue. I grabbed the two torches and the broom in the room, and now I had to choose. For once, I had to put superstition aside. My own magical skills told me to focus on the middle, so I decided to break the middle mirror. Behind it was an iron door, which was unlocked by the key I claimed from the skeleton. I felt a heat from the door. I hadn’t noticed it before, but the cloak I had found was heat resistant. I donned it and moved into the room.

I entered a room with fire all around. I thought of the legends of Gehenna. As I moved onto the bridge. As opened the door, a demon emmerged onto the bridge. This demon thrived on heat. I threw the sphere into the fire, and it was exstinguished. Soon afterward, the Firedrake was dispelled. I slowly moved through the door.

I entered a room with a bridge that lead to an outside area. As I went to cross the bridge, a Troll appeared, demanding toll. I felt that this troll would try something no matter what, so I threw the spear at it. The Troll went falling down into the chasm. I hoped I would not see the troll again.

As I stepped into the courtyard, I came face to face with a Cyclops, the giant

monster stood before me and I thought of a story I heard in my youth. I took my sling and gave it might hurl at the Cyclops. The monster fell, and I finished it off with the sword. I felt safe enough to explore the courtyard. I turned the crank in the well, and raised a bucket. I felt noticed the bucket appeared closed, so I openned it to find a gauntlet. I took the armored glove and donned it. I then entered the door in the back of the courtyard.

I was in a long hall, with a door at the end, and two doors on the sides. I grabbed the torch and entered the first side door. In it was a library. I took a book, a map and a skull. I then checked the desk, only to find some glasses and some scrolls. I wore the glasses and read everything I had, learning spells. I then grabbed a key in the drawer. After the scrools and book vanished, I noticed the hole in the wall. It looked like a gem would fit in it. I had two gems left. I placed the red gem in the hole and the bookcase openned. I entered the new room.

When I entered this new room, I sensed magic. I grabbed each item in the room and checked it, keeping it in case I’d need it later. I then looked at the globe. One spell mentioned the world or something on those lines. I casted the TERRAK spell and the globe cracked. I openned the globe and took the key and bottle inside it. I then returned to the hall and entered the second side door.

I entered an alchemist’s lair. I always wondered why these magicians tried to find theory to magic. One cannot define magic into specific catagories. I grabed the bottles I saw, a horseshoe for luck, and a testtube. I heard a snarling beast in a cage, but I wasn’t going to release it. I noticed a handle on the ground, and pulled on it, revealing a vial of water. I grabbed it, knowing I would need it. I exited through the back of the room.

I came upon a fountain area. It was lovely, but something told me that the fountain was more than it seemed. I noticed that it’s waters were very acidic, but I fear them little. My hand was shielded by the gauntlet I wore. I grabbed the flute and played the insterment. With its music, and the tree bore a very strange fruit. It gave forth a ring. I took the ring and returned to the hall. When I returned to the hall, I entered the door at the far end.

I entered a grand room, and I noticed something under the rug at my feet. I put my torch to the rug, to reveal a key. I used the key to unlock the door in front of me. I then climbed the steps and took the mirror and crest. I unlocked the door on the right with the key I had found in the desk, and the door on the left with the key from the globe. I then entered the door I had unlocked on the right.

I came face to face with a Sphinx. I knew it would ask me a riddle, and I had to present it with the answer. I approached it, and it asked it’s riddle. As it spoke, one of the items I had picked up came to mind. I showed it the item and it left me pass. I took note of the pattern on the steps of the room. The meant something as I went up.

I came upon an observatory. I saw a scroll so I read it. I then grabbed the star on the map on the wall. I noticed something about the map and tried to open it. I was rewarded by discovering a rod. I then continued up the ladder.

I entered the tower room, to discover a lady chained to the wall. She was beautiful, almost worthy of my queen’s beauty, but I noticed something about her. Her eyes looked at me almost predatorial, and the way they reflected the moonlight made me notice something. They weren’t human, they were more canine. I reached behind me and grabbed the arrow. It hit it’s mark and the woman showed her true form as she died. She was a Lycanthrope. With her gone, I grabbed the blade and went back to the main hall. I decided to enter the bottom door.

In that room, I was welcomed by the sight of a small corridor. I noticed the torches and grabbed them. I then went to the room to my left.

I exited out onto a balcony in a storm. I noticed a hole in the fixture. I decided to place the rod into it. As the lightning stuck the metal rod, it became infused with magic, and a hand magically arose from the ground with a wand. I took it and continued down the steps.

At the bottom of the steps, my eyes saw a bag, and a pot of gold. I wanted to claim the gold, but something told me not to. I was too good to be true. To me, the cost was too high. I grabbed the bag and ran back to the small corridor and into the right room.

I entered a room with a king’s skeleton sitting on a throne. The skeleton looked at me as if he wanted something. His hand seemed empty. I looked at the scepter I had and decided that the king was waiting for this. I placed it in his hand and a panel openned. It had a small hole in it, too small for a gem. However, the ring was a perfect fit. I placed it in the hole and the throne raised up to reveal a passage. I decided to follow the passage.

I was in a long stone hall. I grabbed the torches and looked at my options for an exit. I didn’t trust the exit to my left, so I continued forward.

I entered a room where two Gargoyles were watching for trespassers. I need to get to the door between them. I decided to ponder that perdicament and continue to the eastern door.

I became faced with a difficult dilemma. There was no way to reach the far door in this room. I needed to get there, but how. I noticed that the statue had something about it. I decied to cast the MOTARI spell. I watched as the statue started to sink, and a bridge arose. I was my answer. I crossed the bridge and entered the room.

In this chamber, I stumbled upon a stange device with three levers. I thought back to what I saw in sphinx’s room. I pulled the levers as I saw on the accending steps, and

the device revealed an orb to me. I grabbed it and returned to the multidoored room and entered the left door.

I entered the room to see a horn on the floor. I felt I needed the horn. I reached down for the horn, only to have a Hellhound appear. I tosed the water at the unholy beast, and the monster bellowed in pain. It was holy water, and the monster was return to wense he came. I took the horn and climbed up the ladder.

When I emerged from the top of the ladder. I saw a sun pendant, but guarding it was a Wyvern stood guard over it. I reached for the star, feeling it’s power against the monster a used it. The Wyvern was dispelled and I took the Sun Pendant. I then decide to return to the room with the two bridges.

When I arrived at the two bridges, I decied to cross the weak snake bridge. I took the second bottle I found in the room with the EPOR spell. The bottle felt terriblely light, so I drank it, and I started to float. I floated across the bridge, and saw a huge snake statue. I felt magic in it. I used the wand I received on it, and the statue became a staff. I took the staff and returned to the EPOR room.

When I returned to the EPOR room, I noticed something about the back wall. I pushed on it revealing a chamber. I stepped in the chamber and noticed a hole for a gem. I placed the last gem in the hole and a Magician appeared. It must have been Lakmir. He told me a riddle of what to do, and then left. I saw a scroll and read it, learning the HUMANA spell. I decided now was the time to return to the gargoyles and enter that room between them.

As I was heading back, the Troll returned, begging for his toll. I cast the HUMANA spell and went by him as wind. I continued to the Gargoyle’s room, and blinded them with my ILLUMINA spell and ran into the room between them.

I saw a well as I entered the room. I used the crank to open it up. It had to be a wishing well. I checked the bag I got from the balcony and tossed a big coin into the well. I followed it down the well.

I landed on a beach and saw a gong with a skull on it. It was my way across. I hit the gong with its hammer and Charon appeared. He would take me across, for a fee. I gave him one gold coin, and he ferried me to the entrance of the Warlork Lord’s lair.

I disembarked from the raft and walked to the door, which was closed. I had to open it. I saw how the holes looked like the Sun Pendent. I put it in the left hole and blowed the horn, and the door openned to the evil one’s lair.

I entered the chamber to see the Behemoth was starting out of it’s pit. I had to act fast. I placed the blade on the staff, and then the orb on the staff. I had the Staff of Ages. I used the Staff of Ages on the Behemoth and it went back down into the pit, taking the

Warlock Lord with it. I had succeeded and saved the Kingdom. Lakmir teleported me to the King’s chamber, offering me the land. I said no, but offered for my son, Jair, to take my place and I returned to my realm.

======Monsters Dewelling In Castle Shadowgate ======

As stated above, monsters abound in Castle Shadowgate. The reason for this is that the Warlock Lord know that thee is coming to defeat him. Now don’t get scared from your quest, because the monsters, and refernces are going to explained here. Not all the creatures in Shadowgate are evil, nor are they good. Some will kill you, others will head mearly do things to temporarily detain you.

Banshee: This demon comes from Irish folklore. The demon lets out an ear piercing wail, which is normally a sign of your impending doom. Thankfully, it only causes your ears to take a break to recover. More thankfully, the Warlock Lord has imprisonned the she-demon into a coffin. One must know that all Banshee’s are female.

Behemoth: The final beast you see in Castle Shadowgate. According to the Bible, it is far below the surface of the Earth. A beast of great strengths, it’s job is to help support the world on it’s back. Many people use this term to describe a strong oafish animal.

Charon: Ferryman over the River Styx in Greek and Roman Mythology. He will only allow ye passage if you pay the toll of one gold coin. It use to be two for the living, but the price of gold has gone down.

Cyclops: A classic monster from the lore of Greek and Rome. It is a giant with only one eye. Fierce and cannabalistic, but also terrific shepards. There eye is their most vulnerable spot. If you knock one down, kill it, or blind it. Either way, it is easy to pass it then.

Dragon: A classic creature of many cultures. Dragons are a noble beast, and like most humans, are only alligned with what they choice, good or evil. One good dragon was Puff, while an evil one was Smogg.

Firedrake: A dragon from germanic folklore. Being linked to the element of fire, it thrived on fire to survive.

Gargoyles: Originally an orniment on catheral waterspout, they were designed to act as watchdog over the building it was on. They were suppose to fend the structure from evil spirits.

Gehenna: The lair of the Firedrake is liked to Gehenna. It is the Hebrew term for

hell.

Lycanthrope: When one hears this term, they think of Werewolves, but a Lycanthrope is not limited to Werewolves. There are Werebears, ‘Beserkers’ from Norse belief, Werecats, et. al. The modern legend is linked to many roots, including a story from Ancient Greece. It is said that silver is to a Lycanthrope, like a steak and garlic is to a Vampire.

Sphinx: The mythical monster of Greece took up residence in Castle Shadowgate, how ever the Sphinx added to it arsenal. In the legends of Greece, the Sphinx posed a riddle to those who tried to pass. Failure to answer resulted in death. Oedipus, however, answered the Sphinx’s riddle and the creature fled, and supposedly killed itself. It has been humbled and now resides in Castle Shadowgate.

Troll: This monster used to be a giant, but it’s greed sent it underground. It shrank in size. Now it seeks treasure at night, charging tolls to all those who cross. A troll can be turned to stone, if exposed to sunlight, which is why they stay in caves and underground in the day.

Wraith: This spirit is an apparition the some see before death. Some of the more famous wraiths were the Black Riders, who sought someone who carried the Ring. No physical harm works on them, however, magic does work.

Wyvern: A Dragon like creature, except it has two claws like Eagle talons. This creature thrives on war, and might only be defeated by a magical item.

The Warlock Load: A Wizard that use to be part of the Circle. The dark arts consumed him, and now he seeks power. Beware, for he is the root of evil in Kal Torlin and Castle Shadowgate.

======Riddle me this, Riddle me that ======

The Riddle of the Sphinx has been a historic riddle for ages. It was “What animal is that which in the morning goes on four feet, at noon on two, and in the evening on three?” The answer to this riddle was “Man.” When the Sphinx arrived at Castle Shadowgate, it searched the castle and found six items, and made six riddle. If answered wrong, the Sphinx would send you to where the answer was. Here is a list of his riddles, the answers, and where they are.

I’m a fires friend, my body swells with wind. With my nose I blow, how the embers glow Bellows In the room with the globe.

Long neck, no hands, 100 legs, cannot stand. Born of forest nest, against a wall i rest Broom In the three mirror room

First burnt and beaten, drowned and pierced with nails, then stepped on by Long- faced animals. Horseshoe In the alchemy lab.

It has towns, but no house. Forests but no trees, rivers, but no fish. Map In room with bookcase.

You look at me, I look back, your right hand raises, I my left. You speak, but in vain. Mirror In the room before the sphinx.

I’ve no eyes, but once did see, thoughts had I but now I’m white and empty Skull In the room with bookcase.

======Spelling Bee ======

In the travels through Shadowgate, you shall receive the aid of five magic spells. Each spell has a specific purpose, and is best used in a certain room at a certain time. Clues to the spells purpose can be located in it’s name.

EPOR: This spell can be traced back to India. This spell caused something to rise. You will no what to use it for if you look around. If you don’t know then, check the name of the spell.

HUMANA: This spell is a one time deal. It transforms the human figure into air and causes it to vanish from sight. However, a creature must be looking at you for you to use it. The is a very useful spot for this in the castle.

ILLUMINA: This spell was mastered in the orient. In was developed by the Ninja to disappear from sight. What it would do was to cause like a miniture sun to blind all in sight, however the spellcaster would have the chance to see first. It is good for a thief to know to, if he wanted to bypass guards.

MOTARI: This is an unsummoning spell. It sends a creature back to the depths of hell. However, the demon must be immobile. Maybe that is a clue to it’s use.

TERRACK: It’s name serves its purpose, to cause quakes. But the spell has lost it’s power over years. If one could find Terra small enought to use it on, the spell would be useable.

======Charon’s Moonlighting ======

Charon, the ferryman to the neitherworld, is said to have another job. In it, he weilds a sickle. He becomes the Grim Reaper, Death personified. He watches over stupid travelors in castle Shadowgate. He will take thee at different times.

1: No torches on, he will claim you. 2: If you remove an item from the alter, a book or a candle, you will fall to his clutches. 3: Cross the snake bridge without the aid of potion 2, and you will fall to his grasp. 4: Drink the contents of bottle 1. 5: Break the left or right mirror in the mirror room, and he will visit you. 6: Go in the hole in the mirror room without the rope, he’ll catch you as you fall. 7: Open the middle left coffin, Death’s pet slime shall dissolve you. 8: Open the lower hatch in the cold room, and climb down the old ladder. Death rigged it. 9: Don’t get the shield first, Death gets a chared you. 10: Grab more than four items or the chest, and the Dragon send a cajun you to Death. 11: The Firedrake shall burn you up, then Death take you away. 12: Don’t find the right way to pass the troll, Death will take you for failing. 13: Open the cage in the lab, and Death gets you when animal is done. 14: Put an ungloved hand into the acid fountain. You can guess the rest. 15: Don’t kill the Lycanthrope, and she’ll be jealous of the blade. 16: Take the pot of gold, and the Leprichan of Grim shall take thee. 17: Enter the side passage under the King’s throne, Death pancakes you. 18: Let the Gargoyles see you, and they kill you. 19: Don’t vanquish the Hellhound with Holy Water. 20: Don’t destroy the Wyvern with the star. 21: Jump in the well, with out putting a big coin in the well. 22: Jump in the water, you can’t swim to well with armor on. 23: Put the Sun Talisman in the wrong hole and the door roasts you. 24: Attack the Behemoth unprepared, and the Warlock Lord hand you to Grim Reaper.

======Tips about Castle Shadowgate. ======

Castle Shadowgate is very old, older that people think. Shadowgate was construted in the age of AyT, under the rulership of Sir Steve of AppMac. It was a good thought, but as the age ended and yielded to NeinT, under the rulership of Sir Bill of IBem, it almost faded away. However, in 1989 of the age of NeinT, Sir Kemko of Nintendo, restored the castle in the land of Nes. Time’s changed and Nes slowly became inaccessable. Sir Kemko feared that Castle Shadowgate would be lost forever. He began planning and his answer was found. He magically split the castle. There was one in teh land of SeeGeeBee, and one in the land of EnnSixTeeFor. Castle Shadowgate now waits for more visitors.

Castle Shadowgate, is important to have torches. The max accessable in the castle is 17. Keep on lit at all times. When the flame changes in size, you have 6 action moves to start another. You may need only 2 or 3 to survive in the castle, minus your starting torch.

There are multiple items in Shadowgate. Scrolls with info and spells, bottles and keys. The bottles and keys are the import ones. One bottle you need, and all the keys are needed. He is a list of the bottles, and a list of keys:

Bottle: 1: Death 2: Levitation (use at snake bridge) 4: Tarlike?? 5: Sweet

Keys: 1: The hall door key from the skull on the outside door. 2: The closet door key from the book in the corridor. 3: The iron door key from the skeleton in the lake. 4: The lower door key from under the rug in the same room. 5: The right door key from in the desk drawer. 6: The left door key from in the globe.

Shadowgate has a total of 43 scenes in it. This is very important for making a map of Shadowgate. Each exit is located on one part of the 5x5 exit grid. This is to the right of the room scene. Now, with all this in mind, this game can be played through, without a save at all, in 34 minutes. Now, young questor, venture forth to Castle Shadowgate.

Some helpful advice, if you are playing for the first time, grab everything, there is no weight limit. And make sure you have the broom, because you can’t go back for it.

Heroes Tournament Return..Possible Corruption Rumored (A Guide To World Heroes 2 Jet) ======Intro ======After the problems that appeared during the last underground tournament, the group of fighters, known as "World Heroes", have decided to compete in another tournament. The tournament is being backed by a mysterious business man who heads the Arakat corperation. The "World Heroes" Tournnament has begun again. To add furthur excitement to the tournament, 8 more fighters have joined in the compitition.

======Tournament Set-Up ======The "World Heroes" Tournament is set up in the following manner. The first four rounds are one versus three fighters. During these rounds, the fighter must win against at least two of the fighters. If a fighter doesn't win two fights in any round of the tournament, the are disqualified. In the first four rounds, the fighters are devided into four catagories: Power, Speed, Defense, and Normal. The fighters in each catagory are as follows.

Power: Maximum, Muscle, Erik These fighters rely on strength to win the match.

Speed: Ryoko, J. Carn, Janne These fighters rely on their speed to defeat their opponents.

Defense: Mudman, Braken, Raspu These fighters are very quick to protect themselves.

Normal: Shura, Dragon, Fuuma These fighters are good well rounded fighters.

On the eve of the before the final battle, C. Kidd would challenge the fighter. After defeating C. Kidd, they you fight Hanzou in the final round. Afterwords the backer of the tournament, Zeus, would challenge that fighter with his two henchmen, Jack and Ryofu, and then personally.

======The World Heroes ======

Brocken: This fighters home turf is the Berlin wall. The cybernetic enhancements make him a good fighter for keeping his opponents at a distant. He taunts his

opponents by elevating his head in the air. He has a 9 attacks he can use. Hurricane Arm-Brocken causes a vortex action by moving Down, Towards, Toward/Down and a Punch. Spark Thunder-By punching repeatedly, Brocken can shock his opponents. Brocken Missle-Brocken launches a missle from his knee by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Kick. Jet Attack-Brocken flys at his opponent to hits his opponent with the speed of a rocket when he jumps and Punchs and Kicks simultaniously. Long Spark Thunder-Brocken's shocking attack can be extended a distance by moving Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Rocket Punch-Brocken launches his fist at his opponent by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Arm Punch-Brocken charges toward his opponent with a spring loaded punch by moving Down, Down/Back, Back and a Punch. Rolling Heel Kick-Brocken extends his leg and kicks his opponent while jumping and moving Down/Towards with a Kick. The Super Attack Brocken Burner-Brocken uses a flame thrower to cause massive damage to his opponent. He does this by moving Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Back, Toward and simulaniously doing a punch and a kick.

C.Kidd: This fighters turf is an underwater cave where a ghost ship resides. He uses spectral fighting power from Davey Jones (not the guy from the Monkee's) Locker. He taunts his opponents by waving fist at his opponent. He has 7 attacks he can use. Shark Knuckle-C.Kidd throws a spirit shark at his opponent by charging Back and quickly moving Toward with a Punch. Shark Upper-C.Kidd throws an uppercut with a spirit shark to do damage by charging Down and then quickly moving Up with a Punch. Spiral Kick-C.Kidd attacks by ducking on the groung and preforming an air sweep kick by charging Back and quickly movinng Toward with a Kick. Hyper Dash Kick-C.Kidd charges forward with a devistating kick by moving Toward, Toward/Down, Down, Down/Back, Back and a Kick. Pirate Ship Blast-C.Kidd launches a pirate ghost ship at his opponent by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Shark Kick-C.Kidd jumps in the air and kicks his opponent so quickly that it sends them flying while he flips back by moving Down/Towards with a Kick during a Jump. The Super Attack Spiral Cutter-C.Kidd attacks with a blitz of sprital attacks doing massive damage by charging Down and quickly moving

Back, Toward with both Kick and Punch.

Dragon: This fighters is China Town where he usually filming movies. This actor and martial artist has somehow used his life force to created intimidating figure to encircle him as he fights. He taunts by pointing skyward. He has 9 attacks. Dragon Kick-Dragon jumps with a dragon illusion with a kick at his opponent by moving Down then Up very quickly with a Kick. The Hundred Blows-Dragon starts punching his opponent with a good many blows by Punching repeatedly. Leaping Foot Slice-Dragon slides toward his opponent with a speed that makes his kick look like his foot has leap at his opponent and knocks them for a loop by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Kick. The Hundred Kicks-Dragon gets on his back and kicks at a leaping opponent many times before launching a vertical kick at his opponent by moving Toward, Toward/Down, Down, Down/Back and a Kick. Fling Dragon Kick-Dragon jumps up and comes down on his opponent with a powerful kick by moving Down, Down/Back, Back with a Kick. Mid-Air Body Bounce-Dragon can stop a jumping attack by leaping up and throwing them to the ground by Jumping and moving Toward with a Punch. Upper Kick-Dragon comes down with a vertical kick by Jumping and moving Down/Toward with a Kick. Triangle Kick-Dragon can get out of corner by jumping toward the side of an arena then change the direction of his jump. The Super Attack Dragon Blade-Dragon attacks with a low Dragon Kick followed by to more kicks when he moves Back/Down, Toward, Toward/Down, Down, Up and Punnch and Kick simultaniously.

Erik: His home turf is on his viking ship. He contact with Valhalla has given him access to the abilities of his gods. He taunts by waving his shield. He has 6 attacks at his disposal. Thor's Hammer-Erik hit the ground with his hammer and lightning hit the ground when he moves Down, Down/Back, Back and a Punch. Ygir's Halberd-Erik causes a smal wave with his hammer by moving Down, Down/Back, Back and a Kick.

Blizzard Breath-Erik can freeze his opponent with his breath by moving Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Long Horn-Erik will ram his opponent after charging Back and then moving Forward with a Punch. Hurricane Drop-Erik will pick up his opponent, jump in the air with them, drop them to the ground annd lannd on them by moving Toward, Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and Punch when close. The Super Attack The Viking Smash-Erik will ram his opponent twice after moving Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch and Kick simultaniously.

Fuuma: This fighters has his home turf at the Fumma ninja clan house. His skill has come from years of training. He wants to defeat his rival, Hanzou. His taunts his opponents by posing with a fan with the Jananese flag on it. He has 9 attacks to use. Reppu Zan-Fuuma throws a star at his opponnent by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. En Ryu Ha-Fuuma does an uppercut with a dragon-serpent around him by moving Toward, Down, Down/Toward and a Punch. Ninpo Furin Kazan-Fuuma flys through the air and hits his opponent like a flying star by moving Toward/Down, Down, Down/Back, Back and a Kick. Double Reppu Zan-Fuuma throws two throwing stars by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Mid-Air En Ryu Ha-Fuuma preforms his En Ryu Ha while jumping in the air with the same movementsas on ground. Airborne Body Bounce-Fuuma rolls as his opponent jumps at him and throws him to the ground by jumping and moving Toward with a Punch. Double Jumping-Fuuma can jump at a greater height when moving in any Upwards direction during a jump. Exploding Atomic Crash-Fuuma will rise up into the air with a fire and soar to the ground in an explosive force by moving Toward, Toward/Down, Down, Down/Back, Back, Back/Up and a Punch. The Super Attack Electric Punch-Fuuma attacks with a series of punchs with and electric force that shields him by moving Down, Down/Back, Back, Back/Down, Toward and a Punch and Kick simultaniously.

Hanzou:

Hanzou is the master of the Iga Ninja clan and the champion of the last tournament. His home turf is a Bamboo forest. Hanzou is devoted to the side of good. He taunts his opponent by standing and meditating. He has 9 attacks, most of which are the same as Fuuma. Rekko Zan-Hanzou throws a star at his opponent by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Koh Ryu Ha-Hanzou jumps with the uppercut that is encircled with the spirit dragon by moving Toward, Down, Down/Toward and a Punch. Ninpo Koh Rin Kazan-Hanzou preforms a flying star manuver to knock out his opponent by moving Toward/Down, Down, Down/Back, Back and a Kick. Double Rekko Zan-Hanzou throws two stars at once by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Ninja Leg Lariat-Hanzou jumps with a spin kick by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Kick. Cloaking Attack-Hanzou jumps in the air and disappears and reappears near the opponent in a sneak attack by moving Toward, Down, Down/Toward and a Kick. Izuna Slash-Hanzou jumps in the air and comes down with his sword by moving Down with a Punch during a jump. Double Jumping-Hanzou can also jump higher by moving in any Upward direction during a jump. The Super Attack Spiral Slasher-Hanzou will attack with his Koh Ryo Ha attack that puts his opponent in flames for massive damage by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward, Down, Down/Toward and a Kick and Punch Simultaniously.

J.Carn: J.Carn's home turf is a Mongolian Palace. This fat, swift fighter taunts his opponent by sitting down in a yoga position and bowing. He has 7 attacks that he can use on his opponent. Mongolian Tiger Flash-J.Carn charges at his opponent with his spiked shoulder guard by chardinnng Back and quickly moving Toward and hitting Punch. Mongolian Dynamite-J.Carn creates an explosion when he hits the ground by charging Down, and quickly moving Up and throwing a Punch. Mongolian Press-J.Carn jumps up and comes down on his opponent like a press by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Kick. Head Sliding-J.Carn dives at his opponent, Head First, by moving Down/Toward with a kick. Mongolian Blitz-J.Carn rolls like a ball and buzzs his jumping opponents by charging Back and quickly moving Towards with a Kick. Triangle Jump-J.Carn can get out of a corner by jumping at the edge of the

arena and jumping the other way. The Super Attack Rage of Carn-J.Carn has a devistating attack when up close by throwing his opponent in the air and punching them back up twice before finishing off the attack with Mongoliann Dynamite by moving Toward/Down, Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and simultaniously doing a Punch and Kick.

Jack: The infamous man of London is fighting in the tournament. His home turf the tournament is rooftops of London. He taunts by opening his jacket and looking side to side. He has 7 attacks that makes another long fingernailed person flinch. Iron Crawl-Jack crawls alonnng the ground, raking the area in front of him with his claw by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Kick. Jaws Attack-Jack disappears into the ground with only a claw out like a shark's fin by movinng Toward, Down, Down/Toward and a Kick. Knee Smasher-Jack flies toward his opponent with his knee by moving Down, Down/Back, Back and a Kick. Mixer Crush-Jack jumps onto his opponents head with a spinning attack by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Buzz Blur-Jack becomes a spinning top when moving Down and a Kick Triangle Jump-Jack can also jump out of corner by jumping to the side of the arena and jump away from the side. The Super Attack Hurricane Slasher-Jack causes a huricane to form by moving Toward, Back, Toward, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and simultaniously using a Punch and Kick.

Janne: Her home turf is the castle she defended in the Hundred year War. This swordswoman taunnts her opponents by holding her sword and panting. She has 7 attacks she can use. Aura Bird-Janne creates a small bird of fire with a swing of her sword that attacks her opponent by charging Back and quickly moving Foward with a Punch. Flash Sword-Janne's sword extends in a flash of movement when she charges Down and quickly moves Up with a Kick.

Justice Sword-Janne jumps up and swings her sword with a vendetta by charging Back and quickly moving Toward with a Kick. Drop Slice-Janne comes down on her opponent with deadly stab by moving Down with a Punch while jumping. Sliding Kick-Janne slides at her opponent with a kick by moving Down/Toward with a Kick. Fire Bird-Janne transforms into a firebird and flys at her opponent by moving Toward, Down, Down/Toward, Toward, Toward/Up and a Punch. The Super Attack Aura Phoenix-Janne swings her sword a phoenix flies out of it at her opponent when she moves Back, Down, Down/Back, Back, Back/Up and simultaniously doing a Kick and Punch.

Maximum: This lethal football players home turf is the back alleys of his home town. He taunts his opponents by flexing his muscles. He has 6 attacks with which he can pulverize his opponent. Shoulder Butt Crash- Johnny Maximum charges at his opponent and knocks them on their butt with his shoulder by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Kick. Head Crash-Johnny Maximum jumps up in the air and crashes down, head first, on his opponent by moving Down, Up and a Punch very quickly. Lightning Tackle-Johnny Maximum jumps up with a tackle that knocks down anything in his way by moving Toward, Down, Down/Toward and a Punch. Sliding Kick-Johnny Maximum slides toward his opponent with a kick by moving Down/Toward with a Kick. Johnny Special-Maximum gives special treatment to any opponent who is close. He attacks by grabbing them, drop kicking them and tackleing as they almost hit the ground by moving Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. The Super Attack Blast Crusher-Johnny Maximum kicks his opponent with a force so hard that the air thunders by moving Down, Down/Back, Back, Back/Down, Toward and a Punch and Kick simultaniously.

Mudman: This peaceful fighter's home turf is his humble village. The force of nature flows through him to help him fight. He taunts his opponent by preforming a

little dance. He has 8 special attacks. Mudman Attack-Mudman launches a mudman straight at his opponent by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Mud Cutter-Mudman flies in the air with his mask as a blade by moving Down, Down/Back, Back and a Punch. Mud Gyro-Mudman jumps in the air to chomp on a flying opponent by charging Down and quickly moving Up and a Punch. Mud Launcher-Mudman launches a mudman at an arc to his opponent by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Kick. Mud Kick-Mudman lunges at his opponent with a kick by moving Down, Down/Back, Back and a Kick. Head Sliding-Mudman slides towards his opponent with his mask by moving Down/Toward with a Kick. Mud Dance-Mudman and two spirit start to dance with the opponent by moving Toward with a Kick. The Super Attack Mud Ascension-Mudman launches a special mudman at his opponent. As the Mudman hits his opponent, they are engulfed in flames and the mudman continues to ground. When it hits, a spirit rises into the air. He does this by moving Back/Down, Toward, Toward/Down, Down, Up and a Punch and Kick simultaniously.

Muscle: This American Wrestler makes his home turf a construction sight. He taunts his opponent by doing a wrestling pose. This mighty warrior has 6 attacks at his disposal. Muscle Bomber-Muscle Power charges at his opponent and punches them across the arena by charging Back and quickly moving Toward with a Kick. Tornado Breaker-When his opponnent is near to him, Muscle Power picks them up and spins into the air, and preforms a massive backbreaker on his opponent by performing a circle movement Toward his opponent and a Punch. Super Drop Kick-Muscle soars across the arena with legs out stretched to preform a drop kick on his opponent by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward, Toward/Up with a Kick. Anti-Aircraft Giant Swing-Muscle, while near his opponent and they are in the air, will grab them and spin them round by moving Toward/Up with both a Kick and Punch. Guillotine Drop-Muscle, while jumping, comes down on his opponent like a blade by moving Down with a Kick during a jump. The Super Attack Blast of Power-Muscle Power hits his opponents with a series of hits that cause mondo damage by moving Down,

Down/Toward, Toward, Toward/Down, Down, Down/Back, Back and Kick and Punch simultaniously.

Raspu: The russian mad monk of love makes his home turf a snow covered Russian village. He taunts his opponent by causing flowers to grow at his feet. He has 7 attacks at his disposal. Fireball-Raspu throw a fireball at his opponent by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Thunder Ball-Rapsu rears back and pitchs a ball of Lightning at his opponent by moving Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Axle Spin-Raspu starts to spin like a top and his robes cut his opponent down by moving Down, Down/Back, Back and a Kick. Mid Air Fireball-Raspu tosses a fireball from the air doing the Fireball attack while jumping. Cossack Dance-Raspu starts up with a good hearted Cossack Dance, with big feet, by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward annd a Kick. Mid-Air Axle Spin-Raspu can start spinning in the air by doing the Axle Spin movements during a jump. The Super Attack Heart Burner-Raspu raises flowers and launches a heart at his opponent. If it hits them, they are ingulfed in flames, then incased in ice causing massive damage. He does thid by moving Toward, Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Puch and Kick simultaniously.

Ryofu: This fighters home turf is a junk. His weapon of a spear is almost a part of him. He taunts by taking a drink out of a bottle of water. He has 5 attacks at his usage. Spear Head Boogie-Ryofu spins with his spear and slice anything near him by moving Down, Down/Back, Back and a Punch. Psychic Kick-Ryofu jumps in the air and kicks his opponent with a psychic attack by moving Toward, Toward/Down, Down, Down/Back, Back and a Kick. Fists of Flame-Ryofu breaths fire on his opponent by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Spear of Destruction-Ryofu constantly spears in front of him by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Kick. The Super Attack Spear Striker-Ryofu does a spear of distruction, knock his opponent in the air, and finishes off with some fire breathing by moving Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Back, Toward and a Punch and Kick while near his opponent.

Ryoko: Ryoko is the youngest fight in the tournament. Her home turf is at her martial arts school. This 12 year old taunts her opponent by spinning around and putting a fist in the air. This fighting dynamo has 10 attacks. Bosatsusho-Ryoko creates a ball of energy to knock her opponents away by moving Down, Down/Back, Back and a Punch. Super Shoulder Throw-Ryoko throws a too close opponent in the air and jumps up to hit them with her shoulder by moving Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Palms of Destruction-Ryoko rolls in with a palm to the chest by moving Down/Toward with a Punch. Crunch Kick-Ryoko rolls in with a kick by moving Down/Toward with a Kick. Close Kick Crunch-Ryoko jumps with a kick that knock her opponent to the ground by moving Toward, Down, Down/Toward and a Kick Triangle Jump-Ryoko jumps out of corners by jumping toward the side of the arena and in mid jump, goes in the opposite direction. Flying Swallow Chop-Ryoko flies toward her opponent with a shoulder attack by Punching during a Triangle Jump. Lariat Drop-Ryoko bows at her opponent and rushes them. When she reaches them she jumps with them in her arm and tosses them to the ground. She does this attack by moving Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Kick. Orbit Toss-Ryoko will throw her opponent when both are in the air by moving Toward with a Punch while in the air. The Super Attack Thunderbolt Throw-Ryoko throws her opponent then kicks them into the air with a lightning speed kick by moving Down/Toward, Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Kick and Punch at the same time.

Shura: This champion kickboxer makes his home in a monistary for fighting monks. He taunts his opponent by waving his boxing gloves around. He has 5 attacks at his disposal. Tiger Fang-Shura attacks with a charging uppercut by charging Back and quickly moving Toward with a Punch. Tiger Claw-Shura charges forward with a regular punch that sends his opponent back by charging Back and quickly moving Toward with a Kick. Muetai Kick-Shura jumps up with a knee attack that turns him into a Tiger by moving Down and Up with a Kick. Double Knee Kick-Shura uses a knee kick to connect twice with his opponent by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Kick. The Super Attack

Tiger Dance-Shura attacks his opponent with a barrage of punches by moving Toward, Back, Toward, Down, Down/Toward, Toward and both a Punch and a Kick at the same time.

======A Breif Ad in the reviewing of the World Heroes ======Is regular fighting getting you down? Are you sick of not using super attacks until your face looks as good as your butt? The Arakat corperation has made a soft-drink that allows one to use the Super Attacks at any time. As an added bonus, for anyone who uses Scorcher Mode Soda, the president of the company, Mr. Zeus, will compete with the world hereos. Just remeber our motto, "Right, Left, A, B, Down, A, B, Up and Takara and we become masters of everything." ======

Zeus: This mysterious backer of the tournament reveals his true face as he fights from his corperate office. He taunts his opponent by bearing his chest in an agressive manner. He has 5 attacks that could each cause half damage to his opponent. Giga Smasher-Zeus leans down annnd comes back up so quickly that a flame forms as a blade by moving Down, Down/Back, Back, Back/Down, Toward and Punch. Atominc Heat-Zeus creates a fireball that incinerates his opponent with a massive fireball by charging Back and moving Toward with a Punch. Megaton Punch-Zeus punchs with such a force that his hand forms a blade by moving Down, Down/Toward, Toward and a Punch. Buster Throw-Zeus grabs his opponent when close and punches them across the arena by moving Down, Down/Back, Back, Back/Down, Toward and a Kick. The Super Attack Eliminator Punch-Zeus runs towards his opponent and disappears, only to reappear and uppercut the and finishes with a Megaton Punch, an attack powerful enough to destroy his opponent by moving Down, Back, Back/Down, Down, Down/Toward, Toward, Back, Toward and both a Punch and Kick at the same time.

======Other Controls ======

===

Throws-Be near your opponent and press left or right and the B button. Dashing-Push in the direction toward or away twice to move quickly. Trick KO-Push down while pressing the A and B button to trick you opponent into letting down their guard. Returning Flying Weapons-Get into a Guard position just as the weapon is about to hit, and it flies back. Taunting-Push both A and B at the same time to taunt the opponent.